Volume-I Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) (Phase-I) May 2019 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 i AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Abbreviation APCL Assam Ports Company Limited ASCL Assam Shipping Company Limited AIWTDS Assam Inland Water Transport Development Society AIWTP Assam Inland Water Transport Project AoI Area of Influence BDU Best Designated Use CBO Community Based Organizations CE Chief Engineer CIFRI Central Inland Fisheries Research Institute CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CV Curriculum Vitae CWC Central Water Commission DBFOT Design Build Finance Operate and Transfer DIWTA Directorate of Inland Waterway Transport Assam DPR Detailed Project Report EA Environmental Assessment ECoP Environmental Codes of Practice EDC Eco-Development Committee EHS Environmental, Health and Safety EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EIC Engineer-In-Chief EMF Environmental Management Framework EMIS Environmental Management Information System EMP Environmental Management Plan EMMP Environmental Management & Monitoring Program EOT Extension of Time ESE Environmental, Social and Economic ESHS Environmental, Social, Health and Safety FA Financial Analyst FBS Fixed Budget Selection FD Finance Department FRI Forest Research Institute FTP Full Technical Proposal GC General Consultant GCC General Conditions of Contract GIS Geographic Information System GoA Government of Assam JFMC Joint Forest Management Committee ID Institutional Development IR Inception Report IRS Indian Register of Shipping ITC Instructions to Consultants IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature IWAI Inland Waterways Authority of India IWT Inland Waterways Transport IBRD International Bank for Reconstruction and Development IDA International Development Association IPP Indigenous Peoples Plan JV Joint Venture LAD Least Available Depth ii AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 LCS Least Cost Selection LU Land Use LT Long Term MIS Management Information System MoEF& CC Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change MPR Monthly Progress Report NGO Non-Governmental Organization NPV Net Present Value NW National Waterway O&M Operation and Maintenance PIA Project Influence Area PIANC Permanent International Association of Navigation Congress PIU Project Implementation Unit PPP Public Private Partnership QAP Quality Assurance Procedure QBS Quality Based Selection QC Quality Control QCBS Quality Cum Cost Based Selection QPR Quarterly Progress Report RAP Resettlement Action Plan RE Resident Engineer RET Rare Endangered and Threatened Species RFCTLAR&R Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement RFP Request for Proposals RH Risk Assessment & Hazard SA Social Assessment SCC Special Conditions of Contract SEESA Strategic Environmental, Economic and Social Assessment SIA Social Impact Assessment SMC Safeguard Monitoring Consultant SMF Social Management Framework SMP Social Management Plan SPCB State Pollution Control Board SPMG State Project Management Group ST Short Term STP Simplified Technical Proposal TSC Technical Supervision Consultant TL Team Leader TNA Training Needs Analysis/Assessment TQM Total Quality Management TORs Terms of Reference TSDF Treatment, Staorage and Disposal Facility VR Village Road WB World Bank WS Wildlife Sanctuary iii AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Table of Contents Chapter 1 : Introduction ...................................................................................................................... 6 1.1 Preamble ........................................................................................................................................... 6 1.2 Project Background ......................................................................................................................... 8 1.3 Project Development Objective (PDO) ....................................................................................... 12 1.4 Project Components ...................................................................................................................... 12 1.5 Objective of EIA study ................................................................................................................... 13 1.6 EIA Methodology............................................................................................................................ 13 1.7 Data Collection ............................................................................................................................... 14 1.8 Public Consultation ........................................................................................................................ 14 1.9 Structure of EIAReport .................................................................................................................. 14 Chapter 2 : Administrative and Legal (Regulatory) Framework ........................................................... 16 2.1 Applicable National Environmental Legislations ............................................................... 16 2.2 World Bank Policies and Requirements ..................................................................................... 22 2.2.1 Environmental Assessment (OP/BP 4.01) ......................................................................... 22 2.2.2 Natural Habitats (OP 4.04) ................................................................................................... 23 2.2.3 Forests (OP/BP 4.36) ............................................................................................................ 23 2.2.4 Physical Cultural Resources (OP 4.11) .............................................................................. 23 2.2.5 Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines ...................................................................... 24 2.3 Relevant International Environmental Convention ................................................................... 25 2.4 Environmental Standards & Guidelines ..................................................................................... 27 2.5 Public consultation and disclosure requirements by World Bank .......................................... 28 Chapter 3 : Project Description........................................................................................................... 29 3.1 Project Components ...................................................................................................................... 29 3.1.1 Component 1: Institutional, regulatory and safety strengthening .................................. 29 3.1.2 Component 2: Fleet safety improvements and modernization ...................................... 30 3.1.3 Component 3: Improvement in terminal infrastructure.................................................... 31 3.2 Planning considerations for Terminals ....................................................................................... 33 3.2.1 Access Bridges to Jetty and Ferry ...................................................................................... 33 3.2.2 Site geotechnical details ....................................................................................................... 33 3.2.3 Number and types of utility services required ................................................................... 33 3.2.4 Aids to Navigation .................................................................................................................. 34 3.2.5 Length of the jetty .................................................................................................................. 34 3.2.6 Safe embarkation and disembarkation for passengers ................................................... 34 3.2.7 Turning Circles at Access Bridges ...................................................................................... 34 3.2.8 Access to ferry services ........................................................................................................ 34 3.2.9 Facilities for Passengers at Terminals ............................................................................... 34 3.3 Planning considerations for Maintenance Area ........................................................................ 36 3.3.1 Office........................................................................................................................................ 36 3.3.2 Fuelling Station ...................................................................................................................... 36 3.3.3 Sewage Treatment ................................................................................................................ 36 3.3.4 Recommended Supportive Components for passenger Jetty / Terminals ................... 36 1 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 3.4 Vessel Specifications .................................................................................................................... 37 3.5 Training Centre .............................................................................................................................. 38 3.6 Landscaping and Beautification .................................................................................................. 38 3.7 Jibondinga Scheme ....................................................................................................................... 38 3.8 Dredging .......................................................................................................................................... 38 3.9 Sewerage Treatment Plant .......................................................................................................... 39 3.10 Labour Requirement...................................................................................................................... 39 3.11 Project Benefits .............................................................................................................................. 39 Chapter 4 : Alternative Analysis......................................................................................................... 41 5.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 41 5.1.1 Strategic Consideration ........................................................................................................ 41 Chapter 5 : Stakeholder Consultation ................................................................................................. 54 5.1 Requirements and Scope of Stakeholder consultation ............................................................ 54 5.2 Stakeholder Consultation Stages ................................................................................................ 54 5.3 Identification of Stakeholders ....................................................................................................... 55 5.3.1 Local business associations ................................................................................................ 56 5.3.2 Regulators, transport network providers, and regional and local panning bodies ....... 57 5.4 Institutional Stakeholders Consultations .................................................................................... 58 5.4.1 Public Consultation in EMFStage........................................................................................ 61 Chapter 6 : Current Environmental Scenario ....................................................................................... 63 6.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 63 6.2 Study Area ...................................................................................................................................... 63 6.3 About Brahmaputra River ............................................................................................................. 66 6.3.1 Sediment Transport ............................................................................................................... 67 6.4 Physiography .................................................................................................................................. 74 6.5 Land UsePattern ............................................................................................................................ 74 6.5.1 Land Use / Land Cover (LULC) for Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG) ............................ 75 6.6 Water Environment ........................................................................................................................ 80 6.6.1 Ground Water Quality ........................................................................................................... 84 6.7 Climate and Hydrometeorology ................................................................................................... 86 6.7.1 Wind Direction& Wind Velocity ............................................................................................ 87 6.7.2 Humidity .................................................................................................................................. 88 6.7.3 Rainfall..................................................................................................................................... 89 6.8 Air Environment.............................................................................................................................. 91 6.8.1 Ambient Air Quality ................................................................................................................ 92 6.9 Noise ................................................................................................................................................ 95 6.10 Ecology and Biodiversity .............................................................................................................. 96 6.10.1 Ecological Profile of Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG)& North Guwahati Ghat ............ 98 6.11 Soil Quality .................................................................................................................................... 119 6.12 River Bed Sediment Quality ....................................................................................................... 122 2 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 6.13 Demography ................................................................................................................................. 123 6.14 Occupation/ Livelihood Patterns Livelihoods........................................................................... 124 Economic sector composition of the district .................................................................................... 125 Major Livelihoods of the Area ................................................................................................................ 126 Major Livelihoods of the villages ....................................................................................................... 127 6.15 Health Facilties............................................................................................................................. 127 6.16 Infrastructure (Transportation, Industries, Educational Institutes) ....................................... 127 6.17 Public Utilities in the Area ........................................................................................................... 128 6.18 Cultural Heritage and Archaeological Sites ............................................................................. 129 6.19 Major Festivals ............................................................................................................................. 129 6.20 Tourism ......................................................................................................................................... 130 6.21 Spiritual & Other Practices Associated with Waterways of Local ........................................ 130 Chapter 7 : Assessment of Impacts and Mitigation Measures ........................................................... 131 7.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 131 7.2 Environmental Impact Screening .............................................................................................. 131 7.3 Valued Environmental Components ......................................................................................... 131 7.4 Impact Identification .................................................................................................................... 132 7.5 Impact due to Maintenance Dredging of channels ................................................................. 132 7.5.1 Dredger types and selection .............................................................................................. 133 7.5.2 Impact due to dredging activities ....................................................................................... 135 7.6 Impact and Mitigation Measures-Construction Stage ............................................................ 137 7.6.1 Meteorology and Climate.................................................................................................... 137 7.6.2 Construction Materials ........................................................................................................ 137 7.6.3 Cultural and Heritage Resources: ..................................................................................... 137 7.6.4 Loss of Structures ................................................................................................................ 138 7.6.5 Generation of Dust (Air Pollution): .................................................................................... 138 7.6.6 Sanitation and Waste Generation: .................................................................................... 139 7.6.7 Drainage Channel: ............................................................................................................... 139 7.6.8 Loss of vegetation and tree cutting: .................................................................................. 139 7.6.9 Noise pollution ...................................................................................................................... 139 7.6.10 Water Environment .............................................................................................................. 140 7.7 Impact on Biological Environment ............................................................................................. 141 7.7.1 Impacts During Design and Construction Phase: Terrestrial Ecology......................... 141 7.7.2 Impacts on Dolphin: ............................................................................................................. 144 7.8 Environmental Impact and Mitigation Measures-Operation Stage ...................................... 144 7.8.1 Environmental Impact: ........................................................................................................ 144 7.8.2 Land Use Pattern ................................................................................................................. 144 7.8.3 Physiography and Drainage:.............................................................................................. 144 7.8.4 Water Environment .............................................................................................................. 145 7.8.5 Solid Waste Generation ...................................................................................................... 146 7.8.6 Air Environment.................................................................................................................... 146 7.8.7 Noise Pollution ..................................................................................................................... 147 3 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 7.8.8 Economic Development & Employment generation ....................................................... 147 7.9 Climate Change Impacts and Mitigation Measures ................................................................ 149 7.10 Socio Economic Profile of Project Affected Households ....................................................... 149 7.11 Gender Based Violence (GBV).................................................................................................. 150 7.12 Labour Standard Compliance and Labour Influx Mitigation Framework ............................. 151 Labour Influx Risk Assessment ............................................................................................................. 151 Recommended Mitigating Measures .................................................................................................... 152 7.13 Community Health & Safety ....................................................................................................... 153 Chapter 8 : Additional Studies .......................................................................................................... 154 8.1 Flood Assessment ....................................................................................................................... 154 8.1.1 Water Level Studies ............................................................................................................ 154 8.1.2 Water Flow Rate .................................................................................................................. 154 8.1.3 Flood Control Measures ..................................................................................................... 155 8.1.4 River Bank Profiles – Guwahati Corridor ......................................................................... 157 8.1.5 River Bank Profiles – Dibrugarh Corridor......................................................................... 159 8.1.6 Erosion Control Measures .................................................................................................. 161 8.1.7 Recommendations ............................................................................................................... 162 8.2 Risk Assessment ......................................................................................................................... 162 8.2.1 Hazard Identification............................................................................................................ 162 8.2.2 Classification of Major Hazardous Units .......................................................................... 163 8.2.3 Damage Criteria ................................................................................................................... 163 8.2.4 Damage due to Fire ............................................................................................................. 163 8.2.5 Collisions of Vessels / Crafts / Ships ................................................................................ 163 8.2.6 Oil Spill Prevention .............................................................................................................. 164 8.3 Occupational Health and Safety ................................................................................................ 164 8.4 Emergency Response and Preparedness Plan and Contingency ResponsePlan ............ 165 8.4.1 Objectives ............................................................................................................................. 165 8.4.2 Types of Potential Emergencies ........................................................................................ 166 8.4.3 Oil Spill Management .......................................................................................................... 167 8.4.4 Response Strategy .............................................................................................................. 168 8.4.5 Nodal Officers and Disaster Management Units of AIWTDS........................................ 170 8.4.6 Clean-up Guidelines for oil spills ....................................................................................... 171 8.4.7 The Important Government and Resource and Response Agencies .......................... 171 8.5 Action Sequence Strategy .......................................................................................................... 171 8.5.1 Emergency facilities to be Available On-board at Jetty ................................................. 171 8.5.2 Action Sequence / Flow of Information of Emergency ................................................... 172 8.5.3 Communication Facilities.................................................................................................... 173 8.5.4 Communication System ...................................................................................................... 173 8.5.5 Communication of Emergency........................................................................................... 174 8.5.6 TEST and Mock Drills ......................................................................................................... 175 8.5.7 Mutual Aid ............................................................................................................................. 175 8.5.8 Emergency Organisation & Responsibilities ................................................................... 175 8.5.9 Emergency Control Centre ................................................................................................. 180 8.5.10 Training and Awareness ..................................................................................................... 181 4 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 8.5.11 Other Reference Documents ............................................................................................. 181 8.5.12 Reference Framework ........................................................................................................ 181 Chapter 9 : Environmental Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring Programme ................ 182 9.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 182 9.3 Components of EMP ................................................................................................................... 184 9.4 EMP Monitoring Programme...................................................................................................... 214 9.4.1 Effects Monitoring ................................................................................................................ 214 9.4.2 Third Party Monitoring ......................................................................................................... 214 9.5 Institutional setup for Effective EMP Implementation and its Monitoring ............................ 215 9.6 Environmental Codes of Practices ............................................................................................ 216 9.7 Performance Indicators for EMP Implementation and Monitoring ....................................... 216 9.8 Implementation Schedule ........................................................................................................... 217 9.8.1 Implementation Environmental Management Plan during Construction Phase ................ 217 9.8.2 Integrated Grievance Redress Mechanism ............................................................................. 220 9.8.3 Capacity Building / Training and environmental awareness ................................................. 220 9.8.4 Documentation and Record Keeping........................................................................................ 221 9.8.5 Reporting Procedures ................................................................................................................. 222 9.8.6 Stakeholder Engagement ........................................................................................................... 223 9.9 Environment Monitoring Programme ........................................................................................ 223 9.10 Environment Monitoring Plan EMP Budget ............................................................................. 225 Chapter 10 : Summary and Conclusion ............................................................................................... 252 10.1 Summary &Conclusions ............................................................................................................. 252 Chapter 11 : References .................................................................................................................... 253 5 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 List of Tables Table 1-1: Passenger traffic demand in 2020 (Guwahati) ..................................................................7 Table 1-2: Passenger traffic demand in 2025 (Guwahati) ..................................................................7 Table 1-3: Passenger traffic demand in 2030 (Guwahati) ..................................................................7 Table1-4: Passenger traffic demand in 2035 (Guwahati) ...................................................................7 Table 1-5: Passenger traffic demand per Ghat 2035 (Neamati - Aphalamukh) ...............................8 Table 1-6: Annual Passenger traffic from 2014-15to 2017-18 .........................................................10 st Table 1-7: 1 Phase Project Components .........................................................................................12 Table 1-8: Geo-Coordinates of the proposed 3 Ghats in Phase-I of the Project...........................12 Table 2-1: Environmental Legislations Applicable to the Project ..................................................16 Table 2-2: Regulations Applicable on Vessels Plying in Inland Waterways .................................22 Table 2-3: Environmental Safeguards Policies relevant forAIWT Project .....................................24 Table 2-4: Relevant International Conventions ................................................................................25 Table3-1:Investments under the three broad project components in PhaseI ...............................31 Table 3-2: Summary of the Infrastructure at Guwahati Gateway Ghat / Landing point ...............32 Table 3-3: Summary of the Infrastructure at North Guwahati Ghat / Landing point ....................32 Table 3-4: Summary of the Infrastructure at Aphalamukh Ghat / Landing point ..........................33 Table 3-5: Vessel Specification ..........................................................................................................37 Table 3-6: Indicative Assessment of Dredging during Construction Stage ..................................39 Table 4-1: Alternative Analysis- “With & Without Project Scenario” .............................................41 Table 4-2: Site Specific Observations ...............................................................................................44 Table 4-3: Type and Number of Pontoons ........................................................................................52 Table 5-1: Consultation Framework ..................................................................................................55 Table 5-2: Summary of Public Consultations ...................................................................................57 Table 5-3: Summary of Institutional Stakeholders Consultation....................................................59 Table 5-4: Summary of Stakeholder Consultation (EMF Stage), Guwhati .....................................61 Table 5-5: Summary of Stakeholder Consultation (EMF Stage), Dibrugargh ................................61 Table 6-1: Baseline Survey .................................................................................................................68 Table 6-2: Land Use/Land Cover Gateway Guwahati Ghat .............................................................75 Table 6-3: Land Use/Land Cover North Guwahati Ghat ..................................................................77 Table 6-4: Land Use/Land Cover Aphalamukh Ghat ........................................................................78 Table 6-5: Water Sampling Locations ...............................................................................................80 Table 6-6: Brahmaputra River water quality at different locations in Assam ..............................80 Table 6-7: Surface Water Quality – Guwahati Corridor Ghats ........................................................82 Table 6-8: Surface Water Quality – Dibrugarh Corridor Ghats (Aphalamukh) ..............................83 Table 6-9: Ground Water Quality -Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG) ................................................84 Table 6-10: Ground Water Quality - North Guwahati Ghat ..............................................................85 Table 6-11: Ground Water Quality – Aphalamukh Ghat ..................................................................85 Table 6-12: Summary of Mateorological Conditions (Wind speed, Rainfall, Temp & Humidity) .91 Table 6-13: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations ...................................................................91 Table 6-14: Ambient Air Quality – Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG) ................................................92 Table 6-15: Ambient Air Quality – North Guwahati Ghat .................................................................92 Table 6-166: Ambient Air Quality – Aphalamukh Ghat ....................................................................93 Table 6-17: Noise Monitoring Locations ...........................................................................................95 Table 6-18: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise .....................................................95 Table 6-19: Dolphins Status Around Project Sites ..........................................................................97 Table 6-20: Secondary Data on Dolphin presence around project sites .......................................97 Table 6-21: Forest Area in Study Area – Gateway Guwahati Ghat .................................................98 Table 6-22: Forest in the North Guwahati Ghat Study Area ............................................................98 Table 6-23: List of flora in Study Area ...............................................................................................99 Table 6-24: Mammals within Core Zone of study area ..................................................................101 Table 6-25: Amphibians and Reptiles Observed within Core Zone of study area ......................102 Table 6-26: Avifauna with in Core Zone of the study area ............................................................102 Table 6-27: Mammals in Buffer Zone of study area .......................................................................102 Table 6-28: List of Amphibians and Reptiles observed in Study Area ........................................103 Table 6-29: Birds in the Study Area .................................................................................................103 1 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Table 6-30: Turtle reported in Study Area .......................................................................................104 Table 6-31: Phytoplanktons in Study area ......................................................................................105 Table 6-32: Zooplankton in study area ............................................................................................106 Table 6-33: Migratory Birds in Deepor Beel ....................................................................................107 Table 6-34: Fish in Study area ..........................................................................................................108 Table 6-35: List of flora in Aphalamukh Ghat Study Area .............................................................109 Table 6-36: Mammals within Aphalamukh Ghat Core Zone ..........................................................112 Table 6-37: Amphibians and Reptiles within Aphalamukh Ghat Core Zone ...............................112 Table 6-38: List of the Birds observed in the Aphalamukh Ghat Study Area .............................113 Table 6-39: Turtle reported in Aphalamukh Ghat Study Area .......................................................115 Table 6-40: Name of Sampling Locations at Aphalamukh Ghat for surface water .....................116 Table 6-41: List of Phytoplankton’s observed in Aphalamukh Ghat Study area ........................116 Table 6-42: List of Zooplankton observed in Aphalamuk Ghat study area .................................117 Table 6-43: List of fish in Study area ...............................................................................................118 Table 6-44: Soil Monitoring Locations ............................................................................................120 Table 6-45: Soil Quality, Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG) ..............................................................120 Table 6-46: Soil Quality, North Guwahati Ghat ...............................................................................120 Table 6-47: Soil Quality, Aphalamukh Ghat ....................................................................................121 Table 6-48: Riverbed Sediment Quality – Wet Season ..................................................................122 Table 6-49: Riverbed Sediment Quality – Dry Season ...................................................................122 Table 6-50: Demography of Guwahati City .....................................................................................123 Table 6-51: Demographic Profile of North Guwahati: ....................................................................123 Table 6-52: Project villages (Aphalamukh Ghat)- Demographic profile as per Census 2011 ....124 Table 6-53: Occupational Categories Guwahati Gateway Ghat ....................................................124 Table 6-54: Occupational Categories North Guwahati Ghat .........................................................125 Table 6-54: Occupational Status of Families (Aphalamukh) .........................................................126 Table 7-1: Interaction Matrix of Major Project Activities and Env. Impacts ................................132 Table 7-2: Comparative Analysis of Dredgers and Their Environmental Aspects .....................133 Table 7-3: Comparative Analysis of Different Type of Dredgers Related to Environmental Aspects .......................................................................................................................................133 Table 7-4: Comparative Analysis of Dumping of Dredged Material .............................................135 Table 7-5: Population of PAPs in 3 Ghat Areas ..............................................................................150 Table 7-6: Distribution of PAHs by household size .......................................................................150 Table 8-1:Water level variations Guwahati (D.C. Court) ................................................................154 Table 8-2: Embankment Protection Materials.................................................................................161 Table 8-3: Anticipated hazards for the project based on the project scope of work and site conditions...................................................................................................................................164 Table 8-4: Characteristics of Oil ......................................................................................................167 Table 8-5: District Disaster Management Authority (DDMA), Dibrugarh .....................................170 Table 8-6: District Disaster Management Authority (DDMA), Kamrup (Metro) ............................170 Table 9-1: Environment Management Plan for proposed Terminal Project (Construction Phase)185 Table 9-2: Environment Management Plan for proposed Terminal Project (Operation Phase) 206 Table 9-3: Nature, Method and Timing of Review ..........................................................................215 Table 9-4: Responsibility separation between TSC, SMC and AIWTDS ......................................217 Table 9-5: Proposed Roles & Responsibility on Environmental Management of Key Expert as per Organogram ........................................................................................................................219 Table 9-6: Environmental and Social Trainings .............................................................................221 Table 9-7: Environmental Monitoring Plan for single terminal during Construction & Operation Phase ..........................................................................................................................................223 Table 9-8: EMP Cost Estimates North Guwahati Terminal ............................................................227 Table 9-9: EMP Cost Estimate for Gateway Guwahati Ghat ..........................................................235 Table 9-10: EMP Cost Estimate for Aphalamukh Ghat ..................................................................243 2 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 3 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 List of Figures Figure 1-1: Brahmaputra River Map (Assam) .....................................................................................8 Figure 1-2: National Water Way 2 in Assam State along Brahmaputra River .................................9 Figure 1-3: Location Map of 03 Terminals / Ghats / Landing Points for development of ferry services in Assam for Phase-I....................................................................................................11 Figure 6-1: Study Area– North Guwahati (500mt Radius from Project Site) .................................63 Figure 6-2: Study Area– North Guwahati (10km Radius from Project Site) ..................................64 Figure 6-3: Study Area– Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG) (500mt Radius from Project Site) .......64 Figure 6-4: Study Area– Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG)(10km Radius from Project Site) .........65 Figure 6-5: Study Area– Aphalamukh Ghat (500mt Radius from Project Site) .............................65 Figure 6-6: Study Area– Aphalamukh Ghat (10km Radius from Project Site) ..............................66 Figure 6-7: Environmental Monitoring Locations – Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG) ...................71 Figure 6-8: Environmental Monitoring Locations – North Guwahati Ghat ....................................72 Figure 6-9: Environmental Monitoring Locations – Aphalamukh Ghat .........................................73 Figure 6-10: Flowchart showing the methodology adopted for land use/land cover mapping ..75 Figure 6-11: 10 Km radius False Color Composite Satellite Map ...................................................76 Figure 6-12: Land Use / Land Cover Map of Study Area (10 Km Buffer) .......................................76 Figure 6-13: 10 Km radius False Color Composite Satellite Map ...................................................77 Figure 6-14: Land Use / Land Cover Map of Study Area (10 Km Buffer) .......................................78 Figure 6-15: 10 Km radius False Color Composite Satellite Map ...................................................79 Figure 6-16: Land Use / Land Cover Map of Study Area (10 Km Buffer) .......................................79 Figure 6-17: The wind rose for Guwahati ..........................................................................................87 Figure 6-18: The Wind rose for North Guwahati...............................................................................88 Figure 6-19: Humidity Guwahati ........................................................................................................88 Figure 6-20: Humidity Neamati ...........................................................................................................89 Figure 6-21: Average monthly temperature and precipitation of Guwahati ..................................89 Figure 6-22 : Average temperatures and precipitation of North Guwahati ...................................90 Figure 6-23: Precipitation at Neamati (Majuli Corridor) ...................................................................90 Figure 6-24: Temperatures Neamati (Majuli Corridor) .....................................................................90 Figure 6-25: Graphical Presentation of Air Quality– Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG) .................94 Figure 6-26: Graphical Presentation of Air Quality Results – North Guwahati Ghat....................94 Figure 6-27: Graphical Presentation of Air Quality Results – Aphalamukh Ghat .........................94 Figure 6-28: Graphical representation of Noise Levels-Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG) ............95 Figure 6-29: Graphical representation of Noise Levels – North Guwahati Ghat...........................96 Figure 6-30: Graphical representation of Noise Levels – AphalamukhGhat .................................96 Figure 6.31: Location Map of Deepor Beel & Amchang WS--------------------------------------------------- 97 Figure 7-1: Diagrammatic Presentation of Different Type of Dredgers Showing Different Noise Source.................................................................................................................................................134 Figure 8-1: Embankment System of Majuli .....................................................................................155 th Figure 8-2: River bank at GGG Ghat on 13 May 2018 ..................................................................157 th Figure 8-3: River bank at GGG Ghat on 25 November 2010 .......................................................157 th Figure 8-4: River bank at GGG Ghat on 10 March 2003 ..............................................................158 Figure 8-5: River bank at North Guwahati Ghat on 13th May 2018 ..............................................158 th Figure 8-6: River bank at North Guwahati Ghat on 25 November 2010 .....................................158 th Figure 8-7: River bank at North Guwahati Ghat on (10 March 2003) .........................................159 Figure 8-8: River bank at Aphalamukh on 13th April 2016 ............................................................159 th Figure 8-9: River bank at Aphalamukh on 20 February 2014 .....................................................160 th Figure 8-10: River bank at Aphalamukh on 17 October 2012 .....................................................160 st Figure 8-11: River bank at Aphalamukh on 01 November 2009 .................................................160 Figure 8-12: Typical facility level IMT (Incident Management team) for control of an oil spill ..176 Figure 8-13: Basic oil spill emergency organogram .....................................................................176 Figure 9-1: Organization Structure for Implementation of EMP ...................................................183 4 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 List of Annexures Annexure 2-1 Environmental Standards Refered Annexure 5-1 Stakeholder Workshop Letter, Advertisement in Newspaper, Attendance Sheet Annexure 5-2 Stakeholder Consultation near Ghats during Screening & Scoping Stage Annexure 6-1 Environmental Monitoring Results Annexure 6-2 Dolphin Conservation Management Plan Annexure 6-3 Dolphin Survey Report - Dry Season Annexure 7-1 Environmental Code of Practices Annexure 7-2 Standards and criteria for Off-shore and On-Shore Disposal of Dredge Material Annexure 7-3 Estimated Suspended Sediments Generation Standards Annexure 7-4 Screening Checklist of Aphalamukh Ghat Annexure 7-5 Screening Chekclist of Guwahati Gateway Ghat Annexure 7-6 Screening Checklist of North Guwahati Ghat Annexure 9-2 Construction and Labour Camp Management Plan Annexure 9-3 EMP Implementation Schedule (Monthly Monitoring Track Chart for Contractor Activities) Annexure 9-4 TPM Report Format 5 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Chapter 1 : Introduction 1.1 Preamble Brahma means the “God of creation” as per Hindu mythology and “putra” refers to son, so Brahmaputra means the son of creator God. It is the only river in India bearing a male name. The river is around 2,900 km long and is considered as one of the longest rivers in the world. With an annual discharge of around 19,800 CBM per second (100,000 CBM per second during flood) at its mouth, the river Brahmaputra is the fourth biggest river in terms of discharge. The river originates in the “Angsi glacier” of the Himalayas in China and flows through the North East Indian state of Assam to join with the Ganges and Meghna rivers in Bangladesh before emptying into the Bay of Bengal. Brahmaputra is navigable for most of its length in India. The government of India realized its immense navigational potential and declared it as the National Waterway-2 (NW2) in 1988 between Sadiya and Dhubri. Recent years have encountered a modest spurt in the growth of river cruises with the advent of the cruise ship.Inland Water Authority of India (IWAI) is responsible for maintaining River Brahmaputra‟s navigational channel with the required draft. It has set up terminal facilities for loading and unloading at strategic locations like Dhubri, Pandu, and temporary facilities at Jogighopa, Silghat, Neamati and Dibrugarh. Pandu (Guwahati) aredeveloped, which serve as multi modal transport hub in the entire North East region. The cargo movements through NW2 include coal from Meghalaya, fly ash from Farakka to various destinations in the Northeast. Limestone for cement plants, petroleum products from Numaligarh refinery, bitumen from Haldia, food grains from Kolkata, fertilisers, building material and bamboo are also transported through water way. The Inland Water Transport departments of both the state and central governments of India are very keen to realize NW2‟s full potential for cargo and passenger transportation. River tourism is another key potential area which can hugely contribute to the economy of the North Eastern states. National waterways is cost efficient, and is an environment-friendly mode of transport. The development of national waterway as a supplementary mode would enable diversion of traffic from over-congested roads and railways. This will ensure enormous gains in terms of economic growth, livelihood generation and prosperity, leading to political and social stability. The Government of Assam (GoA) has taken up a Project titled „Assam Inland Water Transport Project (AIWTP)‟ to improve the quality of inland water transport services and integrate high quality passenger and vehicle ferry services in river Brahmaputra. Assam Inland Water Transport Development Society (AIWTDS) has been formed by the GoA under Transport Department to implement the Project. The Project is conceptualised to promote Inland Water Transport as eco- friendly, economic and convenient mode of transport and is likely that the project will help in regional & economic development of Assam and nearby states in providing better connectivity and access to the hinterland. To modernize IWT in Assam, the World Bank is assisting the GoA through a phase-wise project, which includes up gradation of ferry Infrastructure, Fleet Modernization, institutional capacity development etc. for 11identified Terminal / Jetty / Landing points locations in Phase I. Approximate project cost would be 150million USD for entire investment. However, AIWTDS propose to develop & modernize terminal infrastructure initially at three locations i.e. Gateway Guwahati Ghat, North Guwahati Ghat&AphalamukhGhat. Apart from development of terminals in these locations, 20 vessels (10 numbers of 100-pax & 10 numbers of 50-pax vessels),with all 6 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 modern amenities to meet safety, security & environmental standards will be purchased. Upgradation of „Crew Training Centre (CTC)‟ which is under the IWT Assam as well as to introduce an incentivization scheme named „Jibondinga‟ for private boat owners & operators to purchase new vessels and to upgrade existing vessels by certifying those vessels by IRS are also part of the project. In addition to river terminals, there are number of landing stations along North Guwahati as well as at Majuli corridor, which are very important for people living in the rural and remote areas. The landing stations i.e. Ghats are berthing points, at present, lack proper infrastructure and other essential facilities such as toilets, drinking water, safety features etc. They usually consist of one pontoon with shore connection for embark and debark passenger and cargo. These are very important as they provide transport of food materials, medicines, fuel, commodities etc. The projected passenger traffice demand at Guwahati in 2020, 2025, 2030 & 2035 is presented in Table 1-1, 1-2, 1-3 & 1-4 respectively. Table 1-1: Passenger traffic demand in 2020 (Guwahati) ) ( passanger per hour) ID Name GGG - North Guwahati Water Bus Line 2 Average peak 1 Guwahati Gateway Ghat (GGG) 215 367 2 North Guwahati 120 215 Table 1-2: Passenger traffic demand in 2025 (Guwahati) ) ( passanger per hour) ID Name GGG - North Guwahati Water Bus Line 2 average Peak 1 Guwahati Gateway Ghat (GGG) 350 596 2 North Guwahati 190 340 Table 1-3: Passenger traffic demand in 2030 (Guwahati) (per hour) ID Name GGG- North Guwahati average peak 1 Guwahati Gateway Ghat (GGG) 778 1316 2 North Guwahati 285 511 Table1-4: Passenger traffic demand in 2035 (Guwahati) ) ( passanger per hour) ID Name GGG- North Guwahati average peak 1 Guwahati Gateway Ghat (GGG) 1234 2100 2 North Guwahati 480 861 It may be seen that the passenger traffic will be increasing substantially over the years. The predicted passenger traffic demand at Neamati-Aphalamukh is presented in Table 1.5. 7 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Table 1-5: Passenger traffic demand per Ghat 2035 (Neamati - Aphalamukh) ( passanger per hour) ID Name Total AADT Peak 1 Neamati Ghat 493 813 2 Aphalamukh 427 752 Note: Consolidation of Aphalamukh and Kalamabari services to one main line Neamati - Aphalamukh with sailings any 2-3 per hour and direction over 10h/day. Peaks measured will become less extreme (factor 4, but just 4 sailings at line 1 in 2018) and not exceed 50% of AADT traffic at the new main ferry line. 1.2 Project Background Assam has approximately 1980 Kms of navigable waterways,whichis important for transport purposes. Brahmaputra from Dhubri to Sadiya was declared as NW-2 National Waterway (Sadiya- Dhubri stretch of the Brahmaputra river) Act 1988 (40 of 1988). From Dhubri to Sadiya, the waterway extends for a distance of 891Km. The river Brahmaputra flows down the centre of Assam Valley. It has a number of tributaries such asSubansiri, Jia Bharali, Dihing, BurhiDihing, Disang, Dhansiri, Kopili etc. Important river stations/commercial centers along the river bank in NW-2 are Dhubri, Jogighopa, Pandu/Guwahati, Tezpur, Neamati, Dibrugarh, Sadiya and Saikhowa (Figure 1.1). Pandu /Guwahati is the most important river station on NW-2 and the stretch downstream of Pandu up to Bangladesh Border (260 kms) is the stretch where IWT operation is presently most active (Figure 1.2). Navigation on the Barak River (152 kms) is declared as National Waterway 16 under the National Water Act, 2016. The map of Brmhaputra River in Assam is given in Figure 1-1 and National Waterway 2 is presented in Figure 1-2. N Figure 1-1: Brahmaputra River Map (Assam) 8 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Figure 1-2: National Water Way 2 in Assam State along Brahmaputra River Ferry services operate on 97 routes designated by the Directorate of IWT. In addition, there are numerous routes, licensed by the local (village) and district councils. Most of the ferry terminals consist of moorings on the bank of the river, which require relocation with changing river conditions. The facilities built at these terminals are not sufficient to meet the growing demand of traffic volume as they lack facilities for berthing, parking and storage areas, and passenger comfort. The jetty facilities and surrounding areas are highly congested at some locations like South Guwahati, with unorganised commercial and residential developments. There is no space around the current jetty for further expansion. The Brahmaputra is a braided river system characterizing by high sediment delivery and low sediment throughput. This is caused by its very low gradients making it very sensitive to rapid geometry (boundary and channel) changes, channel baring and flooding. The river layout often changes significantly during and after floods. In places, where the river is narrowed, such as Guwahati, where its width reduces to approximately 1km (and where it reaches its maximum depth of approximately 40m). However, generally, it is 8 to 10km in width and in places 18-20km. These areas contain numerous small islands or chars, some of which are permanently inhabited (Including Majuli Island, the world‟s largest inhabited River Island). Between the dry and wet seasons, river water depth varies on Brahmaputra (average 6.74m). High levels are reached between the months of May to September when water velocities are on average 2.80m/sec (10km/hour or 5.4knots). Extreme conditions often cause widespread flooding. The highest velocity recorded is 5.80m/sec (20.88km/h or 11.27knots) while river levels can, in some areas, reach 2.0m over and above the natural bank height (the danger level). Low river levels are experienced between the months of October to March when river velocities are at their lowest - typically 0.71m/sec (2.55km/h or 1.38knots). Ferry services are provided by the Inland Water Transport (ITW) Directorate of Assam, a State organisation established in 1958; and, by the country boat operators – typically small independent and informal private businesses. Cross-river and Island ferry services are the important mode of transport for a large section of the population, especially rural households in Assam. In year 2012- 2013, the ferry trade on the Brahmaputra carried about 4.4 million passengers (approximately 60% 9 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 of all the IWT passenger trade in the NE of India), 37,000 tonne of light cargo, 17,000 vehicles, 431,500 motor cycles, 445,000 bicycles, 1,000 carts and 9,500 animals. Annual growth for passenger traffic since 2007-08 has been over 5%. The IWT Directorate‟s share of this trade is approximately 38% and annual growth during the same period has been approximately 3%. Most passengers use country boats with annual growth of approximately 6%. The passengertraffic movement from 2014 to 2018 has more than doubled for Guwahati, Dibrugarh combined as shown in the Table 1-6. Table 1-6: Annual Passenger traffic from 2014-15to 2017-18 Division Passenger 2014-15 2015-16 2016-17 2017-18 Guwahati 42,27,716 44,35,897 41,60,780 67,06,980 Dibrugarh 19,22,662 23,21,536 19,88,949 95,68,648 Source: ISDP Reports for AIWTP The above statistics suggest that there is urgent need of improvement in passenger ferries. It has been observed that the present number of the ferries isnot able to support the increase passenger traffic. Moreover, the annual flood also leads to changes in the terminal locations. The ferries that are being deployed currentlyalsorequireupgradation. The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies for the proposed AIWTP are carried out in accordance with applicable WB, National, and Assam state Government requirements on environmental, health and safety management. This report outlines the requirement for the proposed developments, a description of the proposed scheme, details of consultations undertaken, the key sensitivities and impacts. With the above background, the project has been conceptualised. Summary of the project in first phase is given below: Sl. Project Coverage Features No. 1. Develop & Modernise Three a. Gateway Guwahati Ghat Terminals b. North Guwahati Ghat c. AphalamukhGhat 2. Procurement of environmental a. 10 nos. of 100 – pax friendly & safe vessels b. 10 nos. of 50 – pax 3. Retrofitting of selected existing public a. 19 nos of vessels (government owned) vessels 4. Upgrdation of Crew Training Centre Infrastructure Development 5. Implementation of „Jibondinga‟ New and / or upgradation of private boats scheme The locations of terminals in Bramhaputra River are shown in the map in Figure-1-3. 10 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Figure 1-3: Location Map of 03 Terminals / Ghats / Landing Points for development of ferry services in Assam for Phase-I 11 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 1.3 Project Development Objective (PDO) The Project‟s Development Objectives are to: (a) Improve passenger ferry infrastructure and services in Assam (b) To improve the institutional capacity and framework. 1.4 Project Components The project components in 1st phase are summarised in Table1-7. Table 1-7: 1st Phase Project Components Project Sub Component Physical Investments planned Component a. Technical assistance: sector planning, design and roll-out of new Regulatory Authority, business planning for Assam Component1: Shipping Company and Assam Ports Institutional, Company; training of staff to fulfill new Upgradation of crew training regulatory and roles in the restructured industry centre safety b. Safety management: river navigation strengthening aids, night navigation technology on some routes, and emergency response system (policy, procedures, vessel and equipment) a. GoA incentive scheme (known as Vessel improvement works for Component Jibondinga) to assist for upgraded private boat operator (engine, 2:Fleet safety country boats hull etc.) improvements  Procurement of 20 new b. Procurement of new vessels for the and public vessels Assam Shipping Company and modernization retrofitting of existing public vessels  Retrofitting of few govt. vessels  2 terminals at Guwahati Component 3: a. Infrastructure Development of (LachitGhat and North Improvement in terminals at Guwahati and Majuli Island Guwahati) ferry routes  1 terminal at Majuli terminal infrastructure (Aphalamukh) b. Development of terminals on several --- other rural routes, to be selected Geo-Coordinates of the proposed 3 Ghats in Phase-I of the Project is given in Table1-8. Table 1-8: Geo-Coordinates of the proposed 3 Ghats in Phase-I of the Project1 Ghats North Bank Ghats South Bank Latitude Longitude Latitude Longitude AIWTDS Division, Guwahati District North Guwahati 26.1869 91.72157 Guwahati 26.17993 91.734282 Gateway Ghat AIWTDS Division, Dibrugarh District Aphalamukh 26.91587 94.299388 1 This has been finalized in joint site visit held on January, 2019 in presence of management representatives of WB, AIWTDS and key consultants of the project including ISDP, Design DPR, EIA-SIA. 12 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 1.5 Objective of EIA study Theactivities related to implementation and development of infrastructure facilities under this project is likely to cause environmental & social impacts. Attempts have been made to identify potential impacts for activities and measures suggested to be incorporated in the design as feasible. These measures will be further updated once design aspects are fully finalised. The objectives of the EIA study include:  Identification of potential environmental components due to project activities  Assessment of possible environmental impacts during stages of implementation of the project (construction or operation phase)  Mitigation measures in accordance with World Bank‟s operational policies, WB Guideline, MoEF&CC Notification & Guidelines  Environmental Management Plan as per EMF & their effective implementation  Incorporate environmental consideration during design The EIA report is prepared for Phase I locations. Phase I locations include 2 Ghats in Guwahati Division i.e. GGG on South Bank at about 100m upstream of Existing GGGof the Brahmaputra River and North Guwahati Ghat on North Bank of the Brahmaputra River and 1 Ghat in Dibrugarh Division i.e. AphalamukhGhat on North Bank of Brahmaputra River. Rest identified Ghats will be studied for EIA in next phase. 1.6 EIA Methodology This project is classified as Category “A” operations under the World Bank environmental screening procedures, specified under its operation policy 4.01. The Environmental Impact Assessment study has been undertaken for all the proposed components of the project to identify the environmental and social issues associated with the project. The environmental impact assessment is carried out in line with World Bank Operational Policies, IFC EHS Guidelines for Ports, Harbours, and Terminals, IFC General Guidelines for EHS, MoEF&CC EIA Guidelines for Ports and Harbours and Environment Management Plan prepared for the project. Broad methodology followed to carry out EIA is outlined below:  Literature survey  Field survey to establish existing baseline environmental status of all relevant parameters  Public consultation  Interaction with NGOs, IWT, AIWTDS  Identification and prediction of Environmental impact  Collection of secondary data  Analysis of project activities and alternatives  Review of environmental legal framework and relevant guidelines  Mitigation measures to minimise environmental impacts  Environmental Management Plan  Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan Topo-sheets and Google maps are used for the geographical analysis. Since it is having strong interface with aquatic ecology, larger emphasis is given for primary data collection with regard to zooplanktons, phytoplankton, fishes, and aquatic fauna. Establish sampling, and observation techniques are applied for this assessment. Influence area is considered for this project is 500 m, 2 km and 10 kms in line with the screening study recommendations and TOR. The influence area is assessed based on different project activities. Details of the parameters studied in each zone are given below; 500 m radius: All the parameters of environmental, socio-economy and cultural importance are studied within this zone. 13 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 2 km radius: All the parameters of environmental, socio-economy and cultural importance are studied within this zone also. 10 km radius: Parameters studied under this zone include environmental sensitive locations as notified by GoI, land use, socio-economy, and geology, seismicity & drainage pattern. Appropriate tools and techniques are used to identify and predict the magnitude of the impacts. Suitable mitigation measures are suggested based on the intensity of the impacts identified for both offshore and onshore activities. The Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan with institutional responsibilities is also prepared to ensure effective implementation of the mitigation measures proposed. As per EIA Notification, 2006 by MOEF&CC, at present, the project components, like development of terminals & jetties do not require environment clearance. However, environment clearance may be required for the activities like borrowing of earth which should be taken by the respective contractor. Additionally, NOC/Permissions are required to be obtained for specific activities like setting up Batch Mix Plant,Hot Mix Plant, DG Sets, STP from respective agencies as indicated under legal and administrative framework. All permissions will have associated conditions thatwillbecomplied by contractors / AIWTDS. None of these permissions require detailed environmental impact assessment. However; findings of this EIA and proposed mitigation measures would be useful in obtaining these permissions. 1.7 Data Collection Secondary data is collected with focus on sensitive receptors like religious places, habitat areas, noise, air quality, water quality (ground and surface water both), soil, biodiversity (terrestrial and aquatic both). The primary data are collected through baseline environmental monitoring, conducted by NABL andMoEF&CC accredited Laboratory. 1.8 Public Consultation Consultations are held focusing on air quality, noise effect, water supply, drainage, aquatic and terrestrial flora and fauna, physical cultural resource of importance, environmental sensitive ecosystems or areas that may be affected by the project. Formal institutional level public consultation and informal meetings with local villagers and those who are likely to be affected due to the proposed projects are organized to determine potential environmental and socio-economic impacts. Interactions are also held with NGOs and concerned government officials. According to „OP 4.01: Environmental Assessment‟ of World Bank, thefollowing conditions applies to the proposed subprojects. Public consultation to be carried out with the project affected groups and local non governmental organizations (NGOs) about the project's environmental aspects to take their views into account. The stage consultations are; (a) Shortly after environmental screening and before the terms of reference for the EA are finalized; (b) After EMF preparation and (c) Once a draft EIA report is prepared. Amongst these first two stages i.e. screening scoping in Guwahati and EMF stage consultations in Guwahati and Dibrugarh are conducted and presentedin Chapter 5. EIA stage consultation will be carried out at district level once EIA will be approved from World Bank. 1.9 Structure of EIAReport Chapter 1: Introduction: This chapter describes project framework, objective and background including the need of the project. Chapter 2: Administrative and Legal (Regulatory) Framework:This chapter deals with the identification & listing of applicable legislations and applicable administrative framework. It also 14 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 provides screening of applicable operational policies of World Bank and other international practices and guidelines. Chapter 3: Project Description: This chapter describes the various project components incorporated in the overall Project for development. Chapter 4: Alternative Analysis: The alternatives that are considered have been summarised together with selection of the preferred option. Chapter 5: Stakeholder Consultation: This chapter highlights the process followed for the public consultation carried out with the various stakeholders. Chapter 6: Current Environmental Scenario: This chapter describes the baseline environmental status in and around the project sites. Chapter 7: Assessment of Impacts and Mitigation Measures:This chapter presents summary environmental baseline condition and linked identification with magnitude of anticipated potential impact for each environmental and cultural resource. Chapter 8: Additional Studies: The present chapter gives details of the study of accretion, erosion / deterioration, risk assessment, Occupational health & safety and disaster management plan w.r.t. the proposed project. Chapter 9: Environmental Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring Programme: This chapter provide the details on the management plans and the institutional mechanism required along with resources required for effective implementation of the proposed mitigation measures and the monitoring framework essential during construction as well as operation period.It also highlights the institutional mechanism aswell as capacity building needs for the implementation. The chapter also sepcifies environmental monitoring programme. Chapter 10: Summary and Conclusion: This chapter provide the summary of findings and concluding remarks. Chapter 11: References 15 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Chapter 2 : Administrative and Legal (Regulatory) Framework India has well defined institutional and legislative framework for environmental protection. The legislations cover all components of environment viz. air, water, soil, terrestrial and aquatic flora and fauna, natural resources, and sensitive habitats. India is also signatory to various international conventions and protocols. The environmental legislations in India are framed to balance between development and environment. World Bank has also defined its Environmental and Social Safeguard Operational Policies. This assessment is about the applicability of above laws and regulations, conventions, protocols and safeguards. The national environmental legislations are broadly discussed here. The MoEF&CC, Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), Dept. of Env. & Forest, GoA and State Pollution Control Board, Assam (SPCB) together form the regulatory authorities for implementation of provisions of environmental legislations. Other Ministries/Statutory Bodies/Departments responsible for ensuring environmental compliance and granting various clearances includes State Dept. of Environment, Regional Offices of MoEF&CC and State Forests/Wildlife Departments are also discussed. 2.1 Applicable National Environmental Legislations Screening has been done to identify the legislations applicable to the project. GoI Regulations applicable to the project are given in Table 2-1 and legislations framed for vessels plying in inland waterways by IWAI and MOS, GoI are given in Table 2-2. All the legislations are covered in EIA as per the requirement. AIWT Project will be adhered to the National regulations and state regulatory requirements. Table 2-1: Environmental Legislations Applicable to the Project Name Key Applicability Type of Administrative Responsibility Objective permit and Authority and stage of indicative time applicability frame for grant of permission Water To prevent Applicable. It is Consent to SPCB CTE should be Prevention and control applicable for Establish taken by and Control of water the projects (CTE)&Cons Contractor for Pollution) Act, pollution. having potential ent to disposal of sewage 1974, to generate Operate during Amendment effluent during (CTO) construction. there of any stage of Compliance to the the project. conditions Effluents are mentioned in the expected to be CTE should be generated done by Contractor during both the CTE/CTO for each construction proposed facility and operation under the project phase of the should also be project obtained by contractor along with CTE / CTO under Air Act. AIWTDS should ensure the conditions specified in CTO/CTE are complied with Air To prevent Applicable Consent to SPCB Contractor, should (Prevention and control Air Emission is Establish obtain CTE for 16 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Name Key Applicability Type of Administrative Responsibility Objective permit and Authority and stage of indicative time applicability frame for grant of permission and Control of pollution expected (CTE) before setting up each Pollution) Act, during construction facility, batching 1981, 1987 construction, &Consent to plant, hot-mix The Air operation of Operate plant, DG set as (Prevention & DG, vessels (CTO) after prior to its Control of etc. commissioni establishment from Pollution) ng SPCB CTO should Assam Rule, be taken by 1991, framed contractor for under Air batching plant, hot- (Prevention & mix plant & quarry Control of site as required Pollution) Act, prior to operation 1981 and it should be renewed before the expiry of permit. Contractor to comply CTE & CTO conditions. Contractor should also obtain CTE/CTO for each proposed facility under the project before its handover. Contractor and AIWTDS should ensure to comply with the conditions as mentioned in CTO Environment To protect and It is an Environment MoEF&CC& AIWTDS/ Protection Act- improve umbrella Act for Clearance if SEIAA / SEAC Contractor for 1986 and overall environmental the obtaining Rules (2000) environment. safeguard construction environmental there under related to the is more than clearances as 2 project. 20,000m applicable. EIA Environmental However, EIA Notification mitigation Notification Construction Contractor should th 14 Sep 2006 measures 2006 does not stage for EC also be and incorporated classify for borrowing responsible for amendment till at planning terminals/jetties earth as EMP date stage / floating applicable implementation. All terminals on the construction river or materials such as dredging in the sand, stone chips, river as a earth to be project sourced from the requiring agency having environmental valid clearance. Environmental The Clearance applicability of this legislation should be reassessed periodically from the concerned 17 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Name Key Applicability Type of Administrative Responsibility Objective permit and Authority and stage of indicative time applicability frame for grant of permission authority during IWT project development and implementation stages to ensure conformity with changes in the regulations if any. Borrowing of earth for road construction as may be required will require prior environment clearance under mining category. Noise Ambient Noise Applicable due No permits District Contractor and Pollution Standards for to generation of issued under Administration AIWTDS to ensure (Regulation different areas noise during this act & Police compliance to and Control and zones construction Ambient Noise Act) 2000 and and operation Level Standards. amendment till stage date Hazardous & Proper Applicable. Authorization SPCB Contractor should Other Wastes handling Project has obtain (Management storage and potential to authorization for and Trans disposal of generate handling used oil boundary hazardous hazardous generated from Movement) waste. waste (Used vehicles, DG, Rules, 2016 Oil) during both vessels should be construction collected and and operation stored properly. phase. This should be periodically sold to authorised recyclers. MSIHC Rules, Usage and Applicable only Specific Factory Contractor and 1989 storage of for storage of permit is Inspector AIWTDS. Chief hazardous highly required for Compliance to the Controller of material inflammable storage of rules should be Explosives, liquids like Fuel. Also, ensured HSD/LPG precautions above defined regulatory under the quantity material safety datasheets should be followed for use of hazardous substances listed under the 18 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Name Key Applicability Type of Administrative Responsibility Objective permit and Authority and stage of indicative time applicability frame for grant of permission schedules of Rules. Safety audit and other requirements should have to be complied if storage quantity exceeds the regulated threshold limit The Bio Proper Applicable for Permit is SPCB AIWTDS should Medical Waste management the disposal of required from dispose all such Management of Bio Medical bio-medical SPCB to waste through Rules, 2016 Waste. waste from first comply with authorised aid centres. the handling common facility and disposal requirements of the rule and SPCB Requirement Construction To manage Applicable to all Approval Local Contractor and and the those waste required from Authorities. AIWTDS. Demolition construction resulting from local Compliance should Waste and demolition Construction, authorities. ensure proper Management waste remodelling, collection of C & D Rules, 2016 repair & waste and demolition of handover to any civil agency authorised structure. by Municipal Corporation E-Waste To manage Applicable as No permit. SPCB / Local Proper storage and (Management) the E-waste desired of life Annual Body handing over to Rules, 2016 but not electronic Report to be authorised E-waste covering lead gadgets will be submitted to Dismantler / acid batteries generated from SPCB Recycler and office, vessels radioactive etc. waste Plastic waste To manage Applicable Rule No Local Bodies Contractor and Management the plastic applies to every authorization AIWTDS. Plastic Rules, 2016 waste waste to be waste should be generated generator, local obtained. segregated and body, Gram Waste handover to Local Panchayat, management Body or Authorised manufacturer, and recyclers / Cement importers and minimization Plant for co- producer. to be done. processing or Fee to be Works Dept. for paid to local road construction. bodies, if applicable The Batteries To regulate Applicable No specific SPCB Contractor and (Management the disposal Applicable for registration AIWTDS. and Handling) and recycling disposal of required. Compliance to the Rules 2010 of lead acid used lead acid rules should be 19 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Name Key Applicability Type of Administrative Responsibility Objective permit and Authority and stage of indicative time applicability frame for grant of permission batteries battery if likely ensured. Proper to be used in collection, buy- any equipment back system with during Battery construction Manufacturer. and operation stage Solid Waste Proper Applicable Pay user fee Local Authority AIWTDS / Management management as applicable /Contractor Contractor Rule, 2016 of domestic Segregate waste waste at source. Proper Collection. Biodegradable for compost. Non- biodegradable to urban Body. Fly Ash Utilisation of Applicable. No SPCB SPCB Contractor should Notification, fly ash from permit required use fly ash for low 2009 & 2016 coal based lying area filling Thermal and use fly ash Power Plant bricks, if located (TPP) within 300 km from TPP The Motor To enforce Applicable All vehicles State Transport Contractors to Vehicle Act standards for used during Authority ensure that all 1988& Rules vehicular construction vehicles plying pollution. and operation should have PUC will need to certification comply with the provisions of this act. Forest Conservation and Wildlife Protection Legislation The Forest To protect Forest area is Forest Forest Not Applicable (Conservation) forest by not identified Clearance / Department, Act, 1980 and restricting in the project Permission DFO, Assam amendments conversion area, so no for tree NOC should be The Forest of forestareas conversion is cutting. obtained from (conservation) into non- applicable. forest Rules 1981 forested areas Permission department and and required for (DFO) prior amendments deforestation tree cutting tree cutting. All till date the conditions mentioned in NOC should be complied with. Biological Conservation of Not Applicable No permit National Not Applicable Diversity Act, biological issued under Biodiversity 2002 diversity, this Act. Authority and sustainable use State of its Biodiversity components. Board Wild Life To protect Not Applicable Wildlife Chief Not applicable Protection Act, wildlife through as the project clearance Conservator 1972, 1993 notifying sites are not Wildlife, National Parks located in the Wildlife Wing, and defined Forest Sanctuaries sensitive Department, and eco- zones MoEF&CC 20 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Name Key Applicability Type of Administrative Responsibility Objective permit and Authority and stage of indicative time applicability frame for grant of permission sensitive zones Safety and Other Related Legislations Chemical Chemical Applicable. Permits Central, State AIWTDS Accidents Accident The project will issued under & District Crisis &Contractor (Emergency Response involve this act Group Planning, handling of Chief Inspector Preparedness hazardous ofFactories, s and chemical during Assam Response) both Rules, 1996 construction and operation above the regulatory quantity. Public Liability To provide Applicable if Owner of Deputy AIWTDS & and Insurance immediate the project will project Commissioner Contractor Act 1991 relief to involve storage should take (DC) of the victims in case of chemicals out insurance concerned of an chemical (HSD) beyond policies districts. In accident the threshold case of limit during proposed construction/op development eration during phase-I investment, DCs from Kamrup. Kamrup (metro) &Majuli districts. Explosive Act Safe Applicable as Permission Chief Controller AIWTDS & 1884 & transportation, fuel will be for storage of Explosives Contractor Explosive storage and stored at and usage of Rules, 2008 use of Maintenance in explosive or explosive project flammable material development materials area Terminals Petroleum Use and Applicable as License to Chief Controller Contractor / Rules, 2002 Storage of storage of store of Explosives/D AIWTDS. Petroleum HSD/LPG or petroleum C Compliance to the products any other beyond rules should be petroleum prescribed ensured product may be quantity. required for the project purpose The Gas To regulate Applicable if License to Chief Controller Contractor. Cylinder Rules the storage of contractor store store gas of explosives Compliance to the 2004 gas / more than the cylinder more rules should be possession of exempted than the ensured gas cylinder quantity of gas regulated more than the cylinder. quantity exempted quantity Ancient Conservation Not No objection Archaeological Not Envisaged Monuments of notified Applicableas certificate Dept. Gol, 21 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Name Key Applicability Type of Administrative Responsibility Objective permit and Authority and stage of indicative time applicability frame for grant of permission and Archaeological no such notified Indian Heritage Archaeological monument Archaeological Society and Sites and monument are Indian National Remains Act, existing Trust for Art 1958 and Culture Heritage (INTACH). Guidelines for To regulate Applicable if No objection Central ground Contractor / evaluation of extraction of ground water is certificate Water AIWTDS should proposals / ground water extracted Authority/Board obtain NOC from requests for for drinking &MoEF&CC CGWA/CGWB be ground water and domestic ensured by abstraction for purpose AIWTDS and drinking and contractor domestic purposes in Notified areas and Industry / Infrastructure project proposals in Non-notified areas, 2012 Table 2-2: Regulations Applicable on Vessels Plying in Inland Waterways Name Key Requirements Applicability Prevention of Collision on Preecautions required for vessels and Applicable for all the vessel National Waterways Regulations, crew members plying in IWT 2002 National Waterways, Safety of Ensuring safety during navigation on Applicable for all the vessel Navigation and Shipping the national waterways plying in IWT Regulations, 2002 The National Waterway Act, 1982 Regulation and development of rivers Applicable for all the rivers for navigation under IWT New Inland Vessel Act, 2015 & Economical and safe transportation Applicable for all the vessel Rules Under IV Act through inland waters plying in IWT 2.2 World Bank Policies and Requirements The World Bank has published a number of Safeguard Policiesand Guidelines to ensure that all possibleimpacts are taken care of by implementing mitigation measures in the proposed project. The applicable WB safeguard policies are described below. 2.2.1 Environmental Assessment (OP/BP 4.01) The World Bank requires environmental assessment (EA) ofsupportedprojectsto achieve environmentally sound and sustainable developmental goal. The Bank Policy OP/BP 4.01 considers that EA is a process whose breadth, depth, and type of analysis depend on the nature, scale, and potential environmental impact of the proposed project. EA evaluates a project's potential environmental risks and impacts in its area of influence; examines project alternatives; identifies ways of improving project selection, siting, planning, design, and implementation by preventing, minimizing, mitigating, or compensating for adverse environmental impacts and enhancing positive impacts; and includes the process of mitigating and managing adverse environmental impacts throughout project implementation. EA takes into account the natural 22 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 environment (air, water and land); human health and safety; social aspects (involuntary resettlement, indigenous peoples and physical cultural resources); and trans-boundary and global environmental aspects. The Bank Policy also envisages that the borrower Government is responsible for carrying out the project. World Bank‟s operational policy 4.01 (OP 4.01) categorize the project into Category A, B & C on the basis of nature and extent of the impacts anticipated. Scope of Environmental assessment studies depends on the category of the project, defined below. Category A - Projects with significant environmental impacts and requiring a full Environmental Assessment (EA), Category B - Projects with moderate environmental impacts and requiring a lesser level of environmental assessment, Category C - Projects which require no environmental analysis as the impact potential is marginal Proposed Project involves augmentation of navigation capacity of existing IWT by developing various facilities like terminals, jetties, navigation aids etc.The project is likely to impact quality of life, livelihood, terrestrial and aquatic ecology, air quality, water quality, economy, noise levels etc. The anticipated impacts are both positive and negative but will be significant. Thus the project is classified as Category A as per WB policy and therefore, environment and social assessment study is required. 2.2.2 Natural Habitats (OP 4.04) The Policy highlights the importance of conservation of natural habitats that protect the environment. The Bank therefore supports the protection, maintenance, and rehabilitation of natural habitats and their functions. The Bank also supports, and expects borrowers to apply a precautionary approach to natural resource management to ensure environmentally sustainable development. Furthermore, the Bank promotes the rehabilitation of degraded natural habitats. The Bank does not support projects that involve significant degradation of critical natural habitats. 2.2.3 Forests (OP/BP 4.36) This Policy recognize the need to reduce deforestation and promote sustainable forest conservation and management in reducing poverty. The Bank believes that forests are very much essential for poverty reduction and sustainable development irrespective of their location in the world. The Bank assists borrowers with forest restoration activities that maintain or enhance biodiversity and ecosystem functionality. The Bank also assists borrowers with the establishment and sustainable management of environmentally appropriate, socially beneficial, and economically viable forest plantations to help meet growing demands for forest goods and services. The Bank does not finance projects that, would involve significant conversion or degradation of critical forest areas or related critical natural habitats. Furthermore, the Bank does not finance projects that contravene applicable international environmental agreements. 2.2.4 Physical Cultural Resources (OP 4.11) This policy addresses physical cultural resources, which are defined as movable or immovable objects, sites, structures, groups of structures, and natural features andl andscapes that have archaeological, paleontological, historical, architectural, religious, aesthetic, or other cultural significance. Physical cultural resources may be located in urban orrural settings, and may be above or below ground, or under water. Their cultural interest may be at the local, provincial or national level, or within the international community. The Bank assists countries to avoid or mitigate adverse impacts on physical cultural resourcesfrom development projects that it finances. The impacts on physical cultural resources resulting from project activities, including mitigating measures, may not contravene either the borrower‟s national legislation, or its obligations under relevant international environmental treaties and agreements. 23 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 2.2.5 Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines The Environment, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines stipulates sound practices by adopting technology at reasonable costs. There are also industry specific EHS guidelines. The guidelines that are relevant to the Project is: EHS Guidelines for Ports, Harbour, and Terminals, and EHS Guidelines for Shipping. The policies are summarised in Table 2-3. Table 2-3: Environmental Safeguards Policies relevant forAIWT Project Name Key Requirements Project Remarks Management Applicability Plans OP 4.01 Ensures sustainability Applicable Project classified Environment Environmental and environmental as Category A Management Assessment feasibility of the considering Plans including project. Projects are nature of guidelines and classified into A, B & C activities and management category depending on impacts plans for tree the nature and extent plantation, waste of the impact. management, Emergency response and budgetary provision for development of EHS management system and Responsible carrier Programme. OP 4.04 Ensures conservation Applicable Triggered for Environment Natural of natural habitats and Gangatic Management habitats discourages dolphins, Tortoise Plan disturbance of nay habitat. natural habitat due to project development by recommending adoption of alternative method/route/approach or adopting management measures OP 4.36 Ensures that project May be Forest area is not --do - Forests activities do not triggered for identified in the disturbs/interfere with Forest reconnaissance the forest, forest Triggers for visits. All the sites dwellers activities, tree cutting are confirmed for fauna and flora of the the forest areas forest. Prevents and from the relevant discourages sources like deforestation and forest impacts on rights of departments in forest dependent the respective people. districts. Tree cutting is not involved. WBG The applicability of the Applicable This guideline Projects with Environmental, EHS Guidelines should applies to significant Health and be tailored to the facilities or sources of air 24 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Name Key Requirements Project Remarks Management Applicability Plans Safety (EHS) hazards and risks projects that emissions, and Guidelines established for each generate potential for (general) project on the basis of emissions to air significant the results of an at any stage of impacts to environmental the project life- ambient air assessment cycle quality, prevent or minimize impacts WBG sector- The EHS Guidelines Applicable The following Jetties and specific EHS for ports, Harbours, section provides terminals to be guidelines for and Terminals are a summary of selected through Jetty, applicable to marine EHS issues a systematic, Harbours and and freshwater jetties, primarily documented Terminals. harbours, and associated with environmental terminals for cargo and jetty and terminal assessment passengers. construction and process that operations, along includes rigorous with consideration of recommendations siting and for their alternatives, their management as direct and part of a indirect comprehensive environmental environmental impacts management system for a given project 2.3 Relevant International Environmental Convention The relevant international conventions applicable for the project are summarised in Table 2-4. Table 2-4: Relevant International Conventions Name Key Requirements International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code) Dredging Management Practices for the Environment (WG 100-2009) Dredging Material as a Resources (WG 104-2009) Environmental Impact Assessments of Dredging and Disposal Operation (WG 10-2006) Biological Assessment Guidance for Dredged Material (WG 8-2006) Guideline, Ecological and Engineering Guidelines for WetlandRestoration in relation to Standard and the Development, Operation and Maintenance of Navigational Infrastructure recommendations (WG 7-2003) as published by Management of Aquatic Disposal of dredged material (WG 1-1998) Environmental Dredged Material Management Guide 1997. Committee of Guidelines for sustainable Inland Waterways and Navigation WG 6-2003 PIANC Environmental guidelines for aquatic, near shore and upland confined disposal facilities for contaminated dredged material WG 5-2002 Dredging the environmental facts-where to find what you need to know? PIANC-IADC-WODA brochure-2001 Environmental management framework for ports and related industries WG 4-1999 Dredging: the fact WODA brochure-PIANC-IADC-CEDA IAPH1999 25 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Name Key Requirements Initial Assessment of Environmental Effects of Navigation and Infrastructure Projects (WG 143 -2014) Sustainable Waterways Within the Context of Navigation and Flood Management(WG 107 -2009) Climate Change and Navigation (TG3 -2008) International Labour Organization (ILO) Code of Practice for Safety and Health in Ports (2005); General Conference of the International ILO Convention concerning International Occupational Safety and Health in Dock Work, C-152, (1979) Maritime General Conference of the ILO Recommendation concerning Occupational Organization Safety and Health in Dock Work, R-160 Conventions IMO Code of Practice for Solid Bulk Cargo (BC Code) International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk (IBC Code) International Code for the Safe Carriage of Grain in Bulk (International Grain Code) Code of Practice for the Safe Loading and Unloading of Bulk Carriers (BLU Code) International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code) IFC, World Bank General Environment Health & Safety Guidelines Environment Health and Group Safety Guidelines for Ports, Harbours and terminals The International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL) is the main international convention covering prevention of pollution of the marine environment by ships from operational or accidental causes. The MARPOL Convention was adopted on 2 November 1973 at IMO. The Protocol of 1978 was adopted in response to a spate of tanker accidents in 1976-1977. As the 1973 MARPOL Convention had not yet entered into force, the 1978 MARPOL Protocol absorbed the parent Convention. The combined instrument entered into force on 2 October 1983. In 1997, a Protocol was adopted to amend the Convention and a new Annex VI was added which entered into force on 19 May 2005. MARPOL has been updated by amendments through the years. MARPOL The Convention includes regulations aimed at preventing and minimizing Convention pollution from ships - both accidental pollution and that from routine operations - and currently includes six technical Annexes. Special Areas with strict controls on operational discharges are included in most Annexes. Annex I:Regulations for the Prevention of Pollution by Oil (entered into force 2 October 1983) Covers prevention of pollution by oil from operational measures as well as from accidental discharges; the 1992 amendments to Annex I made it mandatory for new oiltankers to have double hulls and brought in a phase- in schedule for existing tankers to fit double hulls, which was subsequently revised in 2001 and 2003. Annex II: Regulations for the Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances in Bulk (entered into force 2 October 1983) 26 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Name Key Requirements Annex III: Prevention of Pollution by Harmful Substances Carried by Sea in Packaged Form (entered into force 1 July 1992). Annex IV: Prevention of Pollution by Sewage from Ships (entered into force 27 September 2003) Contains requirements to control pollution of the sea by sewage; the discharge of sewage into the sea is prohibited, except when the ship has in operation an approved sewagetreatment plant or when the ship is discharging comminuted and disinfected sewage using an approved system at a distance of more than three nautical miles from the nearest land; sewage which is not comminuted or disinfected has to be discharged at a distance of more than 12 nautical miles from the nearest land. Annex V: Prevention of Pollution by Garbage from Ships (entered into force 31 December 1988) Deals with different types of garbage and specifies the distances from land and the manner in which they may be disposed of; the most important feature of the Annex is thecomplete ban imposed on the disposal into the sea of all forms of plastics. Annex VI: Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships (entered into force 19 May 2005) Sets limits on sulphur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from ship exhausts and prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances; designated emission control areas set more stringent standards for SOx, NOx and particulate matter. A chapter adopted in 2011 covers mandatory technical and operational energy efficiency measures aimed at reducing greenhouse gas emissions from ships. Article I Contracting Parties shall individually and collectively promote the effective control of all sources of pollution of the marine environment, and pledge Convention on the themselves especially to take Prevention of all practicable steps to prevent the pollution of the sea by the dumping of Marine Pollution waste and other matter that is liable to create hazards to human health, to by Dumping of harm living resources and marine life, to damage amenities or to interfere Wastes and other with other legitimate uses of the sea. Matter, 1972 Article II (London Contracting Parties shall, take effective measures individually, according to Convention) their scientific, technical and economic capabilities, and collectively, to prevent marine pollution caused by dumping and shall harmonize their policies in this regard. 2.4 Environmental Standards & Guidelines Project involves various activities, which may interfere with various environmental components. Thus it is required to control those activities so as the concentration of pollutant in environment should not exceed its assimilation capacity. MOEF&CC, GOI has notified standards under EP Act, 1986 for disposal of effluents and quality of surface water body, which should be complied with. Suggested list of standards is listed below and given in detail at Annexure-2.1 27 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019  Standards for discharge of effluent in inland surface water bodies and Marine Coastal Areas (Source: G.S.R 422 (E) dated 19.05.1993 and G.S.R 801 (E) dated 31.12.1993 issued under the provisions of E (P) Act 1986)  Classification of Surface water Bodies on basis of Quality (Source: Guidelines for Water Quality Management-CPCB, 2008)  Water Quality Standards for Coastal Waters, SW-IV & V-Harbour and Navigation & controlled waste disposal (EIA Guidance Manual for Ports & Harbours, MoEF&CC, GoI)  Standards for permissible level of water quality indicators (Source: Assessment of the Environmental Impact of Port Development, United Nations, New York, 1992)  Permissible limit for off-shore dumping of dredged material (Source: Assessment of the Environmental Impact of Port Development, United Nations, New York,1992)  Criteria for harmful bottom sediments (Source: Assessment of the Environmental Impact of Port Development, United Nations, New York, 1992)  Approximate Quantity of Suspended Sediments Generated by Dredging or Dumping Operations (Source: Assessment of the Environmental Impact of Port Development, United Nations, New York, 1992) 2.5 Public consultation and disclosure requirements by World Bank According to „OP 4.01: Environmental Assessment‟ of World Bank, thefollowing conditions applies to the proposed subprojects. Consultations: Public consultation to be carried out with theproject affected groups and local nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) about the project'senvironmental aspects to take their views into account. Various stages of consultations are; (a) Shortly after environmental screening and before the terms of reference for the EA are finalized; (b) After EMF preparation and (c) Once a draft EA report is prepared. Amongst these first two stages i.e. screening scoping in Guwahati and EMF stage consultations in Guwahati and Dibrugarh are conducted and presented in Chapter 5. EIA stage consultation will be carried out at district level once EIA will be approved from World Bank. Accordingly, the reports will be revisedincorporating the findings and recommendations of the EIA stage consultations. For Category A project, thedraft EA report is placed in public domain for comments and observations. 28 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Chapter 3 : Project Description The project is focused on improving ferry services on the Brahmaputra, and to establish a tenable foundation for development of a modern IWT sector in Assam. It is felt that the existing inland water navigation requires improvement. At present, Assam manages to provide ferry services to about 5 million people annually. In order to support the functioning of IWT sector, this project has been conceptualised. In the first phase of the project implementation, it covers terminal infrastructure developments and improvement in ferry services in 03 priority ghats i.e Gateway Guhawati Ghat, North Guwahati Ghat and Aphalamukh ghat. These are important because of the traffic volume and socio economic aspects. The Project has three main components and eight sub- components, intended to address the regulatory, operational and infrastructure challenges of the sector. The project components are discussed below: 3.1 Project Components 3.1.1 Component 1: Institutional, regulatory and safety strengthening This component (estimated cost USD 20 million) will include; 3.1.1.1 Technical assistance: sector planning, design and roll-out of new Regulatory Authority, business planning for Assam Shipping Company and Assam Ports Company; training of staff to fulfil new roles in the restructured industry (USD 8 million); The subcomponent has essentially provided for technical assessments / studies to form basis for sector level strategic plans and institutional reforms. An Integrated Strategic Development Plan (ISDP) for the State is being prepared. The exercise involves preparing an overall transport strategy for Assam, and more specifically preparing investment plan to help mainstream Water Transport in the State including multi-modal integration and last mile connectivity. Studies on Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) and Social Impact Assessment (SIA) are also be undertaken. Complementing the investments in infrastructure, the project aims to strengthen the Assam Inland Water Transport (IWT) Sector through a supportive Institutional Framework. A wide-ranging consultancy on Institutional Strengthening and Business Plan (ISBP) is assigned to study the system weaknesses in detail and develop prescription for more effective institutions. In doing so, the study has already provided the basic legislation for an Independent IWT regulatory authority (RA) to carry out the safety, environmental and economic regulation of the sector (shipping, ports, shipbuilding). An important emphasis of the sub-component while assessing sector laws and regulations is particular attention to Safety regulations for vessel and passenger movement, even more specifically for women and children. Recently, the Bill has been passed by the State in November 2018 for establishing an independent regulatory authority for Inland Water Transport. Further, the operational and commercial functions of the government‟s shipping operations and terminal services have been decided to be vested in two new corporations, the Assam Shipping Corporation (ASC) and the Assam Ports Corporation (APC) respectively. The two new corporations will be constituted under the Companies Act (2013), and subject to rigors of the market. The ISBP will develop a Business Plan for the two companies and guide them through the initial period of independent operation. The capacity of institutions needs to improve to deliver roles effectively in the upgraded sector. The consultancy studying institutions (ISBP) will undertake a detailed assessment of capacity building needs of DIWTA staff from the point of view of their professional development, re-skilling and job mapping needs. In particular, building capacity to undertake regular surveys and charting of the river, recording and analysis of data, which in turn helps institutionalize knowledge on river navigation is of immense importance. The project therefore proposes to setup a new hydrography unit under the Directorate of IWT Assam. 29 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 3.1.1.2 Safety management: river navigation aids, night navigation technology on some routes, and emergency response system (policy, procedures, vessel and equipment) (USD 12 million). The sub-component would draw on national / international experience in assessing appropriate aids to navigation, their procurement and deployment to allow 24-hour services / night navigation on most vulnerable / trafficked routes / crossing points. Beginning with pilots at 2-3 crucial locations, deployment of navigation aids will be scaled up based on the investment strategy for the sector. An important objective will be to support establishment of a Search and Rescue (SAR) Organization/piloting emergency response system (policy, procedures, equipment, and management) as well as improving systems for emergency preparedness including climate and natural disasters. 3.1.2 Component 2: Fleet safety improvements and modernization This (estimated cost USD 25 million) will include : 3.1.2.1 GoA incentive scheme (known as Jibondinga) to assist industry transition to the new regulatory regime. It is designed to support the scrapping and replacement of unsafe or obsolete private vessels and replace them with new vessels, or retrofit existing but acceptable vessels with modern marine engines and safety equipment (USD 10 million); The objective of supporting an Incentive scheme is to encourage investment in modern shipping technology including adoption of greener and safer technologies, through review of fiscal and other barriers affecting quality of boat construction and maintenance. GoA has prepared a draft proposal entitled „Jibondinga‟ - meaning water as source for life/livelihood for private country boat operators, which provides incentive both for new vessel acquisition as well as for retrofitting. The scheme considers special incentive to encourage women entrepreneurs and women self-help groups. Vessels design and specifications for procurement and retrofitting will be standardized to have better regulation as well as for ease of repair and maintenance. 3.1.2.2 Procurement of new vessels for the Assam Shipping Company and retrofitting of existing public vessels (USD 15 million). The project is assisting the Assam Govt. to procure 20 passenger ferries with the capability of carrying motorcycles in two sizes. One can carry 50 passenger and 25 motorcycles the other 100 passengers and 50 motorcycles. Allowance has also been made for the carriage of substantial amount of hand carried cargo in line with local custom and practice. To ensure substantially improved stability the two-wheelers will be carried below the gunwales of the vessels. The vessels will be built to the class rules of a major classification society to ensure they are both robust and safe. The vessels are intended for operation as ferries across the river though they will have the capability to provide longer haul services to tourist traveling between Kaziranga National Park and Guwahati as well. Simultaneously, the project has initiated condition surveys of the existing govt. fleet, hull & machinery, deck and outfit items for their suitability, impact stability (for the area of operation), loading and other conditions. Select vessels may be retrofitted. This will also include measures to “green” the vessel fleet, including adoption of good waste management practices. A few medium - speed shallow draft Roll-On Roll-Off (Ro-Ro) passenger/cargo catamarans for selected major traffic routes are also planned for procurement. The project would also like to improve connectivity / access to basis services for many islands, villages and far-off chars by using additional floating stock which is customized to specific needs. Discussion with the district administration and local governments during early preparation missions, particularly to the upper reaches of Brahmaputra (Dibrugarh, Jorhat, Majuli), had 30 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 revealed serious connectivity constraints to basic public services such as health and education for numerous small islands and remote chars. These have had profound impacts on health (high maternal and infant mortality), education, jobs and trade. For example, many inhabited islands do not have medical facilities and people have to travel to other nearby bigger towns to access services, which become critical during emergencies. For this, the project plans to utilize the existing Govt. fleet, which may no longer be suited for intensive passenger ferrying but could be usefully converted into mobile clinics, schools / library and for other such important services. These vessels will be suitably retrofitted and customised to their intended use. 3.1.2.3 Repair and Retrofitting of vessels of IWT, Assam: 19 numbers of vessels of IWT Assam have been identified for repairing and retrofitting. The capacity ranges from 40 pax numbers to 100 pax numbers. The type of vessels are Catamaran & Monohull. The dead weight ranges from 10 tonne to 120 tonne. 15 vessels are steel hull and 04 are wooden hull. 15 number of vessels are having two propulsion engines and 04 are having 01 propulsion engine. The year of construction are from 1973-74 to 2004. The vessels are required to be upgraded with latest gadgets. 3.1.3 Component 3: Improvement in terminal infrastructure It (estimated cost USD 105 million) includes: 3.1.3.1 Provision of priority terminals for the Guwahati and Majuli Island ferry routes (USD 70 million); This will finance the design and construction of few priority terminals at identified busy crossings (such as Guwahati, Majuli etc.) plus a few others (mostly country side) where upgrading is urgent. It would also provide standard designs for scalable infrastructure that can be adapted for other urban and rural ferry terminals (ghats). The infrastructure improvements / designs will in particular adopt a „working with nature‟ approach which ensures that project objectives are satisfied in a way that places natural ecosystem at center stage thereby making solutions non-damaging and sustainable (limit dredging, utilize portable / modular infrastructure design adaptation for landing st11ations to enhance climate change resiliency, low draft vessel designs, etc.). The developments would offer opportunities for ecotourism development, rejuvenating the river waterfront and integration of quality ferry terminals in the urban context. 3.1.3.2 Provision of terminals on other rural routes (to be selected (USD 35 million). This will provide standard designs for modular and scalable infrastructure that can be adapted for other urban and rural ferry terminals. It also includes ancillary infrastructure such as road access, terminal buildings and other amenities for the physically challenged, women, children, old and infirm.The total cost of the project is estimated at US$ 150 million. The IBRD support is estimated at US$120 million while the Govt. of Assam share will be US$ 30 million. Priority physical works under the project (planned for first 18 months) are summarised in Table 3- 1. Table3-1:Investments under the three broad project components in PhaseI Project Physical Investments Sub Component Component planned a. Technical assistance: sector planning, design and roll-out of new Regulatory Authority, business planning for Assam Upgradation of crew training Component1: Shipping Company and Assam Ports centre Institutional Company; training of staff to fulfill new roles in and safety the restructured industry strengthening b. Safety management: river navigation aids, night navigation technology on some routes, and emergency response system (policy, procedures, vessel and equipment) 31 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Project Physical Investments Sub Component Component planned Vessel improvement works a. GoA incentive scheme (known as for private boat operator Jibondinga) to upgrade the exsiting fleet Component 2: (engine, hull etc.)  Provision of priority Fleet b. Procurement of new vessels for the Assam Procurement of 20 new modernization Shipping Company and retrofitting of existing public vessels public vessels  Retrofitting of few govt. vessels  2 terminals at Guwahati Component 3: (Gateway GuwhatiGhat a. Infrastrure development ofterminals for the Improvement and North Guwahati) Guwahati and Majuli Island ferry routes in terminal  1 terminal at Majuli infrastructure (Aphalamukh) b. Provision of terminals on several other --- mainly rural routes, to be selected Summary of infrastructe development in these ghats are presented in Table3-2, 3-3 and 3-4. Table 3-2: Summary of the Infrastructure at Guwahati Gateway Ghat / Landing point 2 Sl. Ghat Name Proposed Components Area Required [m²]/ No. of Passenger No. Area required in hour average Consider phase 1 /peaks ed for Planning 1. Guwahati At Berth 2100 1234 1150 Gateway Ticket Counter 24/12 Ghat Administration & Security 67/67 Passenger Waiting Area 1143/439 Parking Area 644/247 Toilet Facilities 134/67 STP Facilties 12/6 Total 2012/832 Landside 35/35 Delivery Parking Total 35/35 Structural Dimension (m) Design Depth 1.9(39.53) Maximum Height 8.75 Difference Access Bridge Width 8 Berthing Length (Phase 1) 170 Add. Berthing Length 180 (Phase 2) Table 3-3: Summary of the Infrastructure at North Guwahati Ghat / Landing point 3 Sl. Ghat Name Proposed Components Area Required No. of Passenger No. [m²]/ hour average Consider Area required /peaks ed for in phase 1 Planning 1. North Ticket Counter 12/12 861 480 455 Guwahati Administration & Security 39/39 Ghat Passenger Waiting Area 253/253 Parking Area(two-wheeler) 143/143 Toilet Facilities 67/67 STP Facilties 10/5 2 Considering Traffic Demand in 2035 3 Consdering Traffic Demand in 2035 32 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 3 Sl. Ghat Name Proposed Components Area Required No. of Passenger No. [m²]/ hour average Consider Area required /peaks ed for in phase 1 Planning Total at Berth 514 Landside 35/35 Delivery Parking Total 35 Structural Dimension (m) DesignDepth 1.7(39.33) Maximum Height Difference 8.75 Access Bridge Width 6 Berthing Length (Phase 1) 85 Table 3-4: Summary of the Infrastructure at Aphalamukh Ghat / Landing point 4 Sl. Ghat Name Proposed Components Area Required No. of Passenger No. [m²]/ hour average Consider Area required in /peaks ed for phase 1 Planning 1. AphalamukhG At Berth hat Ticket Counter 12 752 427 400 Administration & Security 39 Passenger Waiting Area 248 Parking Area(two-wheeler) 140 Toilet Facilities 67 Parking Area (light vehicles) 187.5 Total 693.5 Landside Delivery Parking 35 Parking Area (light vehicles 375 Total 410 Structural Dimension (m) Design Depth 1.7 (39.73) Maximum Height Difference 11.89 AccessBridge Width 6 Berthing Length 130 STP Facilties 50 Total 1153.5 3.2 Planning considerations for Terminals 3.2.1 Access Bridges to Jetty and Ferry The minimum dimensions of platforms shall be followed. The considerations for the width of the access bridge are made in accordance to the German standard RASt 06 – “Directives for the Design of Urban Roads”. This design situation has been chosen to provide enough space for chatting and waiting pedestrians, with simultaneous passing of other pedestrians. 3.2.2 Site geotechnical details The river bed is mainly sandy devoid of supportive rocky structures hence is favourable for the construction of piles. Detailed soil investigation is carried out to ascertain the soil conditions. 3.2.3 Number and types of utility services required The facility shall be designed taking into account of utility services required like electric supply, fresh water supply, sewage treatment plant / Septic tank, telephone connectivity, Wi-Fi connectivity options etc. 4 Considering Traffic Demand in 2035 33 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 3.2.4 Aids to Navigation In order to facilitate safe navigation, necessary equipments shall be installed in the terminals as well as vessels. 3.2.5 Length of the jetty The length of the jetty is designed such that sufficient draft is available for the launches and catamarans, while berthing. 3.2.6 Safe embarkation and disembarkation for passengers The floating pontoons will serve to provide stability to passengers embarking or disembarking from a ferry vessel. There will be nearly suitable berthing slots, leading to a high utilization and minimum congestion. This design is also such that passengers do not have to jump over vessels to get into their vessel. 3.2.7 Turning Circles at Access Bridges Due to the current cross-rivertransport of four wheelers (in Neamati-Aphalamukh Ferry route) &two wheelers(in Guwahati- North Guwahati ferry route), it is necessary to ensure the access of those two wheelers to the future berth. This envisaged access requires a consideration of the turning circles of vehicles. 3.2.8 Access to ferry services The terminal and jetty is so designed that handicap and old customers wanting to use the ferry services can do so without any trouble. 3.2.9 Facilities for Passengers at Terminals 3.2.9.1 Waiting Area A waiting area with sufficient seating arrangement shall be provided in the passenger terminal. Sufficient number of electrical points shall be provided for phone/laptop charging purposes. The Consultant has therefore made provisions to provide seating within the waiting area for only 50% of the passengers. 3.2.9.2 Toilets The toilet facilities with septic tanks will be constructed in passenger waiting areas. It will be designed so that physically challenged passengers can also use. Separate changing rooms and toilets shall be provided for the operating staff. Separate toilet facilities will be provided to gents, ladies and physically handicapped passengers. Baby care room will also be provided. 3.2.9.3 Parking Area at Berth A parking area will be provided for passenger cars / two wheelers at the identified places. This shall also serve as the “Assembly Point” in case of emergencies. According to the mentioned traffic count it is necessary to provide parking areas for 35 % of the passengers. For waiting passengers especially if ferry departure times are set early in the morning or late in the evening it is anticipated that the terminal operator allows mobile salesman for drinks / snacks / mobile phone cards / etc. within the described area. 3.2.9.4 Approach Roads to Jetty connected to main roads of the City / Village Access road bridges to jetty shall be constructed to connect the existing PWD roads in all the three locations selected for initial phase of development. However, length of these roads is in between 100-250m in length with sufficient land available for this purpose. 3.2.9.5 Passenger berth design, layout and functional planning layout The jetty shall consist of a fixed passenger terminal. This area shall consist of the ticketing booths, seating areas and amenities like toilets. This area shall also house all the machinery rooms for the 34 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 services provided on the jetty in addition to a security control room/watch tower. The passenger terminal shall lead to a fixed piled walkway in turn leading to the floating berths. This walkway shall be bifurcated for outgoing and incoming passengers. Only passengers with tickets for boarding vessels or exiting passengers shall be allowed on to this walkway. The fixed walkway shall lead to the boarding area consisting of floating berths. The floating berths shall be moored with the help of underwater mooring system. 3.2.9.6 Power supply and Illumination Power supply is required for the area illumination, buildings and the utility services. Level of illumination in the jetty and the terminal area shall be minimum 30 lux. Source of supply and the conveyance of the same to the site will be planned and estimated. Such supply, if not ensured uninterrupted, captive generator back up have to be proposed.50 / 75 / 100 kva silent DG set will be installed for back up facility on jetty. 3.2.9.7 Water Supply Potable water will be required for the vessel and the user on land. Requirement of vessel shall be met at the terminals. Requirement of largest vessel is 1,000ltrs. Source of Potable water facility has been considered from the municipal supply as far as possible to avoid the ground water extraction in all the Terminals Potable water will be required for the terminal amenities. The potable water for the terminal amenities is assumed to be delivered by tanker trucks. The tanker trucks should unload the water at the entrance of the pier structure through a pipe system which runs down to the berth instead of driving down to the berthing area. This water supply pipe system could be equipped with adequate pumps for the low hydrological gradient between entrance and berth during flood season. The required amount of water and pump capacity will be determined during the preparation of DPR. 3.2.9.8 Drainage System design shall consider the Intensity of rainfall 50 mm/hr with 10 minutes inlet time and 90% imperviousness for estimating the runoff rates for design of drainage systems of the backup area. Out fall of the storm water drains will be into the river directly. 3.2.9.9 Solid waste Solid waste arising from the vessels,vessel maintenance and terminal operation will be addressed in the project execution and O & M stage.Necessary infrastructure such as colour coded bins shall be provided to segregate & collect solid waste and will be evacuated daily. 3.2.9.10 Fire Fighting The fire protection systems and other safety measures shall comply with relevant local regulations and the requirements of the local authorities. The systems shall generally be as per the recommendation/ guidelines of TAC and / or relevant IS code & NBC. 3.2.9.11 Medical Emergency Preparedness The terminal amenities should also provide a first aid station and trained staff to handle medical emergencies at the pier. 3.2.9.12 Communication Terminal operation office shall have the proper communication to track the vessel operation. In addition, for the user, kiosk with charging facility & payphone may also have to be provided for the emergency purpose. 3.2.9.13 CCTV & Public Address System CCTV provision is required to keep an eye on terminal operation, monitoring of high risk area, ensure the overall safety and possessions of all individuals. System is required to cover the jetty 35 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 area, user movement area, gate area of the terminal. Public Address System is required mainly to announce the operating issues of the terminal apart from safety issues. System coverage is required the jetty area, user movement area, gate area of the terminal. 3.3 Planning considerations for Maintenance Area Maintenance area should be ensured through maintenance cars for minor repairs at the terminal structures and other tasks of janitorial services. These cars should be able to drive down to the berthing area during non operational hours and be operated from the corresponding base of operation. If a base of operation could not be setup and the implementation of a maintenance area at the berth becomes necessary, the maintenance cars become redundant and the terminal maintenance should be executed from the maintenance staff of the terminal. The maintenance area itself is proposed for maintenance and simple repair works of equipment and ferries. As already mentioned, it is necessary to prevent the contamination of the river through leakage of oil or other pollutants. Due to this, the surface water needs to be drained through an oil separator. It should be noted, that a maintenance pontoon is redundant if a base of operation could be established in a separate and protected area nearby. 3.3.1 Office At least 1 office shall be considered for operation and storage keeper department. The offices shall at least be equipped with workstation, cupboard and visitor sitting place. 3.3.2 Fuelling Station Compact Fuel Stations with all necessary equipment are proposed on the Jetty in maintenance area. Fuelling facility is necessary for bunkering the vessels presently, mobile equipment used for fuelling vessels. In Guwahati, division Pandu Port area is identified for the maintenance and fuelling facilities whereas in Dibrugarh it is proposed at NeamatiGhat in agreement with IWAI. 3.3.3 Sewage Treatment Estimation of the sanitary sewage flow shall be 80% of water supply. Flow will be routed to a Package Treatment Plant. The capacity of the sewage treatment plant (STP) will be arrived by calculating the quantity of efflux to be treated per day. The effluent quantity is arrived by assuming 85% of the water consumption. All the sewage generated in the vessels will be treated in STP at maintenance area. 20% of the treated water will be lost in the process and the rest can be used for flushing and landscaping. The modular STP shall be located in the machinery room and recycled water shall be provided for flushing purposes in all toilets. The STP shall collect toilets sewage. The sewage from berthed boats/vessels can be collected via dedicated pipe running to the STP or by portable vacuum collecting units to take out waste and dispose of it. PVC pipes will be employed to carry water to STP and water back to overhead tanks for flushing and fire fighting. 3.3.4 Recommended Supportive Components for passenger Jetty / Terminals 3.3.4.1 Zero Waste Ghat Integrated waste management system can be implemented on the Ghats. Solid waste will be segregated and collected separately and will be disposed of through local authorities. Plastic may be banned in the area. Swachata Abhiyan can be taken up with the help of local authority. More importance will be given to aesthetics and hygiene. No vessels will be allowed to discharge its waste in river during navigation or berthing. Vessels should follow MARPOL guidelines for management of solid waste. 3.3.4.2 Renewable energy Solar lighting system can be taken into consideration to save conventional energy consumption. • GHG Solar Panels on Pontoons • Solar lights on approach roads, approach bridges, garden areas, public areas 36 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 In Assam State 9months of sunny days are available. Hence there is high potential of solar energy , which can be used for the external and internal lighting in terminals. 3.3.4.3 Noise Deterrent Devices There are certain region close to the proposed terminals and ferry navigation path which are rich in underwater ecology including the gangetic dolphins. The project during the construction and operation phase of the project is to provide noise control system. A deterrent devise is a mechanical instrument that generates ultrasonic signals to keep the dolphins away from the activity area. These devices could be helpful in other project activities as well like during maintenance dredging. 3.4 Vessel Specifications In Phase 1, 10 vessels of 50 Pax capacity and 10 vessels of 100 pax capacity are decided to be procured. The vessel specifications relevant to the environment are summarised in Table 3-5. Table 3-5: Vessel Specification SI Salient 50 Pax / 100 Pax Ferry -Technical requirements No. Features 1. Main Engine 1. Engines are to be compliant to latest applicable requirements of IMO/MARPOL for inshore and inland waterways vessels. 2. Engine will be fuel combusion efficient, so as to minimise the emission. 2. Fresh Water 1200 ltrs capacity fresh water tank Capacity Provision of separate piping for fresh water and sanitary toilet fittings to be catered. 3. Passenger Provisions of separate bio-toilets for Male & Female to be provided. facilities 4. Life Saving Following items to be provided in accordance with requirements of Equipment Class I vessel as per Model Rules for Inland Vessels October 2013 And (under IV Act) :- Firefighting 1. Life raft or buoyant apparatus Appliances 2. One life jacket each for all crew and passengers 3. Life jacket for child, for 10% of total no. of persons certified to carry 4. Life buoys as per length (4/6/8 No.) 5. All boats shall have headlights, search lights, hand torches and emergency lanterns. 6. Every lifesaving appliance provided as per provisions of these rules shall be meeting the Technical requirements contained in the International Life Saving Appliances Code and type approved by MMD or Competent Authority of the State. 7. All life-saving appliances shall be properly stowed as per the approved plan and maintained/serviced as per the requirements of International Life Saving Appliances Code. 8. Fire pump, Portable fire extinguisher, automatic emergency lighting, automatic fire fighting arrangements in engine-room and accommodation are to be provided as per Class requirement. 5. Generator DG with accoustic enclosure shall be fitted. 6. Corrosion 1. Zinc anodes for corrosion protection are to be provided. Further, Protection TBT Free anti fouling paints for hull below the waterline to be provided. 2. Painting scheme used shall be of high grade and in conformance with standard marine practices, with 5 years 37 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 SI Salient 50 Pax / 100 Pax Ferry -Technical requirements No. Features Manufacturer‟s guarantee. 7. Acoustic Acoustic insulation in the machinery space for noise control operation is Insulation to be provided as per national standards for noise limits. 8. Painting and 1. The finish of the ferry shall be appropriate for use as a passenger Finishes boat. 2. The hull shall be coated with approved quality fresh water anti- fouling compound and/or weather resistant paint depending on location. 3. Theme branding of the ferry shall be carried out by the supplier in consultation with the Client. A minimum of three (3) themes shall be submitted for the approval of the Client. 9. Pollution Arrangement for leak proof evacuation of used oil and sewage shall be Control provided. 3.5 Training Centre The Crew Training Centre of Inland Water Transport Department, Assam was established in the year 1968 to impart training to all concerns at all levels. More than 2000 crews have passed out from this centre so far. The Crew Training Centre of IWT, Assam is the only onein the entire North-Eastern Region. It is proposed to upgrade the existing training centres. The centre will be utilised to develop navigation skill. This will also help in creating environmental awareness among the crew members and general public. 3.6 Landscaping and Beautification The open space available beyond built up area shall be utilised for landscaping and beautification including plantation to improve the aesthetics. 3.7 Jibondinga Scheme Jibondinga scheme is proposed by AIWTDS is a beneficiary scheme for private boat owners. Financial assistance will be provided to procure new vessels under IWT Assam.The scheme also include renovate and refurbish such boats to meet the specifications. All these boats are proposed to be certified by Indian Registrar of Shipping (IRClass) and will fulfill all the required safety / security and environmental guidelines. 3.8 Dredging Dredging is usually an essential element when it comes to development of maritime berthing facilities, when an adjustment of the flow cross-section and/ or the river bed profile is required as a result of proposed interventions. Dredging can also easily affect the flow and the shape of the cross-section in rather unstable river regimes and dredging measures are rather unstable recurrent activities. It will be general approach to minimize the dredging requirements to the necessary minimum, as to keep the river bed profile at its best equilibrium. The Brahmaputra River carries one of the world‟s highest sediments loads with strong affects to the regions ecology and agriculture. Beneath the sedimentation of suspended sediments during dry season, the river shows steady shifting of existing sandbanks during flood season due to the high flow velocities. All the dredged materials shall be disposed in the river since the river bed sediments are not contaminated. Dredging volume assessment for all the three priority locations during construction and operation stages are given below (Source- AIWTP Draft Feasibility Report) - 38 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Table 3-6: Indicative Assessment of Dredging during Construction Stage Sl. No. Location Volume (m3) 1 Guwahati Gateway Ghat 69,720 2 North Guwahati 12417 3 Aphalamukh 7823 Note: Assuming 0.5m water depth is prevailing at berthing line with continuous slope developing towards main navigation channel Table 3-7: Assessment of Maintenance Dredging during Operation Stage Sl. No. Location Volume (m3/yr) 1 Guwahati Gateway Ghat 41,832 2 North Guwahati 7450 3 Aphalamukh 4694 Note: Assuming 0.5m water depth is prevailing at berthing line with continuous slope developing towards main navigation channel and yearly siltation rate is 60% 3.9 Sewerage Treatment Plant GGG Ghat: An area of 12x 6 m has been proposed for sewerage treatment plant in GGG Ghat. An area of 12x6 m should be reserved on existing DIWTA land for putting up the modular sewerage treatment plant but not on terminal deck. North Guwahati: An area of 10x 5 m has been proposed for sewerage treatment plant in North Guwahati Ghat. An area of 10X5 m should be reserved on existing DIWTA land for putting up the modular sewerage treatment plant but not on terminal deck. Aphalamukh: An area of 10X5m has been proposed for sewerage treatment plant in Aphalamukh. An area of 10X5 m should be reserved on existing DIWTA land for putting up the modular sewerage treatment plant but not on terminal deck. 3.10 Labour Requirement Details of labour requirement for each ghat has been given below- Table 3-8: Details of Labour Requirement at Each Ghat (Phase-1) Component Details Numbers of labour Piling Works 2 team X 20 personnel 40 Concrete Works 2team X 20 personnel 40 Steel Fabrication 3 teams X 20 personnel 60 Works Building and - 50 Miscellaneous Works Total Labour Force at any Given Instance 190 (+/- 10%) The construction camp shall be constructed temporariliy during the construction stage by the contractor considering the provision recommended in Envrionmental Code of Practice-17 (Refer Annexure- 7.1) 3.11 Project Benefits Inland Waterways Transport (IWT) is a competitive alternative to road and rail transport, offering an economical, sustainable and environment friendly mode of transport. The major benefits from the project are outlined below: 39 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019  Infrastructure requirement for inland transport is less compared to road and rail.  Less congestion and potential for expansion.  Improved infrastructure for better public convenience.  Enhance the traffic volume  Have greater positive impact on socio-economy of the area  Improve the safety and environment aspects  Comfortable passenger vessels with all amenities  Higher quality ferry service with wider transport network  Will support the increasing traffic volume by more systematic and timely operation  Minimum impact on existing environmental status  Improve connectivity to many regions / areas. As per an estimate, 1 horse power can carry 4,000-kilogram load in water compared to 150 kilograms and 500-kilogram load by road and rail respectively. In one study, it is estimated that 1 litre of fuel can move 105 ton-km by inland water transport whereas the same amount of fuel can move only 85 ton-km by rail and 24 ton-km by road. By air, it is even less. The higher energy efficiency of IWT compared to road haulage contributes to less fossil fuel consumption and therefore to less emission of CO2, NOx, SOX and PM. CO2 emissions from different public transport is given in Table 3-6. Table 3-9: CO2 Emissions From Public Transport Type of vehicle kg CO2/km kg CO2/km/person Scooter 0.03 0.015 Motorcycle 0.04 0.020 Three wheeler(petrol) 0.11 0.028 Three wheeler(diesel) 0.13 0.033 Three wheeler(CNG) 0.1 0.025 Passenger car(petrol) 0.103 0.021 Passenger car(diesel) 0.117 0.023 Passenger car(CNG) 0.06 0.012 LDV 0.307 0.038 MDV 0.593 0.030 HDV 0.737 0.011 Ferry boat 0.5 0.003 It is clearly evident from the table that though the emissions in kg CO2/ km for ferries are high then other vehicles. However, CO2/km/person is 0.003 kg is the minimum. 40 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Chapter 4 : Alternative Analysis 4.1 Introduction Analysis of alternatives is an analytical comparison of the operational effectiveness, costs and environmental and social risks of proposed development options. This helps to analyse the options critically in relation to its impacts on physical, social and biological environment. For this project, alternative analysis has been made for three considerations, i.e. strategic, planning and technology consideration 5.1.1 Strategic Consideration This analysis enables us to justify that why and how much the project is viable. A comparison is made for “With” & “Without” project scenario for the physical, social and biological environments. This helped in assessment and comparison of the potential impacts on these environments in both the scenario. The scenario having minimal impact is recommended for selection. This has helped us to find the benefit of development of the project. Detailed analysis is given below in Table 4-1. Table 4-1: Alternative Analysis- “With & Without Project Scenario” Feature Without Project With Project Need of IWT Southern Bank of Brahmaputra in Assam North Guwahati / Majuli Island is more urbanised with supportive Connectivity will be improved and developments as compared to North financial / educational / health Assam. People have to depend on south status can be improved with the region of Assam for higher education, development of IWT in Guwahati trading, jobs, medical facilities etc. by enhancing the North Guwahati This is increasing the pressure on Urban with more urbanised and facilitated Guwahati region. South Guwahati Despite having the potentials as a planned city so as to lessen the . burden of overpopulated Guwahati, North Guwahati which is alsohaving historical importance, natural beauty and tourism potential could be a big revenue generator. It is very much important to have connectivity between North Guwahati- Guwahati. While addressing the issue there is high demand of up gradation of ferry services between Guwahati and North Guwahati Majuli Island being tourist attraction famous for its satras, handicrafts and environmental settings will be well connected to the main lands. It will improve tourism and revenue generation. North and The connectivity problem between Inland watertransport takes only South Guwahati and North Guwahati has 10 mins from North to South regionConnect remained for decades. There are two Guwahati. There has been long ivity possible routes for connection between public demand to upgrade ferry North Guwahati and GGG. One is by services in Brahmaputra to road and one is through inland water connect the city with its southern transport. and northern arm.A large number By Road (Sarai Ghat Bridge) it takes 40 of people, students, office goers, 41 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Feature Without Project With Project to 45 mins to travel. patients, traders and others depend on the ferries or Existing transport system from Majuli is bhootbhooti (mechanized boats) solely dependent on inland water plying between Guwahati and transport from two of its Major ghats/ North Guwahati. terminal- Kamalabari&Aphalamukh to the In case of Majuli, the commuters main land with Neamati as common from this river island solely landing stations. However, two temporary dependent on inland water landing stations are developed in both transport to commute to towns Kamalabari (Majuli) &NeamatiGhat for such as Jorhat in southern bank of Ro-Ro ferry services. Brahmaputra Status of There is no direct railway network. To In the current scenario, roads of Transportation access railway transportation, commuters Assam are highly congested.No Infrastructure from North Guwahati need to travel either better connectivity of north and by road bridge over Brahmaputra or south Land Banks of the Assam inland water transport to the south bank. State due to lesser bridge infra on In case of Majuli river island Brahmaputra river and longest (Aphalamukh), commuters dependent distances if travelled by Road. solely on IWT to reach Jorhat town Hence Ferry services are very (nearest railway station). needed to be upgraded as per the demand. These existing transport infrastructures are not sufficient. NeamatiGhat plays an important role in local the economy.It is the However, recently a ropeway project nodal point for crossing to Majuli, connecting North Guwahati to the main islands and can connect travellers city centre of Guwahati is proposed. Also, to the Northern Bank as well. there is a proposal of construction of a Considering the travelling time by bridge, connecting North Guwahati to the road, public in general prefer to main city by the State Public Works travel by ferry. No other transport Department. facility is available for the people on Majuli Island to cross Brahmaputra River. With the implementation of IWT and night navigation, travel time would be reduced. To provide facility for the passengers from Airport to Ferry location near North Guwahati within 2 km is very good option which can be time saving against 1 hour traveling to Guwahati City by road. GGC will create good connectivity from City and Airport to other destinations on North and South Bank. IWT mode will lead to reduction in congestion on roads. Infrastructure development for waterway involves comparatively lesser expenditure than required for developing railway& road network. Current Existing jetty locations have following The project aims to improve facilities at inadequacy i) Passenger Waiting Area, ii) passenger and vehicle accessibility Ferry station Parking Area iii) Toilet facilities, iv) across the Brahmaputra with locations Access to Public Road. Absence of improvedinfrastructure and ferry 42 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Feature Without Project With Project rescue team with equipped vessel is vessels. It also aims to improve the another limitation observed.The restricted institutional framework and land holding, owned by the AIWTDS at strengthen the state institutions the jetty location, appears as impediment that administer, regulate and in jetty improvement or expansion. The provide inland water transport. continual river bank erosionrestricts the expansion. The ferry lines and the terminal shall be operated by skilled professionals. Establishment of maintenance and repair facilities and equipment will improve the vessel condition. Physical GHG emission from other mode of There will be overall reduction in Environment transport is very high in comparision to GHG emissions in IWT as this mode Inland Water Transport. is energy efficient Ambient Air Quality is affectedby As IWT is more energy efficient, emission from vehicles and rail. There will the emissions through exhaustswill be increase transportation by rail/road, be reducedsignificantly. which is likely to detoriate the air quality more significantly. Infrastructure Air quality in terminals will improve development for road/rail transport will because of mitigative measures also have fugitive emission. and plantation. Water Quality: Water Quality: Construction of more roads to fullfil traffic There are number of activities demand will result in more paved during construction as well as surfaces, there by rising the surface run- operational phase of IWT off (which may also be contaminated with implementation, which have been oil and grease-accidental or used identified for causing water oil/grease) causing pollution of water pollution and mitigation measures bodies and land. Presently, waste and have been integrated in the wastewater management in operating project.With the wastewater terminals are not adequate, thereby risk treatment system and following of water contamination is high. zero discharge concept, residual impacts are considered to be marginal. Loss of agricultural land and top soil: Loss of agricultural land and top The continual expansion of railway and soil: road network to meet the additional Land requirement is minimal. Land freight & passenger transportation requirement is much less than the warrant additional acquisition of land required for road & railway productive agricultural land and loss of projects. top soil. Soils are also sourced by digging burrow pits. Material Sourcing: Material Sourcing: Materials such as soil, steel, cement etc The material requirement is required for construction of road/railway comparatively lesser than required are fairly large as compared to IWT. for maintenance and expansion of road & railway. Terrestrial & Terrestrial Ecology: Terrestrial Ecology: Aquatic The expansion of road & railway network Impact on Terrestrial ecology is ecology to increase the freight transportation may limited to project sites.Some of the involve cutting of large nos. of trees impacts during construction are and/or impacting the forest areas, temporary in nature. The impact on affecting the terrestrial ecology. Also the terrestrial ecology during operation existing road crosses various Eco phase will be addressed to sensitive zones & forest areas and minimise its magnitude. expansion of such roads will have greater 43 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Feature Without Project With Project impact on terrestrial ecology. Aquatic ecology: Aquatic Ecology: Road/railways running along IWT on river Development of off-shore Brahmaputra and Barak at various structures, ferry operations and locations. Expansion of these bridges & dredging activities has significant construction of new bridges will have impact on aquatic ecology which significant impact on aquatic ecology. requires to be managed adequately to minimize the impact. Analysing both the scenarios for above mentioned criteria, it is concluded that “With Project Scenario” is beneficial for all physical, biological and social environment when compared to “Without Project Scenario”. However significant impact is anticipated on water and aquatic ecology in “With Project” scenario for which mitigation and management plans are prepared. Site specific observations with advantages and disadvantages on existing environment are presented in Table 4-2. Table 4-2: Site Specific Observations Developm Site Specific Advantages Disadvantages Remarks ent Site Findings Location North  Ghat is muddy flat land. Environment Environment  Site is selected Guwahati  As per record average Considerations: Considerations: on the basis of 1000 Passenger/day  No tree cutting is  Gangatic Dolphins existing facilities (On North travel from Ghat. associated. which is Schedule-I and socio- Bank of  The proposed land species as per economic and  Water quality analysis Brahmaput required for the project Wildlife Act, 1972 environment reflects high turbidity ra)  Basic Infra is lacking for is government land are existing in this considerations passengers like ramp, and under possession stretch of river 2.5  No major approach paved roads, of IWT. km upstream of the environment, ticket house, security,  Site is open sandy site in North east social or design toilet facilities, waiting with no settlement direction near issue area, special provision except some UmanandaGhat associated for ladies and elderly encroachment. and 3 km near  All the negative people, parking area  Site is accessible Kacheri Ghat impacts listed etc. through existing PWD  Approach from city are manageable  Temporary ramp and road roads to the Ferry with proposed access roads are risky  Settlements located Ghat is not environment & especially during rainy are at app. 300m from developed. In rainy social season. proposed terminal season the management  Ghat is highly eroded activities.Thus minimal passengers face plans. due to flood with silt impact due to project problem. deposits. activities.  Site not directly  Lack of solid waste  Locally available raw connected to any management system material (sand) for public paved road  Water-pollution due to construction at present. improper management  Site is not part of or of waste and sewage close to any eco-  River banks and  Encroachment near the sensitive location bed are required to proposed access road be protected from and existing PWD road.  Availability of land erosion & scouring. required for supportive infrastructure.Availabili ty of sufficient depth for berthing & movement of ships and thus minimum dredging is required 44 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Developm Site Specific Advantages Disadvantages Remarks ent Site Findings Location Gateway  Ghat is muddy flat land. Environment Environment  No alternatives Guwahati  As per record daily Considerations: Considerations: assessed as Ghat average 800 Passenger  No tree cutting is  Gangatic Dolphins site already (GGG) travel from Ghat. associated since land which is Schedule selected and (On South  Infrastructure facilities requirement is limited 1 species as per land already Bank of like passenger waiting to access road to the Wildlife Act, 1972 with IWT Brahmaput area, toilets, parking terminal development are existing in this Assam. ra) area areprovided. at riverbank. stretch of river 1.5 Anticipated  Toilet waste not treated  Site is open sandy km upstream of the impact on and directly release into with no development site in North east Dolphin river in nearby areas. direction near and Aquatic  Laboratory testing of the  Small encroachments UmanandaGhat ecology due to water quality confirmed are observed and 2 km near vessel the turbidity and  High siltation is Kacheri Ghat movement is contaminated nature of recorded  Approach from city analysed to be the water.  Site is with IWT roads to the Ferry low as boat  Lacking of ramp, Assam. Ghat is not movement will approach paved roads  Site is accessible by developed. In rainy be regulated at etc. MG Road and city season the speed of 5kmph.  Temporary bamboo roads which are passengers face  No major ramps / structures already developed. problem. environment, which are big problem  Settlements located at  Site not directly social or design during rainy season. an app. Distance of connected to any issue  Solid waste is dumped 400 m from site thus public paved road associated and scattered on site. minimal impact due to to MG road  All the negative project activities. impacts listed  Locally available raw are manageable material (sand) with proposed  Site is not part of or environment & close to any eco- social sensitive location management  Availability of land plans thus no required for berthing major and supportive drawbacks infrastructure. associated with the site 45 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Developm Site Specific Advantages Disadvantages Remarks ent Site Findings Location Aphalam  Erosion hazard posed Environment Environment  Site is already ukh by the river Considerations: Considerations: selected and Brahmaputra is very  No tree cutting is  Gangatic Dolphins land already Ghat serious in Majuli (about associated. which is Schedule with WRD. (On North 35.00 % of its present  Site is open sandy 1 species as per Anticipatedimpa Bank of area has already been with no development ct on Dolphins Wildlife Act, 1972 Brahmaput eroded in the last few upto 200mts and Aquatic decades). However,  Agricultural are exists in this ecology due to ra) land erosion control parcels are existing stretch of river. vessel measures with concrete surrounding both the  Also during site movement is spur by Water resource Ghats visit through ferry in considered. 46 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Developm Site Specific Advantages Disadvantages Remarks ent Site Findings Location department on both side  High siltation is river dolphins are  All the negative of the AphalamukhGhat recorded seen at impacts listed is under process.  Site is with WRD. Aphalamukh Ghat are manageable  Dolphins were spotted  AphalamukhGhat Site area with proposed during field visit is accessible by NLK environment  Approach from city management  There is no records of Road and village roads to the Ferry plans thus no erosion near the ghats roads which are Ghat is not major in last 10 years is already developed. developed. In rainy drawbacks confirmed during  Settlements are far season the associated with consultation with local away from passengers face the site people and as per the AphalamukhGhat problem. IWT records.  Locally available raw  Site not directly  Erosion control material (sand / connected to any measures are  Ghat is located in sandy concrete / steel) required public paved road and flat terrain area  Site is not part of or at present. close to any eco-  Highly eroded  Land is owned by sensitive location ghats with silt government of Assam deposits except private  Availability of land ownership of three required for berthing plots. and supportive  Ghat has existing infrastructure. infrastructure facilities such as Ticket counter, passenger waiting area, maintenance, vehicle parking area  Has access to the public road system.  Ghat is connected through unpaved road. There are temporaryshops around the approach road. Existing Ghat has land available for future development.  Passengers have to go on pontoons by temporary bamboo ramps / structures which are big problem during rainy season.  Solid waste is dumped and scattered on site. Aphalamukh Ghat 47 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Developm Site Specific Advantages Disadvantages Remarks ent Site Findings Location 4.1.1.1 Environmental Design parameters Following two major aspects shall be considered during design to reduce environmental impacts: a) Maintenance dredging:The design team has proposed that the terminal or berthing area to be located inside the river which would be close to the least available depth. b) Mitigation of submerged construction parts: In order to reduce the damage risk of the structures and increase the life, minimum underwater construction will be taken up.Most of the design structure shall be floating or mechanically adjusted above water level. 4.1.1.2 Ferry Concept A. Principles The ferry concept for the proposed project is based on the following principles: 1. Simple and robust so that ease of managing the systems 2. Ferries and berthing facilities would be standardised to increase reliability and to ease maintenance. 3. The banks and river channels tend to change their profile which might require shifting of landing locations. So, mobile structure is envisaged 4. Skilled personnel and sufficient technical installations will facilitate the required level of maintenanceservices of vessels. 5. Ferry system has to comply with the existing applicable guidelines/legislations. 6. Maintenance dredging, if any, would be planned based on river channel condition. 48 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 B. Vessel Performance Requirement & Ferry Types Three different standard of ferry designs are being proposed. All ferry types follow thesame design principle: Twin hull ferry platform with superstructure (containing a seating area)and a wheelhouse at the bow and an open deck for staying passengers, bikes and vehicles tobe stowed transversely to the ferries' longitudinal axle at the stern. For the hull configuration of all ferry types and sizes the catamaran type is being proposed dueto advantages with regard to safety because one hull or most of the at least three hullchambers/segment, per hull, will remain intact in case of impacts. Space on board and stability(safety) as well as manoeuvrability and redundancy of the propulsion engines are decisiveadvantages of catamarans when speed maximization is not an issue as it is in this case. Themaximum sailing speed for all types should be 10 knots (12 knots max. trial speed) in order to provide timely and reliable sailing schedules even if required to cope with a river current of maximum 5 knots at monsoon times under worst navigational conditions. C. Safety, health & environmental considerations The proposed catamaran vessel design is unsinkable and cannot capsize. Each hull consistsof at least three separate sections with separators. Each vessel furthermore is equipped with two engines. As to engine and hull design, acoustics simulations need to be considered by the vessel design engineers in detail to prevent for generation of frequencies disturbing or irritating the population of the Brahmaputra dolphins. This is an improved consideration while present vessels did not take regard on this aspect as all. All vessels will be equipped with life jackets for all passengers, and with safety and rescue basis like e.g. fire extinguishers, water pumps, emergency signalling rockets and automated radio alerts in case of incidents like engine standstill, water contacts on board above tolerance etc. Furthermore sufficient washrooms, separated sections by gender, and for persons who need specific attention, as well as freshwater and sewerage and oil water emulsions tanks are to beimplemented at each of the vessel accordingly. Bunkering and dealing with all substances and waste strictly will follow the “no environmental impact” principle and hence needs to be supported by the designs of vessels accordingly. Litter boxes on board and regular emptying of the same into Ghat based waste containers willbe implemented, ideally followed by effective penalisation schemes for violators when leavinglitter inadequately on board or throwing any substances – liquid or solid - into open waters5.Bunkering capacity of the vessels shall be provided for 7 days of operations and by double hull protected tanks to prevent for spills or leakages during bunkering and in the event of an accident. The bunkering capacity implemented for water and fuel will allows for uninterrupted operationsbut also necessitates the ferries to report latest once a week to the regional Base of Operations with professional, spill protected and drop recovering bunker facilities for refuelling. The process for lubricant supply is alike. Taking fresh water, and delivery of waste water/sewage, oil residuals or oil-water emulsions in return shall take place sole and only at the Base of Operations for control and treatment, too. D. Operational Considerations The ferry concept relies on the following additional considerations.  Cleaner and safe technologies. One engine in each hull, running on (preferably sulphur free) diesel. Diesel catalysts to clean exhaust from dust, NOx, particles, and noise capturing are compulsory. The engines are charging a battery set to bridge small electricity consumption during daytime when engines are off. The winches for shifting the ferry are powered also out of the batteries, re-loaded via generation during sailing; 5 Monitory fine or banning from entering waters for a certain period 49 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019  Electricity on board is only needed to start the engines, to run the winches, for lighting and engine control and communication.  Solar panel installations may be considered to support energy generation but should be subject of vessel design. It shall be noted that solar panel power generation on board is an extra not required for safe, efficient and effected waterway transport navigation (but for smart environmental considerations);  High levels of Operational Performance. All ferries should feature adequate communications equipment to enable ship to ship and ship to shore communication. Additional Automatic identification system (AIS) should be installed on all vessels to help IWAI operated control centres to coordinate vessel traffic and to intervene;  Sustainable Vessel Management. The vessels should be serviced at suitable locations (e.g. at IWAI Port at Pandu in the Guwahati Metropolitan Area). Here refuelling (bunkering), supply with freshwater and disposal of waste water and solid waste as well as cleaning and repairs should take place. E. Ferry Vessel Types With the following standard ferry types almost all traffic requirements will be met:  Type 1: Rural and secondary urban lines passenger standard ferry (all districts): 50 passengers plus 2-wheelers or human muscle driven carts with a maximum draft of 0.5m. Maximum number of passengers: 100; devices and safety equipment and sanitary installations to be dimensioned accordingly. Two engines. Standard active navigational aid and SAR communication and AIS equipment including double backup emergency power supply. Key vessel parameters: Length: 20m, Beam: 8m, Draught: 0.5m, Free board: 0.7 m, maximum sailing speed: 10kn;  Type 2.1: Urban passenger standard ferry (Guwahati area). 200 passengers plus 2- wheelers or human muscle driven carts. Maximum draught of 0.7m. Engine and sanitary and aids to navigation as well as for the case of emergency as per Type 1. Maximum permissible number of passengers: 300, devices and safety equipment and sanitary installations to be dimensioned accordingly. Standard active navigational aid and SAR communication and AIS including double backup emergency power supply. Key vessel parameters: Length: 30m, Beam: 12mm, Draught: 0.7m, Free board: 0.7m, Sailing speed: 10kn;  Type 2.2: Multipurpose passenger and car standard ferry (e.g. Neamati – Majuli): 150 passengers plus a small number of cars / pickups up to 2 -2.5 tons max total weight each plus 2-wheelers or human muscle driven carts. Maximum draught of 0.7 m. Maximum permissible number of passengers: 250, devices, safety equipment and sanitary installations are to be dimensioned accordingly. Standard active navigational aid and SAR communication and AIS equipment including double –backup emergency power supply. Almost same hull, engine and equipment as Type 2.1. Key vessel parameters: Length:30m, Beam: 12m, Draught: 0.7m, Free board: 0.7m, maximum sailing speed: 10kn;  Express ferry: Special vessels, e.g. Guwahati Airport Express Ferry, shall be considered as per Type 1 but with enhanced speed, advanced passenger facilities, luggage storage compartment instead of 2-wheeler spaces, and high standard washrooms or a lounge section on board. Berthing and ship/shore facility requirement remains the same as for Type 1 standard catamaran ferry, with same vessel parameters except that vessel sailing speed shall be designed for 15km subject of further investigations.  Well-equipped IRS certified Vessels will be procured of 50 pax and 100 pax capacity in Phase I In addition to the ferry vessels, a multipurpose service craft shall be allocated at least at themain base of ferry operations. This multipurpose craft shall serve as tugboat and service craftforwater- 50 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 borne construction or maintenance works, laying and shifting of buoys and tons incombination with a service vessel, for small scale dredging, if required, by an excavator with extended reach. The service vessel will carry the dredged material for proper dumping at identified sitessuitable for this purpose. The multipurpose service craft also shall be equipped with fire combat and Safety and Rescue (SAR) first aid facilities to efficiently help in case of emergencies. F. Berthing Facilities Vessel berthing facilities need to provide berthing space for each vessel to berth or departalwaysat any time safely and as scheduled. The required berthing capacity is a function of length, mooring facilities, and dominations of berth to percent for congestions hindering smooth and safe passenger or vehicle flows during disembarkation and embarkation process. The number and the size of the berths, therefore, need to be sufficient to serve for handling of the number and the sizes and the traffic volume to be handled per ship and per the number of ships to be served per hour. The number of berths required hence depends on the number and size of vessels calling at a ghat simultaneously. It is assumed, that the length of a berth is 5 m longer that the length of the vessel demanding berthing accommodation. The berths furthermore must support safe entering and leaving of vessels at any water level condition and hence have to be designed as floating equipment, i.e. most cost efficient as pontoons. The pontoons shall be designed to provide for almost same distance and gradient when entering or leaving ships via the vessel-site provided access ramps. The berthing system consists of 5 different types of pontoons:  Pontoon type 1: 60m length, i.e. suitable for simultaneous berthing of one type 1 /type 1 express ferry vessel (20m length plus 5 m safety distance) plus one type 2 (types 2.2 or 2.2) ferry vessel with a berthing length requirement of 35 m length  Pontoon type 2: 50m length, i.e. suitable for simultaneous berthing of two type 1 /type 1 express ferry vessels (20m vessel length plus 5 m safety distance = 25m * 2)  Pontoon type 3: 25m length, Single pontoon for berthing of one type 1/type 1 express ferry vessel type or one small leisure ship at one time  Pontoon type 4: 35 m length, Single pontoon for berthing of one type 2 (type 2.1 or type 2.2) ferry vessel for single berthing of one type 1 ferry vessel  Pontoon type 5: 70 m length for berthing of one large and one small leisure ship at one time, or for berthing of two type 2 (type 2.1/2.1) ferry vessels Any required berthing capacity shall be able to be composed by adding and combining the above standard pontoons. Since standard units shall be implemented the cost per unit are able to be minimized. Same for the pontoon fixations, at least for the movable devises. G. Vessel maintenance facility The vessels will be periodically maintained so that no problems will be faced during the operation of ferry. Besides preventive maintenance, over hauling will also be taken up. This will be located at Pandu, existing maintenance facility. The unit will be upgraded with adequate tools and skilled manpower. 4.1.1.3 Ferry Ghat Concept Ferry Ghat is based on a modular concept, which may allow multiplication at other suitable locations, minimizing design and implementation efforts. Based on the overall forecast covered under the detailed engineering studies, Ghat capacity parameter have been elaborated as displayed below. Accordingly recommended berth(s) lengths are determined for the Guwahati (GGG and North Guwahati) and Dibrugarh (Aphalamukh)corridor as displayed below. 51 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Table 4-3: Type and Number of Pontoons ISDP Ghat No and type of pontoons per Ghat Sl. No. District Name of Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Type 4 Type 5 Length Name Ghat inTotal (m) 1. Guwahati Gateway 3 2 1 350 Guwahati Ghat (GGG) 2. North 1 1 75 Guwahati 1-3 All Ghats 3 4 2 6 1 425 1. Dibrugarh Aphalamukh 3 105 1-2 All Ghats 0 1 0 7 1 105 4.1.1.4 Fixed / floating Pier or Jetty Structure Construction The limited place at the proposed locations and the high fluctuation of water level and shore line are placing high demands on the pier structures. According to the Terms of Reference the berthing structure must be designed as single berth floating platform. Due to this the access structure could be design as fixed or floating construction. Both design concepts show some positive and some negative aspects. The main Positive aspects are listed below.  Fixed construction • Requires less maintenance • They are more buoyant and flexible. • Easy to step on to and off of from your boat. • They do not submerge during storms. • Floating docks move with your boat. • They are most suited for significant vertical water movement. • Easy installation is inherent with floating boat docks. • They are recommended by the navy and coast guard in hurricane territory.  Floating construction • Requires more maintenance • Can withstand heavier loads • Can withstand strong tidal flows and currents • More user friendly for the elder citizen due to its stability • Is less noisier in moving waters • Lasts longer than floating docks The main negative aspects are listed below.  Fixed construction • Pollution and wear during flood season • During flood season occurs a larger contact area with the water and simultaneous higher flow velocities • Disproportional rise of lateral forces with high demands on foundation structure • Due to the fixed access points, a vertical displacement could occur between access construction and vessel/pontoon • Foundation on poorly supporting soils  Floating construction • Length variation of access ramps due to changing water levels • Secure anchoring during flood season • Loads should be equilibrated • Safety against leakage through ship impact 52 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Due to the already mentioned limited place and the fluctuation of river depth and water level it is necessary to implement the terminal amenities directly into the pier structure. These amenities must be completely protected from flooding during operation and should be as near as possible to the berthing area. If the pier structures are designed as a completely floating construction, the terminal amenities could be implemented directly to the berthing area e.g. at pontoons. On the other hand, if the access structure is designed as fixed structure, the terminal amenities could be implemented at a platform on access point level. 4.1.1.5 Single Berth Floating Platform  Advantages: • Most flexible design with regard to water depth • Can be assembled onshore and towed to the final position • Can be easily towed back for maintenance  Disadvantages: • Might have larger wave induced motions that may impact the rotor, tower and blades • Complex structure to manufacture • Requires comparably large amounts of steel • Might be more subject to corrosion and ice-loads since much of the structure is closer to the water surface • Large facilities for onshore assembly required (dry-dock) 4.1.1.6 Fixed Reinforced Floating Platform  Advantages: • Low structural mass and material usage • Can be assembled onshore and towed to the final position • Few moving parts (no active ballast required) • Excellent stability • Lower fatigue loads in tower and blades than semi-submersible structures and lower fatigue loads in the tower base than Spar-Buoys • Simple structure to inspect Few active systems and components  Disadvantages: • High loads on the mooring and anchoring system • Concerns about the lifetime of tendons • Difficult installation process, due to inherent instability during the towing • Often requires specialised installation vessels • Less developed concept for wind energy applications The limited place at the proposed locations and the high fluctuation of water level and shore lineareplacinghighdemandsonthepierstructures.According to the Terms of Reference the berthing structure must be designed as single berth floating platform. Due to this the access structure could be design as fixed or floating construction. 53 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Chapter 5 : Stakeholder Consultation Participatory consultation is both an essential criteria and important strategy for an integrated environmental and social analysis of the project design. The purpose of the stakeholder consultation is to identify the views of local communities, relevant institutional and other stakeholders on the project.This also facilitates identification of any environmental components, for which mitigation measures may be undertaken to minimize any adverse impacts. “Public consultation” refers to the process by which the concerns of local affected persons and others who have plausible stake in the environmental impacts of the project or activity are ascertained. Consultation is a two-way process or dialogue between the project authority and its stakeholders. Consulting stakeholders entails an implicit “promise” that, their views will be considered during the decision-making process. The feedback received during the consultation process are analysed and addressed appropriatelyby incorporating them in project design and proposed mitigation measures. 5.1 Requirements and Scope of Stakeholder consultation The consultation process has been conceived, planned, and initiated with the following key objectives:  To provide key project information and create awareness among various stakeholders about project intervention;  To share the Terms of Reference of the current EMF and EIA;  To have interaction for primary and secondary data collection from project beneficiaries, affected, and other stakeholders;  To identify environmental and social issues relevant to the project sites  To establish mechanism for the resolution of social and environmental problems at local and project level;  To involve project stakeholders in an inclusive manner  To receive feedback from stakeholders on mitigation measures to address the environmental and social impacts of the project. 5.2 Stakeholder Consultation Stages As per the World Bank Mandate, the stakeholders consultation is to be conducted at various stages of the project viz., at screening, scoping stage, EMF stage, Draft EIA stage . Consultations 54 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 with the key stakeholders will be carried out throughout the Project life. These include consultations and liaison with communities and other stakeholders during the construction phase and also extensive consultations with the grass-root as well as institutional stakeholders during the EIA studies. Theconsultationframework for the project is presented in Table 5-1. Table 5-1: Consultation Framework Stakeholder Objective/Purpose Responsibility Timing Communities and Information dissemination; E&S Cell of Pre - Construction other stakeholders Public relation; confidence building; AIWTDS & EIA phase awareness about risks and Team impacts; minimizing conflicts and frictions. Sharing EIA TOR E&S Cell of During scoping Communities and AIWTDS and stage of EIA other stakeholders EIA team Information dissemination; E&S Cell of During scoping Public relation; confidence building; AIWTDS and stage of EIA awareness about risks and EIA team impacts; minimizing conflicts and frictions. Sharing of EMF E&S Cell of During EMF Stage AIWTDS and EIA team Dissemination of E&S Cell of During EIA study information on project and its key AIWTDS and (once draft EIA is impacts and proposed mitigation EIA team available) measures; soliciting views, comments, concerns, and recommendations of stakeholders Communities and Awareness about risks and E&S Cell, Construction other stakeholders impacts; minimizing conflicts . AIWTDS; phase Contractors Consultations with Liaison with communities and E&S Cell of Operational phase communities project beneficiaries AIWTDS 5.3 Identification of Stakeholders Stakeholder consultationsencompass all major activities concerning the project vis-à-vis environmental issues. At initial stage, the stakeholders are identified for consultation. Inland waterway commuters, residents of livingon the bank of the Brahmaputra river and around the jetty location, are the prime stakeholders.They are actively or passively influenced by the jetty vis-à-vis IWT. Ferry operators, Fishermen, local amenity service providers, commercial establishments arealso important stakeholders. Non-Government Organisations working in the field of Social and Environmental management contribute significantly in the consultation process. State WRD, Assam is a major stakeholder since all the Ghats are exposed to floods and erosion. Other concerned Govt. Departments play important role in providing secondary data/information. 55 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 5.3.1 Local business associations Local business associations have interest on IWT, as the project willpromote commercial activities.People ferry their products for selling. 56 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 5.3.2 Regulators, transport network providers, and regional and local panning bodies Key stakeholders are also people associated with the transport network which includes government and private ferry operators.Inland water transport in stateisregulated by IWT. Local bodies like Panchayat or Municipal Corporation, Guwhati are also key stake holder. Other Govt. Departments such as Water resources, Revenue, Transport, Commerce are also important stakeholders. 5.3.1 Key Findings of the public Consultations The stakeholders and community, by and large, appreciated the project. The concern of the participants was mainly focused on improvement of terminals, safety and security of passengers, livelihood, dredging and environmental issues. The summary of points discussed in the consultation meetings are presented in Table 5-2. Table 5-2: Summary of Public Consultations Stakeholders Concerned raised Responses and mitigation Type measures Shopkeepers  Shopkeepers opined in favour of the project  Toilets and drinking water but they want that the launch Ghat are facilities are included in the improved with more facilities such as toilets, design of terminals. sufficient space for shops, parking, sitting  The designs of terminals will area also include shops/kiosks  They expressed that the project will increase and while leasing out these their business opportunities and new shops, priority will be given to venture of business will be opening after the affected communities. completion of the project. Physically  There is no special facility for the disabled  The designing of terminals Challenged people in the ferry terminals and vessels. will be addressing the issue. People  Wheel chair and bed facilities are available only for patients and for emergency situation.  There are no doctors permanently on duty. Physically Challenged People persons want proper safety and security in terminal and ferry. Disabled persons do not know the facilities about river transports.  Most of the people think that road transport is easier than river transport especially for the physically challenged persons as they cannot swim. They want separate space/seat for them in the ferry and easy boarding facility such as smooth way, wheel chairs, etc.  If such facilities are provided for the physically challenged people then they may comfortably use the river transport. Fishermen  They want modern signalling system and  Navigational signals will be safety and security during fishing. Some provided along the channels. time, they are to face trouble from pirates or  Spawning areas of fish, some politically influenced persons who migratory routes and force them to pay money for fishing. They 57 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Stakeholders Concerned raised Responses and mitigation Type measures welcomed the project but requested to keep commercial areas for fishing in mind about fish moving routes and fishing will be avoided for dredging areas during dredging so that their and dredged material livelihoods will not be affected. disposal Launch and  Launch and ferry workers expressed their  Safety signal system are Ferry appreciation of the project. included in the project Workers  They are concern about dredging and planning.Navigation routes signalling system in the river routes as there will be scientifically decided were some incidents of collision of vessels. and monitored Improved signalling system may prevent  PPEs will be provided such accidents.  They want sufficient Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) for their safety in the launch and other water vessels. PPE can also be available for the passengers 5.4 Institutional Stakeholders Consultations Institutional stakeholders‟ consultation was conducted during screening and scoping stage on 8th October 2018 as per the ToR. The objective of institutional stakeholder‟s consultation was to inform all relevant stakeholders of the proposed scheme, to identify available information/data, and environmental issues and concerns. Presentations were made, highlighting the project components, its benefits and mitigation measures proposed for addressing environmental and social problems.The important stakeholders participated in the event include: • Directorate of Fisheries, Meen Bhawan, Gopinath Nagar, Guwahati - 781016 • Directorate of Tourism, Station Road, Guwahati - 781001 • Member Secretary, Assam Pollution Control Board, Bamunimaidam, Guwahati - 781021 • PWD /PMGSY, Ground Floor, Block B, Assam Secretariat Dispur, Guwahati - 781006 • Irrigation Department, Chandmari, Guwahati - 781 003 • Deputy Director of IWAI, Pandu Port Complex, Pandu, Guwahati - 781012 • Scientist, Central Inland Fisheries Research Institute, ICAR-CIFRI Regional Center, HOUSEFEED Complex, Dispur (Last Gate), Guwahati-781006 • Assam Science ,Technology & Environment Council, Bigyan Bhawan, Near IDBI Building, G.S. Road, Guwahati-781005 • Guwahati University, Gopinath Bordoloi Nagar, Jalukbari, Guwahati - 781014 • Merchant Navy, 12, Janapath Ln, South Sarania, Ulubari, Guwahati - 781007 • General consultants • GMC, Panbazar, Guwahati – 781001 • Tata Institute Of Social Science, Tetelia Road, Assam Engineering College Campus Jalukbari, Guwahati - 781013 • Guwahati IIT, Surjyamukhi Road, North, Amingaon, Guwahati - 781039 • ASTC, Paltanbazar, Guwahati-781008 • KPMG, Advant Navis Business Park, 5th & 6th Floor, Tower A, Plot No. 07, Sector 142, Noida Express Way, District Gautam Budh Nagar • Senior Engineers Forum Guwahati (NE Region), BeltolaBasistha Road, Guwahati - 781028 • Wildlife Institute of India (WII), Aaranyak, Samanwoy Path Survey, P.O. Beltola Guwahati - 781028. • Brahmaputra Board, NH37, Basishta, Guwahati, Assam 781029 • village council (gram Panchayat) (At Project areas) • Local fisherman (Project Areas) • Operators (Project Areas) • Traders (Project Areas) 58 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 The major Comments/Suggestions and responsesaresummerised in Table 5-3. Advertisement in Newspaper in local and English language, Attendance sheets, Letters communicated to stakeholders are enclosed in Annexure 5-1. Table 5-3: Summary of Institutional Stakeholders Consultation Comments/Suggestions Remarks / Reply  The presentation is more generalized and The presentation is prepared for the screening not to the point and specific and scoping. The main objective was to receive  More points should be included in the the comments from participants which can be parameters for screening because taken into consideration for EIA studies. EIA will location wise they are diversified. bein Public domain covering site specific details. Following points are to be addressed  All the sustainable solutions like green engine,  Green engineering equipmentsare to be solar light panel, STP with zero discharge fitted (like solar engine, water jet engine system, closed fuelling system will be etc.) implemented for pollution free operations at  Bio toilet for water pollution control Ghat locations. These are already taken into  All ferry services may be declared as considerations. pollution free zone.  Proper solid waste management at Ghat will be  Community participation. implemented with community participations.  River water protection by using Bio  Policy and protocols will be displayed at public digesterseptic tank for toilet waste domain for information. Safety of aquatic animals should be given Ecology and biodiversity will be studied in detail priority during EIA. Accordingly, the management plan will be prepared which will be strictly implemented during construction and operation phase. The river banks are prone to erosion. The Will be considered in designing of the terminals river terminal/ Ghats should be designed considering this aspect. Otherwise people have to suffer and business will be hampered.  Sustainable garbage management.  Eco-friendly Erosion Control measures like Geo-  Protect erosion of permanent structure tube embankment, piling up the geo-bags, Geo- with proper plantation. textile Embankments etc. after feasibility will be  Pollution management/ control by proper implemented. way  All the sustainable solutions like green engine,  Protection of river fauna. STP with zero discharge system, closed fuelling  Protection of bank erosions with plantation system will be implemented for the pollution free  Pollution control of river water. operations.  Attention for oil spillage, garbage disposal  Proper solid waste management at Ghat etc. locations will be implemented with community participations.  Safety aspects will be covered as per the MORPOL, IWAI, EHS Ports protocols.  Plantations will be taken up in consultation with concerned departments  What happens to the flora being  Appropriate protocols and procedures will be displaced? prepared for conserving flora  How will it keep fauna like Dolphin & fish  Necessary protective gadgets will be installed away? the vessels so that Dolphin and other aquatic  In case of an oil spill what is the animals are not affected preparedness  Oil spill disaster management plan will be part  Suggestions: An integrated understanding of EIA of the endemic species found at the  Suggestion noted and will be covered in EIA location. report Methodology of assessment of “Aquatic  Aquatic biodiversity will be studied in greater Biodiversity” needs to be properly detail in EIA and appropriate mitigation explained. measures will be suggested Implementation of MARPOL Annexure I to MARPOL implementation plan will be prepared 59 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Comments/Suggestions Remarks / Reply VI and will be incorporated in EIA report.  The Baseline survey regarding the  Will be covered in EIA. environment may kindly be provided.  EMP with implementation plan and  The EIA must come up with clear responsibility matrix with costing will comments on how to go for preparation of beincorporated in EIA report. EMP  Water quality issues at the terminal will be  Water quality issues in the terminal are to addressed and mitigation plan will be prepared. be adressed.  Noted. Construction material management plan  Sourcing of construction materials from will be prepared nearby areas (of Ghats) are of concern. Thus, alternative arrangements must be suggested.  What are the parameters you have  Parameters for air and water quality studied are studied in water quality analysis? as per TOR given by World Bank.  How you address the problem  We will carry out qualitative and quantitative  What are the parameters you have baseline and impact assessment for all studied in air quality parameter? parameters and accordingly suggest mitigation  Do you study the flood? measures. Sufficient number of sampling will be  How many samples you have studied for done for representative environmental quality each location assessment of the project sites.  Flood management is already covered in the EIA scope.  Is the analysis of alternative was done Covered in Screening and scoping report. during environmental screening exercise. If yes,then what is the criteria matrix?  How will be river ecosystem affected if the  River ecosystem will be studied during EIA and ferry will start? conservation measures will be taken  How new ferrys will lead to sustainable  MARPOL implementation plan will be prepared development? and will be incorporated in safety aspect of EIA  This project might effect upon river report. ecosystem will be disrupted by this project  Erosion control plans will be prepared and what will be the measures regarding this? implemented after technical feasibility  If the number of ferry Ghats increase. So river water bodies will be polluted by the oil spillage. How are you looking after this? What will be the measures?  Ferries can be the cause of Shoreline erosion.  How is the increased no. of ferries going to affect the river ecosystem, as well as the surrounding areas(near the Ghats)  Environment becomes the home of Biotic and Abiotic species. So, if inland water transports will cheapest sources of transportation but if we see in other side. It will be the sources of pollution to the water. So, my comment is that how we can control the pollution of the water.  IWTD may operate hybrid vessels to This will be taken into consideration during minimize water pollution finalisation of vessel design  Hybrid- Electric + Solar Diesel + Electric  They may sought for Govt. assistance (found central+ state as these version scheme and Govt.) to provide fund to control pollution. 60 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 It can be noted from the above discussions that the stakeholders have shown their concern for aquatic ecology of the river. The water quality and oil spillage are also major environmental concern. All the issues will be taken into consideration during detailed EIA study and complied with best mitigation measures. 5.4.1 Public Consultation in EMFStage Stakeholder consultationswere conducted on 4thFebruary 2019 in Guwahati Circuit house and at. Aphalamukh Gram Panchayat Office on 7th, February, 2019Findings from EMF study and TOR were discussed in the forum. The important stakeholder‟s invitedatGuwhatiinclude: • Member Secretary, Assam Pollution Control Board, Bamunimaidam, Guwahati - 781021 • Deputy Director of IWAI, Pandu Port Complex, Pandu, Guwahati - 781012 • General consultants • GMC, Panbazar, Guwahati – 781001 • DPR Consultant for IWT project • GMDA, Ropeway Project The important stakeholders, invited at Aphalamukh Gram Panchayat Office are: • AJYCP, President • AASV, President • village council (gram Panchayat) (At Project areas) • Local fisherman (Project Areas) • Traders (Project Areas) • Ferry Users Important Comments/Suggestions made during Public consultation at Guwhati and Dibrugarh are presented in Table 5-4 and Table 5-5respectively Table 5-4: Summary of Stakeholder Consultation (EMF Stage), Guwhati Comments/Suggestions Remarks / Reply  Energy saving practices should be  All the sustainable solutions like green engine, implemented solar light panel shall be installed  Detailed EMP and costing should be  Proper solid waste management at Ghat prepared locations will be implemented with community  EMP should be implemented and participations. monitored during construction and  Mechanism for review and monitoring of operation stage implementation of EMP will be established  STP should be installed and monitored on  Night navigation improvement is already Terminals for its operations considered by PP in the project  Solar energy should be thought of at  Training requirements are already considered at terminals different stages of the project.  Night navigation should be improved  All the identified environmental issues will be  All the environmental concerns should be considered during design of terminals and considered in design of terminals by DPR vessels consultants  Training requirements should be considered in EMF Table 5-5: Summary of Stakeholder Consultation (EMF Stage), Dibrugargh Comments/Suggestions Remarks / Reply  Day to day ferry service should be introduced  Noted and will taken care of 61 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Comments/Suggestions Remarks / Reply  Night Navigation should be improved  Night navigation is already considered in the  People have to take Dead Body from Jorhat proposed project to Majuli. But at present no such facility is  Noted. This should be implemented by the available. People have to wait for ferry local authority. service to carry dead body. So it is requested  Zero waste disposal is already considered in to have facility on ghat for dead bodies. the project terminals  Waste generation and its management  Employment will be definitely improved in should be taken care of. Zero discharge IWT sector. Also training centres and facilities should be implemented. facilities are already considered in the project  Employment can be improved in the IWT.  Toilet facilities, bio-septic tanks, solar energy Suitable and required training should be at terminals, etc. are considered in the provided to the localsforskill development. project design  Toilet facilities along with bio-septic tank which are not available at present should be constructed  Incremental facilities should be considered during design as the passengers have increased in the past few years. As the Majuli is main attraction of tourists, all necessary facilities should be made available on Ghat.  At present no facility like waiting room, toilets, parking is available 62 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Chapter 6 : Current Environmental Scenario 6.1 Introduction The existing environmental baseline conditions in line with Term of reference are described in this chapter. 6.2 Study Area The study area is defined as the area over which the potential direct and indirect impacts of the proposed development are expected. 500metres radius from project site is considered as direct impact zone and 10km radius from project site is considered as indirect impact zone.Primary& secondary data are collected for various environmental components of the study area to establish the baseline environmental status. The study area of North Guwhati which includes both off-shore and on-shore are shown in Google map (500 metres radius) & topographic (10 Km radius) in Figure 6.1&6.2. Similarly, study rea of Gateway Guwhati Ghat is shown in maps in Figure 6-3 and 6-4. Study Area of Aphalamukh Ghat is presented in Figure 6-5 and 6-6. Figure 6-1: Study Area– North Guwahati (500mt Radius from Project Site) 63 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Figure 6-2: Study Area– North Guwahati (10km Radius from Project Site) Figure 6-3: Study Area– Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG) (500mt Radius from Project Site) 64 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Figure 6-4: Study Area– Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG)(10km Radius from Project Site) Figure 6-5: Study Area– Aphalamukh Ghat (500mt Radius from Project Site) 65 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Figure 6-6: Study Area– Aphalamukh Ghat (10km Radius from Project Site) 6.3 About Brahmaputra River Brahmaputra River system is characterized by high water discharge.Brahmaputra valley has an average width of 80 km. It is bounded by Arunachal Pradesh, Bhutan i.e. lower range of Himalayas in the North, Arunachal Pradesh in the East, Nagaland and hills of Meghalaya in the South and plain area of various states in the west including Assam.Apart from the Brahmaputra, a large number of tributaries, originating from the Lower range of Himalayas, Nagaland hills, Pataki range and Meghalaya join the Brahmaputra after traversing through the basin. All the tributaries of the valley are rain fed. Heavy precipitation from June to September is experienced. All those tributaries experience number of floods of the tributaries. The tributaries are namely Subansari, Ranganadi, Dikrong, Buroi, Borgong, Jiabharali, Dhansiri(North), Puthimari, Manas, Beki, Aie, Sonkosh are the main tributaries on the North while the Noadehing, Buridehing, Desang, Dikhow, Bhogdoi, Dhansiri (South), Kopili, Kulshi, Krishnai, Dudhnai, Jinjiram are main on the South Bank of the river Brahmaputra. The mean annual rainfall over the entire catchment including Tibet and Bhutan is about 2500 mm. The rainfall in Brahmaputra basin is mainly due to South West monsoon and out of total annual rainfall 85% occurs during the monsoon months from May to September, besides the valley gets a good amount of rainfall in the month of April and May due to thunderstorm activities which account for flood during heavy rain in June, When the soil is already saturated and river bank in full stage. Lateral shifting of river It is reported that in the vicinity of Majuli Island, about 25 % of the total river length from the upper end, the Brahmaputra has migrated southward by at least 25 km since about 250 years ago. Other sources mention a present average rate of southward migration of 10 meters per year (or 1 km per century). A general tendency to migrate southward is explained as being due to the larger quantities of bed sediment delivered by north bank tributaries. Individual channels of the multiple- channel system shift frequently and rapidly during flood events. 66 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019  River Gradient The river slope of Brahmaputra in its upper reaches can be described as steep for a river of its size. Between source and Kobo the slope is approximately 270 cm/km. This steep slope suddenly flattens when the river enters Assam valley. Between Kobo and Dibrugarh ,the slope is about 26 cm/km. Between Dibrugarh and Neamati the slope further flattens and is indicated to be around 18 cm/km, further flattening between Neamati and Guwahati to 12 cm/km.  Width The overall width and the range in width of the Brahmaputra are truly remarkable. The width between outer banks ranges from as low as 1.2 km at one nodal point to 18 km or more at one or two sections. Individual low-water channels can have widths of up to 1 km or so.  Depths and Water Level Under ordinary flow conditions, maximum depths of main channels with respect to adjacent islands or floodplain areas are typically in the range of 10 to 20 meters, tending to increase in the downstream direction. Rises in water level from low water to high flood stages are around 8 meters. At certain locations where flow impinges on hard banks or artificial structures to produce local scour holes, depths can exceed 50 meters.  Average discharges The long-term average discharge of the Brahmaputra increases through Assam from about 8,500 to 17,000 cubic meters per second. The distribution of flow through the year is quite uneven, most of the flow volume being carried during the monsoon season from May to October. The largest average monthly discharges at Pandu, about two-thirds of the river distance through Assam, are around 36,000 cubic meters per second for the months of June and July.  Flood discharges In many rivers, maximum flood discharges over a period of a day or less greatly exceed average discharges over a year or over a month, but in the Brahmaputra the ratio of flood to average discharges is relatively modest. Over the approximately 700 km length through Assam, 10-year peak discharges increase from roughly 25,000 to 75,000 cubic meters per second, and 100-year peaks from roughly 30,000 to 90,000 cubic meters per second. Comparing these flood discharges with the previously quoted mean discharges, it can be seen that 100-year flood peaks are only four to five times greater than long-term mean flows – a rather low ratio on a global scale. 6.3.1 Sediment Transport Sediments in the valley through Assam are predominantly either floodplain deposits created by the Brahmaputra itself, or alluvial fan deposits created by tributaries emerging from the mountains and hills onto the floodplain. The riverbed consists mainly of fine and medium sand, and the floodplain deposits of silt and fine sand. Because sediment tends to accumulate in and adjacent to the river channel system, the center of the valley is apparently higher than the outer margins of the floodplain – that is, the river is somewhat perched. Such a feature tends to encourage extensive lateral shifting of the channel system in major flood or earthquake events. For the Brahmaputra, this unmeasured component is believed to represent a significant fraction of the total sediment transport, probably in the range of 5 to 15 percent. Morphologically, it is the most significant fraction, because it is closely associated with bank erosion and the deposition of bars and chars. The long term mean transport is believed to increase through Assam from 250 million metric tons per year at the eastern end to 500 million metric tons per year at the western end. At Pandu, about two-thirds of the distance through Assam, the mean transport is reported as approximately 400 million metric tons per year, and the average rate for June through September as 60 million metric tons per month, or 2 million metric tons daily. With a long-term mean water discharge at Pandu of 67 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 approximately 16,000 cubic meters per second (1,380 million metric tons daily), the average suspended sediment concentration in the water works out to about 800 parts per million by weight. During the monsoon period, the average concentration doubles to about 1,600 parts per million. The sediment load of the Brahmaputra River is significant when compared to the rivers of theregion (Mahanta et al., 2004) leading to high turbidity values. Sediment load in rivers generallyraises the channel bed and thus leads to flood during monsoon. Sediments in rivers generally come with the surface runoff from the degraded watersheds. In the Brahmaputra, bed sediment load consists essentially of sand, and wash load consists of silt and clay. Available measurements of river sediment transportreport suspended sediment load, which contains the entire wash load and also, in high-flow conditions, the finer fraction of the bed sediment load. 6.3.1.1 Baseline Environental Status Environmental monitoring was carried out to understand the baseline status. Various environment monitoring, conducted in the study area with parameters & frequency have been summarised in the Table 6-1. Table 6-1: Baseline Survey Environment Parameters Duration and Apparatus Remarks al Feature Recorded Frequency used 1. Ambient Air • PM 10 and PM 2..5 • At 3 locations at High • SO2( as per Quality • Sulphur dioxide each Ghat within Volume IS-5182) Part (SO2) study area for one Sampler – II) – 1969) • Oxides of nitrogen season • NOX( as per (NOX) • Sampling locations IS-5182 (Part • Carbon Monoxide are decided as per VI)-1975) (CO) the wind direction • CO ( as per IS- • Pb (Lead) and activities 5182 (Part X) • NH3, Frequency: 1975) • C6H6, BaP, 24 Hourly sampling • Lead ( as per • Arsenic & Nickel. (Day & Night time) to IS: 12074) be done on twice in a week basis for one season (except monsoon period) 2. Noise Level• Max Noise Level (L At 3 locations in the Noise level Measurement of max) study area at each meter “A weighted” • Min noise level Ghat. Each location, sound level (Lmin) noise monitoring has continuously • Maximum hourly been conducted using noise level Leq continuously over a meter for one • Minimum hourly period of twenty four day in each Leq hours survey locations • Day time Leq value Frequency: as per the CPCB (6 am to 10 pm) 24 continuous hours approved • Day time Leq value of Hourly sampling method IS: 4954. (10 pm to 6 am) (Day & Night time) 3. Surface Physical parameters: Surface Water Quality Relevant Parameters like Water pH, Temp., DO, at 2 locations at each apparatus pH, temperature Conductivity, Colour Ghat used as per and dissolved (Hazen Units), Frequency: codes oxygen are Turbidity & Salinity, One time for two measured in- Chemical season i.e. dry and situ. parameters: wet i.e. Pre and Post Analysis of the TSS, TDS, Alkalinity, Monsoon Seasons samples as per Hardness, COD, the standard NO3, PO4, Cl, SO4, methods for Na, K, Ca, examination of 68 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Environment Parameters Duration and Apparatus Remarks al Feature Recorded Frequency used Mg, Mn, Zn, Hg, Pb, water and Cu, Arsenic, Silica, wastewater Oil & grease, published by Phenolic APHA et.al. and compounds, relevant IS codes Residual Sodium (IS:2488 :Part I to Carbonate. V) Biological parameters: Total Coliform. Aquatic biota like phytoplankton, zooplanktons Physical parameters: Ground water Quality Relevant Grab samples pH, Temp., DO, at 3 locations at each apparatus collected from Conductivity, Colour Ghat used as per wells / bore wells (Hazen Units), Frequency: codes / hand pumps Turbidity &Salinity, One time for two present on the Chemical parameters: season i.e. dry and adjacent to the TSS, TDS, Alkalinity, wet Ghat location Hardness, BOD, 4. Ground COD, NO3, PO4, Cl, Water SO4, Na, K, Ca, Mg, Mn, Zn, Hg, Pb, Cu, Arsenic, Silica, Oil & grease, Phenolic compounds, Residual Sodium Carbonate. Biological parameters: Total Coliform. 5. Soil and Bulk Density, Colour, 3 soil samples in the Analysis in Sampling and riverbed Texture, Soil Type, study area at each Atomic analysis as per /riverbanksedi pH, EC,N, P, K. as Ghat location Absorption standard ment well as presenceof Frequency: Spectrophot methods and analysis pollutants or One time for one o-meter procedures (Composite heavymetals such as season (AAS) prescribed in samples shall PCBs, POPs, IS:2720 and be prepared hydrocarbons, and ASTM based on at heavy metals such least 3 as arsenic, cadmium, replicates from mercury, lead, nickel, each location.) etc. 6. Aquatic & Trophic Status, River for Aquatic - - Terrestrial Primary Productivity, Ecology at Ghat Ecology Species diversity & Locations densities of Phyto& Terrestrial Ecology at Zooplanktons, Ghat Locations Benthic Organism Secondary data (Benthos, Macro- collection for PA, benthos), Fish and WLS, Forest, Land Macrophytes, use Shannon Weiner Diversity Index, Frequency: IUCN Red List One time status; national or state / regional protection status. 69 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Environment Parameters Duration and Apparatus Remarks al Feature Recorded Frequency used Identification of Schedule-1 species nearby each sub project site. The Brahmaputra River Basin is one of the active breeding & natural habitat for Gangatic Dolphin. A comprehensive study of the Gangatic Dolphin in the River Brahmaputra(near the proposed Ghats / landing points forDevelopment of terminals) includes but not limited to occurrence, active breeding sites, etc. to be carried out and incorporated in the EIA report under aquatic ecology study. The monitoring stations of three terminals i.e GGG, North Guwahati and Aphalamukh, covered under the project are shown in Maps in Figure6-7, 6-8 and 6-9respectively. 70 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Figure 6-7: Environmental Monitoring Locations – Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG) 71 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Figure 6-8: Environmental Monitoring Locations – North Guwahati Ghat 72 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Figure 6-9: Environmental Monitoring Locations – Aphalamukh Ghat 73 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 6.4 Physiography The Brahmaputra Valley has a uniform level alluvial Plain interspersed with low elevated hillocks scattered along the banks of the Brahmaputra River. These hillocks are the outliers of the Meghalaya or Shillong plateau and extend from the Tezpur and Karbi Hills of the Central Assam Plain as far west as Dhubri. Besides, these isolated hillocks that expose Archaen gneisses and occasional outcrops of Tertiary sandstones along the northern periphery, the entire region is covered by alluvial deposits of recent and Sub-Recent origin. The alluvial fans formed by the coarse alluvial debris in the northern fringe of the Valley have given rise to semi-tame conditions where water percolates down resulting in wet soil and dense forest. In the South Brahmaputra plain the meandering course of the tributaries is conspicuous only in the eastern part where there are numerous beels and oxbow lakes. The most physical characteristic of the Brahmaputra is that the river itself is highly braided due to its gradient. As a result, there are number of Chars or riverine islands. 6.5 Land UsePattern The objective of assessing the land use details of the area is to know the existing land use pattern of the area and enable one to know about the land that can be used for the proposed development activities in the study area. It also enables to envisage the scenario emerging due to the increase in demand for land with increase in population and the impacts arising due to the interface with the various project activities. Land use / Land cover maps are prepared for the study area using GIS Maps / Toposheet. The Study Area Map is depicted in Figure 6-1to 6-6.  Satellite data: The Indian Remote Sensing satellite data RESOURCESAT-2, LISS III is used for the analysis of Land Use and Land Cover around 10 km of the study area.  Topographical maps: The Survey of India Toposheets/OSMs on 1:50,000 scale covering study area is used for the preparation of Base Map, Drainage Map of the study area. Methodology The land use / land cover map is prepared by adopting the interpretation techniques of the image in conjunction with collateral data such as Survey of India topographical maps and census records. Image classification has been done by using visual interpretation techniques and digital classification using ERDAS image processing 10.0 software and ARC/GIS 10.0 software. The various activities for preparation of LULC include pre-processing, rectification, enhancements and classifying the satellite data for assessing the change in land use land cover due to proposed developmental activities. Flowchart showing the methodology adopted for land use/land cover mapping is provided below in Figure 6-10. 74 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Figure 6-10: Flowchart showing the methodology adopted for land use/land cover mapping The land use land cover study is done through digital image processing and visual interpretation technique to generate output of Land use / Land cover map around the 10 Km radius of proposed project are prepared for study area on 1:50,000 scale. 6.5.1 Land Use / Land Cover (LULC) for Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG) The land use and land cover map surrounding the project siteGateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG) is provided in Figure 6-11 and the LULC map around the 10 Km radius of proposed project is provided as Figure 6-12.Land use pattern of project sites GGG, is given in Table 6-2. Table 6-2: Land Use/Land Cover Gateway Guwahati Ghat Land Use/Land Cover Area (Ha) Area (Sq Km) Area Percentage Agricultural Crop Land 2609.15 26.09 8.31 Fallow Land 4647.21 46.47 14.79 Settlement 5893.36 58.93 18.76 Forest 8697.39 86.97 27.68 Open Scrub/Grazing Land 3744.54 37.45 11.92 Wetland 1336.30 13.36 4.25 Water body 488.91 4.89 1.56 River 2779.55 27.80 8.85 Sandy Area 1218.88 12.19 3.88 Total 31415.31 314.15 100.00 The study area comprises of agricultural land of about 2609.15 ha (8.31%) including fallow land 4647.21 ha (14.78%). Settlements in the study area cover an area of 5893.93 ha (18.76%) approximately. Forest in the study area comprises of about 8697.39 ha (27.68%) and Open Scrub / Grazing Land of about 3744.54 ha (11.92%). Study area has 488.91 ha (1.56%) of water bodies and 1336.3 ha (4.25%) of wetland. River and Sandy area covers an area of 2779.55 ha (8.85%) and 1218.88 ha (3.88%) respectively. 75 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Figure 6-11: 10 Km radius False Color Composite Satellite Map Figure 6-12: Land Use / Land Cover Map of Study Area (10 Km Buffer) 76 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 6.5.1.1 LULC for North Guwahati Ghat The land use land cover study map surrounding the project sifor North Guwahati Ghat is provided in Figure 6-13 and the LULC map around the 10 Km radius of proposed project is provided as Figure 6-14.Land use pattern is given in Table 6-3. Figure 6-13: 10 Km radius False Color Composite Satellite Map Table 6-3: Land Use/Land Cover North Guwahati Ghat Land Use/Land Cover Area (Ha) Area (Sq Km) Area Percentage Agricultural Crop Land 2898.31 28.98 9.23 Fallow Land 4831.11 48.31 15.38 Settlement 5352.45 53.52 17.04 Forest 8306.39 83.06 26.44 Open Scrub/Grazing Land 3793.12 37.93 12.08 Wetland 1449.65 14.50 4.62 Waterbody 540.06 5.40 1.72 River 2988.73 29.89 9.51 Sandy Area 1251.17 12.51 3.98 Total 31410.98 314.11 100.000 The study area comprises of agricultural land of about 2898.31ha (9.23%) including fallow land 4831.11 ha (15.38%). Settlements in the study area cover an area of 5352.45 ha (17.04%) approximately. Forest in the study area comprises of about 8306.39 ha (26.44%) and Open Scrub / Grazing Land of about 3793.12 ha (12.08%). Study area has 540.06 ha (1.72%) of water bodies and 1449.65 ha (4.62%) of wetland. River and Sandy area covers an area of 2988.73 ha (9.51%) and 1251.17 ha (3.98%) respectively. The land cover pattern and the respective coverage are given in Table 6-3 above. 77 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Figure 6-14: Land Use / Land Cover Map of Study Area (10 Km Buffer) 6.5.1.2 LULC for AphalamukhGhat The land use land cover map of study area on 1:50,000 scale is analysed. Also, a 10 Km radius False Colour Composite satellite map surrounding the project site is provided in Figure 6-15 and the LULC map around the 10 Km radius of proposed project is provided as Figure 6-16.Land use pattern is given in Table 6-4. Table 6-4: Land Use/Land Cover Aphalamukh Ghat Land Use/Land Cover Area (Ha) Area (Sq Km) Area Percentage Agricultural Crop Land 6332.83 63.33 20.17 Fallow Land 2748.29 27.48 8.75 Settlements 64.72 0.65 0.21 Open Land 606.44 6.06 1.93 Open Scrub/Grazing Land 6107.67 61.08 19.44 Wetland 1788.57 17.89 5.70 River/Waterbody 3743.02 37.43 11.92 Vegetation 2759.74 27.60 8.79 Sandy Area 7252.62 72.53 23.09 Total 31403.91 314.04 100.00 The study area comprises of agricultural land of about 6332.83 ha (20.17%) including fallow land 2748.29 ha (8.75%). Settlements in the study area cover an area of 64.72 ha (0.21%) approximately. Vegetation in the study area comprises of about 2759.74 ha (8.79%) and Open Scrub/Grazing Land of about 6107.67 ha (19.44%). Study area has 1788.57 ha (5.70%) of wetland. River including waterbody and Sandy area covers an area of 3743.02 ha (11.92%) and 7252.62 ha (23.09%) respectively. The land cover pattern and the respective coverage are given in Table 6-4 above. 78 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Figure 6-15: 10 Km radius False Color Composite Satellite Map Figure 6-16: Land Use / Land Cover Map of Study Area (10 Km Buffer) 79 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 6.6 Water Environment Water is one of the most important natural resources. Water is not only one of the most essential commodities of our day-to-day life, but also plays a crucial role in economic and social development. The term "water quality" is defined as "those physical, chemical or biological characteristics of water by which the user evaluates the acceptability of water ”. Drinking water standards give the level of a pollutant that is acceptable. The surface and ground water quality are monitored in the study area. The sampling locations with date of sampling for two seasons are depicted in Table 6-5. Table 6-5: Water Sampling Locations Sl. Location/ Dates of Co-ordinate Dates of Co-ordinate position No. Ghat sampling Latitude Longitude sampling Latitude Longitude Test of Surface of Water Ground Water Gateway Stn -1 26.180425 91.734249 26.181275 91.736854 Guwahati Stn-2 (D/S) 10.08.2018 26.178326 91.732722 10.08.2018 26.180422 91.736489 1 Ghat 27.11.2018 27.11.2018 (GGG) - - - 26.180735 91.736758 Stn-1 (U/S) 26.180024 91.734225 26.187424 91.720845 North Stn-2 (D/S) 20.08.2018 26.18562 91.721985 20.08.2018 26.186648 91.721345 2 Guwahati 08.12.2018 08.12.2018 - - - 26.186857 91.722458 Stn-1 (U/S) 26.917245 94.298862 26.918489 94.288653 Aphlamuk 25.08.2018 25.08.2018 3 Stn-2 (D/S) 26.913648 94.297748 26.922458 94.291418 hGhat 06.12.2018 06.12.2018 - - - 26.917445 94.283241 Bramhputra river water quality has been monitored by Central Pollution control Board (CPCB). Water quality analysis data of 2011 at different locations in Assam state is given in Table 6-7. As per Monitoring data of CPCB, pH, DO and Total Coliforms meet the water quality criteria (C) for drinking water source after conventional treatment and disinfection at most of the monitoring locations except samples at Jogijhoga. The BOD ranges from 0.3 to 9.2 mg/l. The maximum BOD was recorded at Brahmaputra at Kherghat. Faecal Coliform ranges from 0 to 1500 MPN/100 ml at Sualkuchi. Total coliform ranges from 0 to 15000 MPN/100 ml at Jogijhoga. This may be due to domestic wastewater discharge from urban bodies. Central Pollution Control Board guidelines are available to evaluate the water quality of river for its best designated use. The same are given Annexure 2-1. Surface water samples were collected from the upstream and downstream of the proposed terminals/ jetty / landing points. The sampling locations are given in Table 6-6. Samples were collected in month of August,2018 and December, 2018. The water samples were analysed for Physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters. The lists of parameters along with test methods are given in Table6-1. The results of samples are compared with CPCBs criteria of classification of river water. Water quality results at Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG), North Guwahati and Aphlamukh Ghat presented in Table 6-7 & 6-8 respectively. Table 6-6: Brahmaputra River water quality at different locations in Assam 6 Sl. Locations Temp °C DO mg/l pH Conductivity BOD mg/l No. µS/cm Min Max Mean Min Max Mean Min Max Mean Min Max Mean Min Max Mean 1 Brahmaputra at 18 28 23.3 6.8 9 7.9 7 7.6 7.3 91 175 128 0.3 9.2 2.6 Kherghat 2 Brahmaputra at 18 28 23.2 6.2 8.8 8.4 6.7 7.7 7.3 94 197 148 0.5 3.8 2.1 6 (Source: Status of water quality report in 2011 CPCB) 80 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Sl. Locations Temp °C DO mg/l pH Conductivity BOD mg/l No. µS/cm Min Max Mean Min Max Mean Min Max Mean Min Max Mean Min Max Mean Dibrugarh 3 Brahmaputra at 17 28 23.8 4.4 7.5 6.4 6.1 7.6 7.1 71 205 151 0.3 3 1.5 Nimatighat 4 Brahmaputra at 19 29 24.3 7.1 8.9 7.7 6.8 8.5 7.5 112 210 152 0.8 4.1 2.1 Dhenukhapahar 5 Brahmaputra at 18 30.2 25.4 6.4 8.8 7.3 6.9 7.9 7.3 108 238 159 0.5 2.7 1.5 Pandu 6 Brahmaputra at 18 32 26.8 5.7 8.2 7 6.6 7.6 7.2 68 194 194 1 4.1 2.3 Jogijhoga 7 Brahmaputra at 19 30 25.3 5.9 8.4 7 7.2 7.9 7.5 206 156 156 0.7 3.8 17 Kacharighat 8 Brahmaputra at 19 31 26.4 6 9 7.4 7.1 7.8 7.4 202 153 153 0.4 3.4 1.9 Chandrapur 9 Brahmaputra at 20 29 26 6.5 8.6 7.8 7 7.8 7.3 209 169 169 0.8 1.6 1.1 Sualkuchi 10 Brahmaputra at 21 32 27.4 6.5 7.2 6.9 6.7 7.8 7.2 188 147 147 1.1 2 1.6 Dhubri Sl. Locations Nitrate mg/l Fecal Coliform mg/l Total Coliform mg/l No. Min Max Mean Min Max Mean Min Max Mean 1 Brahmaputra at Kherghat 0.1 0.21 0.13 0 360 180 300 2800 1149 2 Brahmaputra at Dibrugarh 0.1 0.3 0.14 0 360 142 300 9300 1561 3 Brahmaputra at Nimatighat 0.1 0.2 0.12 0 700 124 1 3500 780 4 Brahmaputra at 0.1 0.3 0.16 0 1100 160 0 2900 982 Dhenukhapahar 5 Brahmaputra at Pandu 0.1 0.3 0.15 0 1100 386 300 3500 1545 6 Brahmaputra at Jogijhoga 0.1 0.3 0.13 0 730 154 300 15000 2225 7 Brahmaputra at Kacharighat 0.1 0.17 0.12 0 360 220 360 1500 740 8 Brahmaputra at Chandrapur 0.1 0.17 0.12 0 300 200 0 730 363 9 Brahmaputra at Sualkuchi 0.1 0.3 0.16 0 1500 600 300 4300 1837 10 Brahmaputra at Dhubri 0.1 0.1 0.1 0 300 200 300 1500 720 81 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Table 6-7: Surface Water Quality – Guwahati Corridor Ghats Sl. Parameter Unit Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG) North Guwahati Ghat No. Sampling Date Aug-18 Dec-18 Aug-18 Dec-18 Upstream Downstream Upstream Downstream Upstream Downstream Upstream Downstream 1 Temperature °C 22.5 20.6 23.6 22.8 23.6 24.1 21.5 25.8 2 Colour Hazen 36 31 25 47 26 28 32 29 3 Electrical Conductivity µS/cm 376.2 385.1 380.4 378.4 400.1 408.2 379.8 404.6 4 Turbidity NTU 22 18 8 28 8 9 14 10 5 Salinity PPT 0.08 0.08 0.07 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.08 0.1 6 pH Value @ 25ºC -- 7.3 7.5 7.2 7.4 7.3 7.6 7.1 7.4 7 Total Hardness (as mg/l 98.2 96 102 110 112 116 94 116 CaCO3) 8 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6.6 6.2 6.6 6.8 6.4 6.3 6.3 6.8 9 BOD for 3 days @ 27°C mg/l 2.2 2.6 2.8 3.2 2.4 2.4 2.2 2.8 10 COD mg/l 14 10 20 26 18 14 24 20 11 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 45 43 41 49 51 53 47 57 12 TSS mg/l 28.6 32.9 25.6 56.2 36.2 34.1 41.9 36.5 13 TDS mg/l 244.53 248.6 213 219 222 232 218 216 14 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 27.55 26.93 28.6 30.86 31.42 32.54 26.37 32.54 15 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l 7.15 6.99 7.4 8.02 8.16 8.45 6.85 8.46 16 Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.033 0.036 0.035 0.039 0.039 0.035 0.034 0.038 17 Manganese (as Mn) mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 18 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l 22.7 23.6 18.8 17.7 24.5 26.9 21.6 26.8 19 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 4.58 5.01 3.26 3.08 4.44 4.58 3.95 5.14 20 Phosphate (as PO4) mg/l 0.21 0.26 0.56 0.48 0.36 0.39 0.74 0.39 21 Phenolic Compound (as mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 C6H5OH) 22 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 23 Silica (as SiO2) mg/l 0.19 0.25 0.15 0.23 0.22 0.29 0.14 0.25 24 Arsenic (as As) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 25 Sodium (as Na) mg/l 30.1 36.2 28.2 30.8 35.1 36.6 32.5 36.8 26 Potassium (as K) mg/l 1.9 2.3 1.8 2.2 2.6 2.1 2.1 2.8 27 Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.14 0.2 0.15 0.19 0.17 0.18 0.15 0.14 28 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 6.3 6.9 2.5 4.1 4.9 4.8 8.2 5.8 29 Residual Sodium meq/l 1.1 1.3 1 0.9 1.2 1.3 0.5 1.3 Carbonate 30 Oil and Grease mg/l <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 31 Total Alkalinity (as mg/l 76 80 84 96 92 98 75 96 CaCO3) 32 Total Coliform MPN/100ml >1600 >1600 >1600 >1600 >1600 >1600 >1600 >1600 82 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Table 6-8: Surface Water Quality – Dibrugarh Corridor Ghats (Aphalamukh) Sl. Parameter Unit Aphlamukh Ghat No. Sampling Date Aug-18 Dec-18 Upstream Downstream Upstream Downstream 1 Temperature °C 23.4 23.1 21.6 21.8 2 Colour Hazen 25 26 18 26 3 Electrical Conductivity µS/cm 348.9 352.8 356.3 342.9 4 Turbidity NTU 21 17 12 22 5 Salinity PPT 0.08 0.08 0.07 0.07 6 pH Value @ 25ºC -- 7.5 7.4 7.1 7 7 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l 106 100 112 114 8 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6.6 6.3 6.3 6 9 BOD for 3 days @ 27°C mg/l 2.4 2.2 2.2 2.8 10 COD mg/l 14 12 10 18 11 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 49 41 39 43 12 TSS mg/l 36.1 30.9 32.1 32.9 13 TDS mg/l 226.78 229.32 231.59 222.88 14 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 29.73 28.06 31.42 31.98 15 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l 7.73 7.29 8.16 8.31 16 Copper (as Cu) mg/l <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 17 Manganese (as Mn) mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 18 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l 23.9 25.1 20.3 19.2 19 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 4.59 3.18 4.62 3.66 20 Phosphate (as PO4) mg/l 0.51 0.42 0.65 0.57 21 Phenolic Compound (as mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 C6H5OH) 22 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 23 Silica (as SiO2) mg/l 0.36 0.28 0.23 0.21 24 Arsenic (as As) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 25 Sodium (as Na) mg/l 32.6 30.1 24.1 24.6 26 Potassium (as K) mg/l 2 2.3 1.5 1.6 27 Lead (as Pb) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 28 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 3.9 3.9 2.3 2.9 29 Residual Sodium Carbonate meq/l 1.2 1.3 1.2 1 30 Oil and Grease mg/l <5 <5 <5 <5 31 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l 62 56 78 94 32 Total Coliform MPN/100ml >1600 >1600 >1600 >1600 83 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 The river water quality meets the Best Designated Use (BDU) Class C criteria of CPCB. Parameters i.e pH& DO which meets A class criteria of CPCB. Observed values of Chloride, Sulphate, Nitrate, calcium & Magnesium & metals are well within the acceptable limit of IS 10500 Drinking water standards except turbidity. Turbidity values are observed in the ranges of 8 to 28 NTU. Highest turbidity (28 NTU) observed at downstream site of Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG)in Dry. The observed values of parameters analysed for during wet and dry season are well within the limit of IS 10500 standards. 6.6.1 Ground Water Quality Ground water samples were collected at 3 different location of the proposed terminals/ jetty / landing points. The sampling locations are given in Table 6-9. Samples were collected in the month of August 2018 and December 2018. The water samples were examined for physico-chemical parameters and bacteriological parameters. The lists of parameters along with test methods are given in Table 6-1. The results of samples are compared with IS 10500:2012 Standards. 6.6.1.1 Gateway Guwahati Ghat The ground water analysis results are depicted in Table 6-9 to 6-11. Table 6-9: Ground Water Quality -Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG) Sl. Parameter Acceptable Permissible Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG) No. Unit limit IS Limit Wet Season Dry Season 10500 (August 18) (December 18) Sample Code GW1 GW2 GW3 GW1 GW2 GW3 1 Temperature °C - - 25.1 24.4 24.9 26.3 26.5 25.9 2 Color Haze 5 15 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 n 3 Electrical µS - - 208.9 210.6 215.4 228.6 231.5 238.4 Conductivity /cm 4 Turbidity NTU 1 5 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 5 Salinity PPT - - 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.04 6 pH Value @ 25ºC -- 6.5-8.5 No 6.88 6.93 6.9 6.84 6.78 6.59 relaxation 7 Total Hardness (as mg/l 200 600 108 112 112 98 98.6 100 CaCO3) 8 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l - - <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 1.3 1.2 1.1 9 BOD for 3 days @ mg/l - - <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 27°C 10 COD mg/l - - <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 11 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 250 1000 19 19 21 23 21 23 12 TSS mg/l - - <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 13 TDS mg/l 500 2000 135.78 136.9 140.01 148.59 150.47 154.96 14 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 75 200 30.3 31.42 31.42 27.49 27.66 28.06 15 Magnesium (as mg/l 30 100 7.87 8.16 8.16 7.14 7.19 7.29 Mg) 16 Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.05 1.5 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 17 Manganese (as mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 Mn) 18 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l 200 400 12.5 10.3 14.4 11.5 12.7 10.9 19 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 45 No 1.65 1.23 1.48 1.59 1.36 1.99 relaxation 20 Phosphate (as mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 PO4) 21 Phenolic mg/l 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 Compound (as C6H5OH) 22 Mercury (as Hg) 0.001 No <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 mg/l relaxation 23 Silica (as SiO2) mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 24 Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.01 0.05 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 25 Sodium (as Na) mg/l - - 5.8 5.6 6.9 6.6 5.6 5.5 26 Potassium (as K) mg/l - <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 27 Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.01 No <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 84 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Sl. Parameter Acceptable Permissible Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG) No. Unit limit IS Limit Wet Season Dry Season 10500 (August 18) (December 18) relaxation 28 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 15 0.57 0.45 0.61 2.3 2.9 2.9 29 Residual Sodium meq/l - - 0.9 0.9 1.1 0.6 0.6 0.9 Carbonate 30 Oil and Grease mg/l - - <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 31 Total Alkalinity (as mg/l 200 600 18 20 20 20 24 24 CaCO3) 32 Total Coliform MPN/ Shall not be Detectable Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent 100ml Table 6-10: Ground Water Quality - North Guwahati Ghat Sl. Parameter Accepta Permissible North Guwahati No. Unit ble limit Limit Wet Season Dry Season IS 10500 (August 18) (December 18) Sample Code GW4 GW5 GW6 GW4 GW5 GW6 1 Temperature °C - - 25.1 24.4 24.6 25.9 26.5 25.3 2 Color Hazen 5 15 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 3 Electrical Conductivity µS/c - - 196.3 205.9 199.1 212.8 208.6 209.6 m 4 Turbidity NTU 1 5 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 5 Salinity PPT - - 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 6 pH Value @ 25ºC -- 6.5-8.5 No 6.96 6.6 6.87 6.92 6.99 6.89 relaxation 7 Total Hardness (as mg/l 200 600 112 104 114 112 104.2 110 CaCO3) 8 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l - - <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 1.3 1.2 1.3 9 BOD for 3 days @ mg/l - - <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 27°C 10 COD mg/l - - <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 11 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 250 1000 19 17 21 17 19 19 12 TSS mg/l - - <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 13 TDS mg/l 500 2000 127.59 133.83 129.41 138.32 135.59 136.24 14 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 75 200 31.42 29.17 31.98 31.42 29.23 30.86 15 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l 30 100 8.16 7.58 8.31 8.16 7.6 8.01 16 Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.05 1.5 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 17 Manganese (as Mn) mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 18 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l 200 400 13.6 11.2 11.9 13.5 14.4 14.1 19 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 45 No 1.36 1.25 2.01 2.69 1.59 1.98 relaxation 20 Phosphate (as PO4) mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 21 Phenolic Compound mg/l 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 (as C6H5OH) 22 Mercury (as Hg) 0.001 No <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 mg/l relaxation 23 Silica (as SiO2) mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 24 Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.01 0.05 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 25 Sodium (as Na) mg/l - - 6.5 5.9 6.6 8.9 6.2 7.7 26 Potassium (as K) mg/l - <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 27 Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.01 No <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 relaxation 28 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 15 0.96 0.54 0.84 3.9 3.6 3.1 29 Residual Sodium meq/l - - 1.1 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.9 Carbonate 30 Oil and Grease mg/l - - <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 31 Total Alkalinity (as mg/l 200 600 20 24 18 18 20 18 CaCO3) 32 Total Coliform MPN/ Shall not be Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent 100ml Detectable Table 6-11: Ground Water Quality – Aphalamukh Ghat Sl. Parameter Acceptable Permissible AphlamukhGhat No. Unit limit IS Limit Wet Season Dry Season 10500 (August 18) (December 18) Sample Code GW13 GW14 GW15 GW13 GW14 GW15 1 Temperature °C - - 25.9 26.1 25.1 25.6 25 25.2 85 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Sl. Parameter Acceptable Permissible AphlamukhGhat No. Unit limit IS Limit Wet Season Dry Season 10500 (August 18) (December 18) 2 Colour Hazen 5 15 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 3 Electrical µS/cm - - 196.3 202.3 198.4 223.9 220.9 228.4 Conductivity 4 Turbidity NTU 1 5 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 5 Salinity PPT - - 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 6 pH Value @ 25ºC -- 6.5-8.5 No 6.89 6.6 6.92 6.92 6.7 6.87 relaxation 7 Total Hardness (as mg/l 200 600 118 96 102 114 102 108 CaCO3) 8 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l - - <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 1.2 1.1 1.3 9 BOD for 3 days @ mg/l - - <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 27°C 10 COD mg/l - - <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 11 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 250 1000 21 23 23 21 19 23 12 TSS mg/l - - <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 13 TDS mg/l 500 2000 127.59 131.49 128.96 145.5 143.58 148.46 14 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 75 200 33.1 26.93 28.62 31.98 28.62 30.3 15 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l 30 100 8.6 6.99 7.43 8.31 7.43 7.87 16 Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.05 1.5 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 17 Manganese (as mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 Mn) 18 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l 200 400 10.5 12.7 12.1 11.6 14.3 12.5 19 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 45 No 1.65 1.54 2.01 2.6 3.3 2.9 relaxation 20 Phosphate (as mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 PO4) 21 Phenolic mg/l 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 Compound (as C6H5OH) 22 Mercury (as Hg) 0.001 No <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 mg/l relaxation 23 Silica (as SiO2) mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 24 Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.01 0.05 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 25 Sodium (as Na) mg/l - - 6.9 5.5 8.2 12.6 10.6 12.1 26 Potassium (as K) mg/l - <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 27 Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.01 No <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 relaxation 28 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 15 0.49 0.58 0.61 2.9 3.9 2.1 29 Residual Sodium meq/l - - 0.9 0.8 1 0.8 0.8 0.9 Carbonate 30 Oil and Grease mg/l - - <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 31 Total Alkalinity (as mg/l 200 600 20 18 18 24 30 32 CaCO3) 32 Total Coliform MPN/ Shall not be detectable Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent 100ml Observations: Physico-chemical characteristics of the ground water samples were compared with prescribed drinking water standard, i.e. IS: 10500. All the parameters are within the permissible limits of drinking waterr prescribed Standard (IS: 10500). 6.7 Climate and Hydrometeorology The climate of the project area is sub-tropical in nature. There are four distinct seasons. The monsoon and the dry seasons are prominent. The southwest monsoon lasts from June to September. Almost 90% of the annual rainfall occurs during this timeframe. The northeast monsoon: extending from November through to March defines the cool dry season of winter. Only occasional rainfall occurs, associated with weak cyclonic disturbances. The transition from monsoon to the dry season of October-November is fairly smooth, marked by declining temperatures, humidity and storm frequency. This season is associated with variable convectional storm that occasionally produces severe cyclonic storm events. Mean daily temperatures in the 86 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 project area are fairly constant between the months of April to September in the order of 250C. From October onwards, temperatures begin to decline. Mean daily temperatures reach a minimum of about 180C in January, occasionally dropping in some cold years below 100C. In April, maximum daily temperatures often exceed 350C. Rainfall in the early and late monsoon periods is highly variable. Meteorology contain following parameters which include  Wind Direction  Temperature  Humidity  Precipitation 6.7.1 Wind Direction& Wind Velocity Wind is air in motion relative to the earth's surface. Its principal characteristics are its direction, speed, and gustiness or turbulence. Wind direction and speed are usually measured and expressed quantitatively. Wind speeds & direction are of primary importance in the diffusion and transport of atmospheric pollutants. Wind direction is ordinarily expressed as the direction from which the wind blows. Windrows diagram is drawn with meteorological data collected from IMD & presented in Figure 6-17 and6-18 for Guwhati and North Guwhati respectively. Figure 6-17: The wind rose for Guwahati 87 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Figure 6-18: The Wind rose for North Guwahati The wind rose for Guwahati shows how many hours per year the wind blows from the indicated direction. It is observed from wind rose diagram of Guwahati that the predominating Wind direction is from east-northeast to west-southwest (WSW). 6.7.2 Humidity Humidity is an indicator of water vapor content of air. Humidity includes: absolute humidity, relative humidity, specific humidity, mixing ratio, and dew point. Relative humidity is one of the humidity measurements of the atmosphere. Humidity and Climate percentage from 2009 to 2018of Guwahati and Neamati are given in Figure 6-19 and6-20 respectively. Guwahati Figure 6-19: Humidity Guwahati 88 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Neamati Figure 6-20: Humidity Neamati It may be seen that monsoon season has the highest humidity level. The humidity percentage increase with cloud. 6.7.3 Rainfall 6.7.3.1 Guwahati Region Guwahati district maximum precipitation observed duringJuly, while minimum precipitation observed in month of January.The annual average rainfall in the area is about 1722mm. However, it varies from year to year.Maximum (250mm) precipitation occurs during July. Figure 6-21: Average monthly temperature and precipitation of Guwahati 6.7.3.2 North Guwahati Region In North Guwahati district maximum precipitation observed in July month which is 246mm,while minimum precipitation observed in month of January which is 3mm. The mean daily maximum temperature of North Guwahati district were observed in April month which is 33C, and the mean daily minimum temperature of same district were observed in January and December which is 12C. 89 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Figure 6-22 : Average temperatures and precipitation of North Guwahati 6.7.3.3 Neamati (Majuli Corridor) Figure 6-23: Precipitation at Neamati (Majuli Corridor) Figure 6-24: Temperatures Neamati (Majuli Corridor) 90 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Table 6-12: Summary of Mateorological Conditions (Wind speed, Rainfall, Temp & Humidity) Location Wind Speed Rainfall/Precipitation Temperature and Humidity Guwahati  Prevailing Moderate  Monthly precipitation  Average temperatures between Corridor with average wind from 0 to750 mm. approx. 20°C and 35°C. During velocities of 5 m/s and  Rainy seasons from summer, the temperature exceeds average gusts up to 10 May to October 35°C and does not fall below m/s. The seasonal  Dry season is from 25°C. During winter the variations are limited. November to April temperature ranges between 12°C  Higher gusts and wind with a monthly and 25°C. velocities precipitation between  The average humidity is approx 40 occurredduring2018 0 to 200 mm % during dryseason and exceeds 75 % during the rainy season Dibrugarh  Moderate wind  Monthly precipitation  Average temperature between Corridor conditions (breeze from 0 to750 mm. approx. 20°C and 35°C. During (Neamati) conditions) with average  Rainy season from summer, the temperature exceed wind velocities of 4-5 May to October. 35°C and does not fall below m/s and average gusts  The dry season lasts 20°C. During winter dry up to 7.5 m/s from November to season,the temperature ranges  Seasonal variations are April with a monthly between 10°C and 25°C. limited to slightly precipitation between  The average humidity is approx 40 increased velocities 200 mm and 0 mm. % during dry season and exceeds during the 2nd quarter. 75 % during the rainy season. 6.8 Air Environment Meteorological conditions vary seasonally and play a very important role in dispersion of air pollutant in the atmosphere. The air emission from the project may be line sources (vessels, road traffic etc.) or stationary source (DG). The existing ambient air quality data are important baseline condition so that impact due to the project activities can be assessed. Ambient air quality of a particular area depends on the emission sources, both fugitive as well as stationary. Line sources such as vehicle & vessel movement also contribute to air pollution. As observed during the field survey, no major industrial activities are existing near the proposed terminal / Ghats. Ambient air quality monitoring was conducted in the study area of the proposed project sites during August –September, 2018. Monitoring was conducted for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, O3, NH3, Pb, Ni, As, Benzene & BaP and compared with National Ambient Air Quality standards (NAAQS,2009), notified under EP Act, 1986 by MOEF&CC. Three monitoring stations were located within 5.0 km radius of eachsitesfor baseline air quality of the area. The monitoring was carried out following CPCB guideline. The locations of the monitoring stations were decided on the basis of land use and predominating wind direction. The locations of ambient air quality monitoring stations are given in Table 6-13. Table 6-13: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations Monitoring st 1 test Co-ordinate 2nd test Co-ordinate Station Sl. in the in the Location/Ghat No. week Latitude Longitude week Latitude Longitude (Date) (Date) st 1 06.08.18 26.181658 91.736031 10.08.18 26.181658 91.736031 Gateway Guwahati Ghat nd 1 2 06.08.18 26.180770 91.736119 10.08.18 26.180770 91.736119 (GGG) rd 3 06.08.18 26.179979 91.736806 10.08.18 26.179979 91.736806 st 1 05.08.18 26.186032 91.721504 09.08.18 26.186032 91.721504 nd 2 North Guwahati 2 05.08.18 26.186761 91.722987 09.08.18 26.186761 91.722987 rd 3 05.08.18 26.186794 91.721051 09.08.18 26.186794 91.721051 st 1 30.08.18 26.916146 94.298873 03.09.18 26.916146 94.298873 nd 3 AphlamukhGhat 2 30.08.18 26.916940 94.279801 03.09.18 26.916940 94.279801 rd 3 30.08.18 26.918091 94.288910 03.09.18 26.918091 94.288910 The locations of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring stations are shown in Map of the study area in Figures 6-7, 6-8 and 6-9. 91 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 6.8.1 Ambient Air Quality The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out for Particulate Matter (PM10& PM2.5), Sulphur dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), CO& all parameters as per NAAQS,2009. Sampling was carried out on 24hourly twice a week for one week. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring data for Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG), North Guwahati Ghat (NGG) and AphatamukhGhat (AG) are presented in Table 6-14, 6-15and6-16 respectively. The ambient Air Quality of three proposed terminals for all the parameters are graphically presented in Figure 6-25, 2-26and 6-27. It may be seen from the air quality monitoring result that it meets the National Ambient Air Quality Standard, notified under EP Act, 1986 with respect to all parameters. Table 6-14: Ambient Air Quality – Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG) Sl. NAAQ Parameters Station-1 Station-2 Station-3 No. Standard Monitoring - 06-08-2018 1 Particulate Matter (PM10) μg/m3 70.3 53.9 65.2 100 2 Particulate Matter (PM2.5) μg/m3 40.2 31.5 35.6 60 3 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) μg/m3 10.6 7.5 9.6 80 4 Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) μg/m3 13.9 9.3 11.4 80 5 Carbon Monoxide (CO) μg/m3 0.25 <0.1 0.15 4 6 Ozone (O3) μg/m3 <10 <10 <10 100 7 Ammonia (NH3) μg/m3 <20 <20 <20 400 8 Lead (Pb) μg/m3 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 1.0 9 Nickel (Ni) μg/m3 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 20 10 Arsenic (As) μg/m3 <0.44 <0.44 <0.44 6 11 Benzene (C6H6) μg/m3 <1 <1 <1 5 12 Benzo(a)Pyrene (BaP) μg/m3 <1 <1 <1 1 Monitoring - 10-08-2018 1 Particulate Matter (PM10) μg/m3 70.3 53.9 65.2 100 2 Particulate Matter (PM2.5) μg/m3 40.2 31.5 35.6 60 3 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) μg/m3 10.6 7.5 9.6 80 4 Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) μg/m3 13.9 9.3 11.4 80 5 Carbon Monoxide (CO) μg/m3 0.25 <0.1 0.15 4 6 Ozone (O3) μg/m3 <10 <10 <10 100 7 Ammonia (NH3) μg/m3 <20 <20 <20 400 8 Lead (Pb) μg/m3 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 1.0 9 Nickel (Ni) μg/m3 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 20 10 Arsenic (As) ng/m3 <0.44 <0.44 <0.44 6 11 Benzene (C6H6) μg/m3 <1 <1 <1 5 12 Benzo(a)Pyrene (BaP) ng/m3 <1 <1 <1 1 *NAAQ (National Ambient Air Quality Standard as per 18 Table 6-15: Ambient Air Quality – North Guwahati Ghat Sl. Parameters Station-1 Station-2 Station-3 NAAQ No. Standard Monitoring - 05-08-2018 1 Particulate Matter (PM10) μg/m3 69.6 52.9 63.4 100 2 Particulate Matter (PM2.5) μg/m3 38.1 30.2 33.5 60 3 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) μg/m3 8.6 5.4 7.6 80 4 Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) μg/m3 12.1 9.9 10.6 80 5 Carbon Monoxide (CO) μg/m3 0.21 <0.1 0.19 4 6 Ozone (O3) μg/m3 <10 <10 <10 100 7 Ammonia (NH3) μg/m3 <20 <20 <20 400 8 Lead (Pb) μg/m3 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 1.0 92 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Sl. Parameters Station-1 Station-2 Station-3 NAAQ No. Standard 9 Nickel (Ni) μg/m3 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 20 10 Arsenic (As) μg/m3 <0.44 <0.44 <0.44 6 11 Benzene (C6H6) μg/m3 <1 <1 <1 5 12 Benzo(a)Pyrene (BaP) μg/m3 <1 <1 <1 1 Monitoring - 9-08-2018 1 Particulate Matter (PM10) μg/m3 67.9 51.6 62.4 100 2 Particulate Matter (PM2.5) μg/m3 39.6 31.5 34.8 60 3 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) μg/m3 8.9 5.7 7.9 80 4 Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) μg/m3 12.8 8.6 11.4 80 5 Carbon Monoxide (CO) μg/m3 0.22 <0.1 0.17 4 6 Ozone (O3) μg/m3 <10 <10 <10 100 7 Ammonia (NH3) μg/m3 <20 <20 <20 400 8 Lead (Pb) μg/m3 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 1.0 9 Nickel (Ni) μg/m3 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 20 10 Arsenic (As) ng/m3 <0.44 <0.44 <0.44 6 11 Benzene (C6H6) μg/m3 <1 <1 <1 5 12 Benzo(a)Pyrene (BaP) ng/m3 <1 <1 <1 1 *NAAQ (National Ambient Air Quality Standard as per 18 Table 6-166: Ambient Air Quality – Aphalamukh Ghat Sl. Parameters Station-1 Station-2 Station-3 NAAQ No. Standard Sample Collected - 30-08-2018 1 Particulate Matter (PM10) μg/m3 64.9 51.4 58.7 100 2 Particulate Matter (PM2.5) μg/m3 36.1 28.5 32.6 60 3 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) μg/m3 11.9 6.6 10.4 80 4 Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) μg/m3 15.8 10.2 14.7 80 5 Carbon Monoxide (CO) μg/m3 0.19 <0.1 0.17 4 6 Ozone (O3) μg/m3 <10 <10 <10 100 7 Ammonia (NH3) μg/m3 <20 <20 <20 400 8 Lead (Pb) μg/m3 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 1.0 9 Nickel (Ni) μg/m3 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 20 10 Arsenic (As) μg/m3 <0.44 <0.44 <0.44 6 11 Benzene (C6H6) μg/m3 <1 <1 <1 5 12 Benzo(a)Pyrene (BaP) μg/m3 <1 <1 <1 1 Sample collected - 03-09-2018 1 Particulate Matter (PM10) μg/m3 65.6 52.7 59.1 100 2 Particulate Matter (PM2.5) μg/m3 36.9 29.4 33.1 60 3 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) μg/m3 12.2 6.9 10.8 80 4 Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) μg/m3 14.8 9.5 13.2 80 5 Carbon Monoxide (CO) μg/m3 0.17 0.1 0.15 4 6 Ozone (O3) μg/m3 <10 <10 <10 100 7 Ammonia (NH3) μg/m3 <20 <20 <20 400 8 Lead (Pb) μg/m3 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 1.0 9 Nickel (Ni) μg/m3 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 20 10 Arsenic (As) ng/m3 <0.44 <0.44 <0.44 6 11 Benzene (C6H6) μg/m3 <1 <1 <1 5 12 Benzo(a)Pyrene (BaP) ng/m3 <1 <1 <1 1 *NAAQ (National Ambient Air Quality Standard as per 18 93 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 120 100 80 60 40 20 Average 0 Limit Station3 Station3 Station3 Station3 Station3 Station 1 station 2 Station 1 station 2 Station 1 station 2 Station 1 station 2 Station 1 station 2 (CO) mg/m3 (NOx) μg/m3 (SO2) μg/m3 (PM10) μg/m3 (PM2.5) μg/m3 Figure 6-25: Graphical Presentation of Air Quality– Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG) 120 100 80 60 40 Average 20 Limit 0 Station3 Station3 Station3 Station3 Station3 Station 1 Station 1 Station 1 Station 1 Station 1 station 2 station 2 station 2 station 2 station 2 (CO) mg/m3 (NOx) μg/m3 (SO2) μg/m3 (PM10) μg/m3 (PM2.5) μg/m3 Figure 6-26: Graphical Presentation of Air Quality Results – North Guwahati Ghat 120 100 80 60 40 20 Average 0 Limit Station3 Station3 Station3 Station3 Station3 Station 1 station 2 Station 1 station 2 Station 1 station 2 Station 1 station 2 Station 1 station 2 (CO) mg/m3 (NOx) μg/m3 (SO2) μg/m3 (PM10) μg/m3 (PM2.5) μg/m3 Figure 6-27: Graphical Presentation of Air Quality Results – Aphalamukh Ghat It may be seen that ambient air quality in all locations are well with in the NAAQMS with respect to all parameters. The areas under study do not have major air polluting industries. The major source of air pollution in these areas are vehicular traffic. However in GGG and North Guwahati Ghat area, marginal contribution to air pollution is from domestic sources. The major air pollutants expected are PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO and therefore graphically presented. The other 94 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 parameters are observed to be well withinn the prescribed limit and can be used for future reference. 6.9 Noise Noise is an important environmental component likely to have some impact due to project development. Ghats are surrounded with habitations and shops. Sensitive lunits like School and Masjids are located within vicinity of 500 m from Ghat. Existing noise levels in three project sites were monitored for 24 hrs. Monitoring was conducted at three locations in each site by using Sound Level Meter. Noise level was monitored for day time (06.00 AM to 10.00 PM) and night time (10.00 PM to 06.00 AM) for comparison with the standard. Table 6-17: Noise Monitoring Locations Sl. No. Location Station Dates of Co-ordinate Monitoring Latitude Longitude 1st 08.08.18 26.181658 91.736031 Gateway Guwahati Ghat 1 2nd 08.08.18 26.180770 91.736119 (GGG) 3rd 08.08.18 26.179979 91.736806 1st 06.08.18 26.186032 91.721504 2 North Guwahati 2nd 06.08.18 26.186761 91.722987 3rd 06.08.18 26.186794 91.721051 1st 02.09.18 26.916146 94.298873 3 AphlamukhGhat 2nd 02.09.18 26.916940 94.279801 3rd 02.09.18 26.918091 94.288910 Noise level monitoring result for Gateway Guwahati Ghat, North Guwahati Ghat and AphalmukhGhat are presented in Figure 6-28, 6-29and 6-30 respectively. Figure 6-28: Graphical representation of Noise Levels-Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG) Table 6-18: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise Area Category of Area/Zone Limits in dB(A) Leq * Code Day Time Night Time (A) Industrial area 75 70 (B) Commercial area 65 55 (C) Residential area 55 45 (D) Silence Zone 50 40 95 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Figure 6-29: Graphical representation of Noise Levels – North Guwahati Ghat Figure 6-30: Graphical representation of Noise Levels – AphalamukhGhat The noise monitoring results show that the day and night time noise level at all locations meet the norms for commercial zone. However, the noise level exceeds the standard (45 dBA) during day time for residential zone. The major source of the noise in the study area is vehicular movement as well as commercial activities. The ambient air quality standards in respect of noise are 75, 65, 55 and 50 dB (A) Leq in daytime and 70, 55, 45 and 40 dB (A) Leq during nighttime for industrial, commercial, residential and silence zone respectively. The environmental monitoring results is given in Annexure 6.3. 6.10 Ecology and Biodiversity Ecology & biodiversity study is an important aspect of EIA. Existing status covers the following:  Study of the ecology & biodiversity (Terrestrial & Aquatic) of the project area along with identification of Rare, Endangered & Threatened (RET) species if any.  Identification of Protected areas/Ramsar sites.  Identification of IBAs near project influence areas.  Identification of breeding ground of Fishes & Avifauna near project locations. Based on the findings and project activities, adequate measures are to be taken for safeguard of ecology. Study is carried out in 10 km radius of proposed terminals and also stretches of river. The biological environment includes terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems. The animal and plant communities co-exist. Hence changes if any in the status of flora and fauna are an elementary requirement of Environmental Impact Assessment studies. Biodiversity refers to the variety and variability of species of plants, animals and micro-organisms. Rich biodiversity is an indicator of a healthy ecosystem. 96 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Status on followings are important:  Floral & Faunal diversity both Aquatic & Terrestrial  Phyto & Zoo Planktons, Benthos  Sub-tidal habitats in the direct footprint of additional structures A detail dolphin study was conducted during the dry season (March 2019) by engaging subject expert. The findings of the study is given in Table 6-19 and the detail study report is provided in Annexure-6.1. Table 6-19: Dolphins Status Around Project Sites Sl. Route Name Longitude Latitude Nos. of No. Dolphin Sighted 1 Fakirganj to South Salmara 90.01815 25.93688 12 2 Dhubri to Jaleswar 90.16838 26.06830 2 3 Dhubri to Ghat up & Down 89.99935 26.01740 2 4 Dhubri to Ghat up & Down 89.98971 26.00464 2 5 Dhubri to Ghat up & Down 90.00199 26.01741 3 6 Neamati to Kamalabari Ghat 94.23043 26.86408 7 Neamati to Aphalamukh Ghat 94.29839 26.91219 4 7 (Spotted near Aphalamukh Ghat ) 8 Lachit Ghat to Umananda Ghat 91.74617 26.19768 4 (Spotted near Umananda Ghat) Total 36 It may be seen from the above table that the dolphins werespotted in 08 routes. Out of the 08 routes, GGG and North Guwahati ghat falls under the route Lachit ghatto Umananda ghat, where 04 numbers of dolphins were sighted near Umananda ghat. However dolphins were not spotted near GGG and North Guwahati Ghat. The presence of dolphins in GGG and North Guwahati Ghat cannot be ruled out because of their constant movement.Simililarly 04 numbers of dolphins were spotted near Aphalamukh ghat under Neamati-Aphalamukh route. Secondary Data on Dolphin presence around project sites: Secondary data on presence of dolphin in Brahmaputra were collected from earlier study. Data with respect to project sites Guwahati and Aphalamukh are presented in Table 6-20. DolphinConservation Management Plan as secondary data is given in Annexure 6.2. Table 6-20: Secondary Data on Dolphin presence around project sites Sl. No Ghats Dolphin Location of Dolphin No Occurrence sighted area Calf Sub-adult Adult Total 1. Guwahati Yes N26011/239//; E - - 1 1 91044/365 N26010/981//; E - 1 2 3 91044/175// N26010/610//; E - 1 2 3 91042/587// N26010/699//; E - - 3 3 91041/066/ 2. Aphalamukh No - - - - 3. Neamati Yes N26051/841//; - 1 2 3 E 94014/656// Source: Conservation of Gangatic dolphin in Brahmaputra river system, India, Dr. Abdul Wakid, 2004 97 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 It may be seen from Table 6-20 that dolphins have been sighted in the study area of Guwahati. No dolphin was sighted at Aphalamukh area. However dolphins have been spotted during the recent survey conducted for this EIA study. It may be concluded that presence of dolphin in three project sites are confirmed. Dolphin sighting depends on many factors such as river condition, availability of food, water depth etc. 6.10.1 Ecological Profile of Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG)& North Guwahati Ghat Gateway Guwahati Ghat and North Guwahati Ghat are located on either side of the banks of river Brahmaputra. The study area of GGG and North Guwahati Ghat are also overlapping. It has been observed that the ecological profile for both the project sites are almost same. The same species have been observed in both the project sites, except the quantum of forest coverage under the study area. 6.10.1.1 Terrestrial Ecology (Flora & Fauna) A. Forest: Guwahati falls within the biogeographic Zone - Brahmaputra Valley of India. Guwahati is situated in district Kamrup which has 1432 sq. km of forest area, comprises of 69 sq.km of very dense forest, 609 sq.km of moderately dense forest and 754 sq. km of open forest. The forest type in the Guwahati region is Tropical Moist Deciduous type forests.  Forest in Study Area: There are four reserved forest areas present within the study area in Gateway Guwahati Ghat and five reservee forest ares present within the study area in North Guwahati Ghat. The details are presented in Table 6-21 and Table 6-22 respectively. The forest in the study area are Sal forest and mixed deciduous forest. Sal is the dominant species associated with Ajar (Lagerstoemia species), Ghugra (Schimawallichii), Paruli (Stereospermumprsonatum), Haldu (Adina cordifolia), Sam (Artocarpus sp.), Bor (Ficus sp.), Uraim (Bischofiajavanica), Gomari (Gmelina arborea), Teetachampa (Micheliachampa), Poma (Toona ciliate). In mixed forest the common trees observed are Ghugra (Schimawallichii), Tectonagrandis, Paruli (Stereospermumprsonatum), Haldu (Adina cordifolia), Sam (Artocarpus sp.), Bor (Ficus sp.), Uraim (Bischofiajavanica), Gomari (Gmelina arborea). Table 6-21: Forest Area in Study Area – Gateway Guwahati Ghat Sl. Type of Forest Direction from site Distance in Km No. 1. Sila R.F. NW 4.9 2. Divgeshwar R.F. N 7.4 3. Phatasil R.F. S 1.9 4. Kalapahar R.F. SE 1.92 Table 6-22: Forest in the North Guwahati Ghat Study Area Sl. Forest Direction from Site Distance in Km No. 1 Sila R.F. NW 4.6 2 AgyaThur R.F. NW 4.9 3 Divgeshwar R.F. N 6.1 4 Phatsil R.F. S 6 5 Rani R.F. S 9 a. Flora within500mts radius: The flora present in 500 m area, is further categorised as below; 98 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Vegetation in proposed terminal site: Proposed site is open sandy, No trees are present on the proposed land. Few herbs like Ipomeasps. Parthenium and grass species are observed. Vegetation in 500 m radius area of proposed terminal site; The common trees observed within one km are gulmohar (Delonix regia), banyan tree (Ficusbenghalensis), siris (Albizzia sp.), bakain (Melia azedarach), kadamba (Bauhinia malabarica ), bakain (Melia azedarach), sissoo (Dalbergia sissoo), imli (Tamarindusindica), rubber tree (Ficuselastica), amaltas (Crassia fistula), semal (Bombax ceiba), Jamun (Eugenia jambolana), coconut (Cocos nucifera) and Bmboo etc . The herbs and shrubs observed in the area are lantana (Lantana camera), Pragmites (Pragmiteskarkar), congress grass (Parthenium hysterophorus), dub grass (Cynodondactylon), jimson weed (Datura stramonium), barnyard grass (Echinochloa crus galli), Johnson grass (Sorghum halepense), Echinochloacolona, chick weeds (Ageratum conyzoides), and green giant (Alocasia sp.). b. Flora in Buffer zone of 10 km The 10 km study area covers urban settings, riparian flora, forest and agrian ecosystem. In urban areas the common vegetation observed along the road side, parks, gardens and other open areas. The common trees observed in urban areas are gulmohar (Delonix regia), Supari (Areca catechu), banyan tree (Ficusbenghalensis), siris (Albizzia sp.), bakain (Melia azedarach), kadamba (Bauhinia malabarica), bakain (Melia azedarach), sissoo (Dalbergia sissoo), imli (Tamarindusindica), rubber tree (Ficuselastica), bamboo, amaltas (Crassia fistula), semal (Bombax ceiba), Jamun (Eugenia jambolana), coconut (Cocos nucifera) etc. The herbs and shrubs observed in the area are lantana (Lantana camera), Pragmites (Pragmiteskarkar), congress grass (Parthenium hysterophorus), dub grass (Cynodondactylon), jimson weed (Datura stramonium), barnyard grass (Echinochloa crus galli), Johnson grass (Sorghum halepense), Echinochloacolona, chick weeds (Ageratum conyzoides), and green giant (Alocasia sp.) c. Riparian Flora: The river bank vegetation (within 10 km upstream and 10 km downstream of the proposed terminal), ecologically termed as riparian is highly dynamic vegetation. River‟s riparian zone acts as a bridge between terrestrial and aquatic habitat. These areas are represented by a particular type of vegetation that grows along the sides of rivers bank. General tree species observed are Anthocephalus indicus, Semecarpusanacardium, Albizialebbek, Dalbergiastipulacea, Lagerstroemia speciosus and Bombax ceiba. Albizia lucida, Artocarpuslakoocha, Alstoniascholaris, Cedrelatoona, Dalbergiaassamica, Pterospermumacerifolium the herbs and shrubs observed are Ageratum conyzoides, Alocasiaodora, Justicia adhatoda, Justicia japonica, Panicum auritum, Phlogacanthuscurviflorus, Polygonum auriculatum, Saccharum ravennae, Sidarhombifolia, Solanum nigrum, Urenalobata etc. d. Agrian Ecosystem: Agro ecosystem is defined as a spatially and functionally coherent unit of agricultural activity. About 8.31% study area falls in this category The list of plant species observed in the study area is presented in Table 6-23. Table 6-23: List of flora in Study Area Sl. No. Scientific Name Local Name Family Core Buffer zone zone Trees 1 Acacia auriculiformis Akashmoni Fabaceae + + 2 Acacia catechu Khair Fabaceae - + 3 Acacia nilotica Babul Fabaceae + + 4 Adina cordifolia Karam Rubiaceae - + 5 Aegle marmelos Bel Rutaceae + + 6 Albizzia lebbek Siris Mimosaceae + + 99 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Sl. No. Scientific Name Local Name Family Core Buffer zone zone 7 Albizzia odoratissima Jung siris Mimosaceae - + 8 Albizzia procera Safed Siris Mimosaceae + + 9 Anogeissuslatifolia - Combretaceae - + 10 Areca catechu Supari Arecaceae + + 11 ArtocarpusHitrophyllum Kathal Moraceae - + 12 Azadirachtaindica Neem Meliaceae + + 13 Bauhinia variegata Kachnar Caesalpiniaceae - + 14 Bischofiajavanica Uraim Phyllanthaceae - + 15 Bombax ceiba Semal Bombacaceae + + 16 Boswellia serrata Salia Burseraceae - + 17 Buchnanialanzan Piar Anacardiaceae - + 18 Butea monosperma Palas Fabaceae - + 19 Cassia fistula Dharanj/Amaltash Caesalpiniaceae + + 20 Cocus Nucifera Nariyal Arecaceae + + 21 Cordia dichotma Bahuar Ehertiaceae - + 22 Dalbergia sissoo Sheesham Fabaceae + + 23 Delonix regia Gulmohar Fabaceae - + 24 Eugenia jambolana Jamun Myrtaceae - + 25 Ficusbengalensis Bar Moraceae + + 26 Ficuselastica Ruber Moraceae - + 27 Ficus religiosa Pipal Moraceae + + 28 Gmelina arborea Gamhar Verbenaceae + + 29 Holopteleaintegrifolia Chilbil Ulmaceae - + 30 KydiacalycinaRoxb. Puda Malvaceae - + 31 Lagerstoemiaparviflora Sida/Dauli Lythraceae - + 32 Mangiferaindica. Aam Anacardiaceae + + 33 Phoenix sylvestric Khajur Arecaceae + - 34 Pongamiapinnata Kranj Fabaceae + + 35 Pterocarpus marsupium Piasal Fabaceae - + 36 Schimawallichii Ghugra Theaceae - + 37 Shorearobusta Sal/ SaKhua Depterocarpaceae + + 38 Stereospermumprsonatum Paruli Bignoniaceae - + 39 Tectonagrandis Saguan Verbenaceae + + 40 Terminalia arjuna Arjun Combretaceae + + 41 Terminalia bellirica Bahera Combretaceae - + 42 Terminalia tomentosa Asan Combretaceae - + 43 Toona ciliate Pooma Meliaceae - + 44 Zizyphusmauritiana Ber Rhamnaceae + + Shrubs 1 Asparagus racemosus Satawar Liliaceae + + 2 Agave americana Rambas Asparagaceae - + 3 Calotropis gigantea Akaon Asclepiadaceae + + 4 Carissa carandas. Kanwar Apocynaceae - + 5 Cannabis sativa Bhang Cannabaceae + - 6 Casiaalata - Fabaceae 7 Catharanthus roseus - Apocynaceae 8 Datura metal Dhatura Solanaceae + + 9 Dichrostachyscinerea - Mimosaceae - + 10 Cyperusrotundus - Cyperaceae + + 11 FlacourtiaRamontchi Salpani Flacourticeae - + 12 Indigoferapulchela Jirhul Fabaceae + + 13 Ipomoea carnea - Convolvulaceae + + 14 Lantana camara Putus Verbenaceae + + 15 Phoenix acaulis Khejur Arecaceae + + 16 Randiadumetorum Mowar Rubiaceae + + 17 Thespesia lampas Ban kapasi Malvaceae - + 18 Vitex negundo Sindwar Verbenaceae + + 19 Bougainvillea spectabilis Voganvila Victaginaceae + - 20 Zizyphusoenoplia - Rhamnaceae - + 21 Ricinus communis Arandi Euphorbiaceae + + Herbs 100 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Sl. No. Scientific Name Local Name Family Core Buffer zone zone 1 Achyranthes aspera Chirchiri Amaranthaceae - + 2 Aervalanata - Amaranthaceae + + 3 Ageratum conyzoides - Asteraceae + + 4 Alternanthera sessilis - Amaranthaceae - + 5 Boerhaviadiffusa - Nyctaginaceae + + 6 Cassia tora Chakor Fabaceae + + 7 Elephantopusscaber - Asteraceae - + 8 Euphorbia hirta - Euphorbiaceae + + 9 Hygrophila spinosa - Acanthaceae - + 10 Justicia procumbens. - Acanthaceae - + 11 Leonotisnepataiefolia - Lamiaceae - + 12 Mimosa pudica - Mimosaceae + + 13 Parthenium histerophorus. - Asteraceae + + 14 SidaacutaBurm. - Malvaceae + + 15 Sidarhombifolia - Malvaceae + + 16 Solanum nigrum Makoi Solanaceae + + 17 Solanum surattense - Solanaceae + + 18 Sphaeranthus indicus - Asteraceae - + 19 Tridaxprocumbens - Asteraceae - + 20 Xanthium strumarium - Asteraceae + + Grasses and Climbers 1 Vetiveriazizanoides Khus-Khus Poaceae + + 2 Apludavaria Dudhiasauri Poaceae - + 3 Arundinellasetosa Jharu/Motaminjhar Poaceae - + 4 Bambusaarundinaceae Bara bans Poaceae - + 5 Cymbopogon martini - Poaceae - + 6 Cynodondactylon Dhoob Poaceae + + 7 Dendrocalamusstricus Bans/Bamboo Poaceae + + 8 Eulaliopsisbinata - Poaceae - + 9 Heteropogoncontortus Kher/Sauri Poaceae + + 10 Imperata cylindrical - Poaceae - + 11 Saccharum munja Munj Poaceae - + 12 Mukiamaderaspatana Bilari Cucurbitaceae - + 13 Abrusprecatorius Karjani Fabaceae + + 14 Acacia pinnata Arar Mimisaceae - + 15 Butea parviflora Cihut Fabaceae + + Note: + denotes present and – denotes absent The listed as well as observed floral species has been cross-checked with the Red Data Book of Indian Plants (Botanical Survey of India). No endangered, vulnerable, rare and/or critical floral species has been found in the core zone and buffer impact zone. B. Fauna: a. Fauna (within 500 m zone): No Reserved/ Protected and other forest land are present within 500 m area of the proposedterminal/ghat site. The land use of 500 m area is mostly, settlement, water body, garden and roads. Due to absence of any forest in this zone the fauna diversity is restricted to common mammal species and amphibian and reptiles. However, few species of avifauna have been observed within this zone. Details of the fauna observed are given at Table 6-24, 6-25and 6-26. Table 6-24: Mammals within Core Zone of study area Local Feeding Schedule Sl. Common Name Scientific Name Name Status 1. Gilahri Striped squirrel Funambulus pennant H IV 2. Chuha Field rat Bandicotabangalonsis H V 3. Nevala Mongoose Herpestesedwardsi C IV H – Herbivorous, C – Carnivorous, O – Omnivorous 101 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Table 6-25: Amphibians and Reptiles Observed within Core Zone of study area S.No. Common Name Scientific Name Vernacular Family Feeding Schedule Name Habitat Amphibians 1 Frog Rana tigrina - - C IV Reptiles 1 Binocellate cobra Najanaja Nag Elapidae C II 2 Common Krait Bungarus - Elapidae C IV coeruleus 3 Rat snake Ptyasmucosus Dhaman Colubridae C II 4 Forest Lizard Calotes versicolor - Agamidae C II C – Carnivorous Table 6-26: Avifauna with in Core Zone of the study area S. No. Location Name Dominant Species Common Name Scientific Name 1. Near GGG House Crow Corvussplendens Black Drongo Dicrurusmacrocerus Sparrow Passer domesticus Spotted Dove Streptopeliachinensis Greater Coucal Centropussinensis Common Myna Acridotherestristis Indian Robin Saxicoloidesfulicata Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis Lapwing Venetlus indicus b. Fauna in Buffer Zone Study area 10 km radius around the project site has water bodies, settlements, hilly terrain and few patches of reserve forests. The wildlife is restricted to forest areas and away from the settlements. These forest patches serve as a habitat for the wild fauna. List of fauna found in the study area is presented in Table 6-27and Table 6-28. Table 6-27: Mammals in Buffer Zone of study area Feeding Red Data Status Sl. Local Name Common Name Scientific Name Status 1. Lomdi Fox Vulpes bengalensis C Least Concern 2. Gilahri Striped s squirrel Funambuluspennanti H Least Concern 3. Chuha Field rat Bandicotabangalonsis H Least Concern 4. Sehi Porcupine Hystrix Indica C Least Concern 5. Khargosh Hare Lepus nigricollis H Least Concern 6. Jangli Billi Jungle cat Felischaus C Least Concern 7. Nevala Mongoose Herpestesedwardsi C Least Concern 8. Langoor Langur Presliptis entellus H Least Concern 9. Golden Langoor Langur TrachypithecusGeei) H Endangered 10. Bandar Rhesus macaque Macaca mulatto H Least Concern 11. Chamgadad fruit bat Cynopterus sphinx C Least Concern 12 Spotted Dear Deer Axis axis H Least Concern 12 Bay Bamboo Rat - Cannomys badius H Least Concern 13 Bamboo Rat - Rhizomyspruinosu H Least Concern H – Herbivorous, C – Carnivorous, O – Omnivorous 102 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Table 6-28: List of Amphibians and Reptiles observed in Study Area Feedin Red Data Status Vernacular S.No. Common Name Scientific Name Family g Name Status Amphibians 1 Frog Rana tigrina - - C Least Concern 2 Indian bull frog Hoplobatrachustiger - - C Least Concern inus Reptiles 1 Binocellate cobra Najanaja Nag Elapidae C Least Concern 2 Common Krait Bungarus coeruleus - Elapidae C Least Concern 3 Russell‟s Viper Viperarussellis - Crotalidae C Least Concern 4 Rat snake Ptyasmucosus Dhaman Colubridae C Least Concern 5 Forest Lizard Calotes versicolor - Agamidae C Least Concern 1 Indian Chameleon - Chamael- C Least Concern chameleon zegylanicus eonidae C – Carnivorous C. Avifauna Avifauna is an important part of the ecosystem playing the various roles as scavengers, pollinators, predators of insect, pest, etc. They are also one of the bio indicators of environmental quality. They can be used as sensitive indicators of environmental degradation. The area is inhibited by large numbers of birds like sparrow, egret, dove, drongo and other birds. List of bird species observed in the study area is given in Table 6-29. Table 6-29: Birds in the Study Area Sl. Common Name Scientific Name Schedule as per wild life No. Protection Act 1972 and IUCN status 1. Bank Myna Acridotheresginginianus IV/LC 2. Baya Weaver Ploceusphilippinus IV/LC 3. Black Drongo Dicrurusadsimilis IV/LC 4. Blossom headed Parakeet PsittaculaCyanocephala IV/LC 5. Ble throated Barbet Megalaimaasiatica IV/LC 6. Cattle Egret Bubukus ibis IV/LC 7. Crow Pheasant Centropussinensis IV/LC .8. Common Swallow Hirundorustica IV/LC .9. Common Kingfisher Alcedoatthis IV/LC 10. Dove Streptopeliadecaocto IV/LC 11. Greater cookoo Centropussinensis IV/LC 12. Grey backed shrike Laniustephronotus IV/LC 13. House Crow Corvussplendens IV/LC 14. House Swift Apus affinis LC 15. Hoopoe Upupa spops IV/LC 16. House Sparrow Passer domesticus IV/LC 17. Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis IV/LC 18. India Tree Pie Dendocittavagabunda IV/LC 19. Indian Ring Dove Streptopelia Capicola IV/LC 20. Jungle crow Corvusmacrorthynchos IV/LC 21. Jungle Babler Turdoidesstriatus IV/LC 22. Koel Eudynamysscolopacea IV/LC 23. Kingfisher - White throated Halcyon smyrnensis IV/LC 24. Kingfisher - Whitebreasted Halcyon smyrnensis IV/LC 25. Little Brown Dove Streptopelia senegalensis IV/LC Lesser Goldenbacked IV/LC 26. Dinopiumbenghalensis Woodpecker 27 Large Pied Wagtail Motacillamaderaspatensis IV/LC 28 Magpie Robin Copsychussaularis IV/LC 29. Mayna - Brahminy Sturnus pagodarum IV/LC 30. Mayna - Common Acridotherestristis IV/LC 31. Mayna - Jungle Acridotheresfuscus IV/LC 103 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Sl. Common Name Scientific Name Schedule as per wild life No. Protection Act 1972 and IUCN status 32. Pied Cuckoo Clamatorjacobinus IV/LC 33. Pond Heron Ardealagrayii IV/LC 34. Redwattled Lapwing Vanellus indicus IV/LC 35. Rose ringed Parakeet Psittaculakrameri IV/LC 36. Redvented bulbul Pycnonotuscafer IV/LC 37. Spotted Dove Streptopeliachinensis IV/LC a. Migratory Birds: Migratory birds from Siberia visit the area during winter. They arrive at DeeporBeel. The route of migration is north-south direction. These birds arrive in large numbers due to suitable temperature and abundant availability of snails, slugs, fish etc. Local migratory birds from upper Assam migrate to DeeporBeel for breeding and to escape freezing winter. The most notable bird species found in the sanctuary are Kingfisher, Fishing eagles, plethora of ducks, Greater Adjutant Stork, Whistling Teal, Open Billed Stork, Shoveler, Pintail, Garganey and high concentration of Pheasant tail jacanas etc. D. Migratory Route for wild fauna As per the govt. records there is no any designated migratory route for terrestrial wild animals in the study area. 6.10.1.2 Aquatic Ecology Width of river Brahmaputra at proposed terminal is about 1260meters. Aquatic ecology of Brahmaputra River at Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG)includes variety of plankton, fishes, benthos. The freshwater ecosystems in study area are Brahmaputra river (lotic), still water bodies (lentic) comprise of DeeporBeel. The mighty Brahmaputra system constitute the major surface water body, supporting over 200 species of aquatic fauna, including the endangered river dolphin.As per the dolphin study carried by the subject expert during dry season, no dolphin were spotted at Gateway Guwahati Ghat and North Guwahati Ghat. However the dolphins were spotted in the survey route of the study area. Secondary data indicates presence of dolphins at Guwahati. No Chelonians (turtle) nesting ground were reported and observed in and around proposed terminal site, but as per the secondary data analysis following species of turtles are reported in study area (Table 6-30). Table 6-30: Turtle reported in Study Area Sl.No. Common Name Scientific Name Red Data Status 1 Indian Roofed Turtle Pangshura tecta Least Concern 2 South Asian Box Turtle Cuoraamboinensis Vulnerable 3 Indian Soft-Shell Turtle Nilssoniagangetica Vulnerable 4 Peacock soft shell Turtle Nilssoniahurum Vulnerable 5 Indian Flap-shell Turtle Lissemyspunctata Least Concern A. Phytoplanktons Phytoplankton is dominant group of aquatic plants in the radius of Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG)terminal. Two samples of Phytoplankton and zooplanktons were collected from the upstream and downstream of the Brahmaputra River with the help plankton net and preserved in formalin. These species were identified under the microscope. In context of phytoplankton composition; bacillariphyceae (diatoms) is dominant and has maximum abundance as compared to cholophyceae and cyanophyceae. Submerged aquatic macrophytes are usually rooted in the bottom soil with the vegetative parts predominantly submerged. These plants are very important for the process of photosysnthesis in aquatic ecosystem and act as primary producers. Sample for testing of phytoplanktons and zooplanktons were taken from upstream and downstream of 104 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Brahmaputra river near proposed terminal site. The list of phytoplankton observed in Brahmaputra river near terminal site is given in Table 6-31. Table 6-31: Phytoplanktons in Study area Sl.No. Taxa Brahmaputra River Brahmaputra River upstream (10 km downstream (10 km upstream) downstream) BACILLARIOPHYCEAE 1. Amphipleura + + 2. Achnanthes sp. - + 3. Asterionella sp. + - 4. Bacillaria sp. + + 5. Biddulphia sp. - + 6. Brebissonia sp. + + 7. Ceratoneis sp. - + 8. Cymatopleura sp. + + 9. Cymbella sp. + + 10. Denticula sp. - + 11. Diatoma sp. + + 12. Epithelmia sp. + - 13. Fragilaria sp. + + 14. Frustulia sp. + + 15. Gomphoneis sp. - + 16. Gomphonema sp. + + 17. Gyrosigma sp. + + 18. Hantzchia sp. + + 19. Melosira sp. - + 20. Meridian sp. + + 21. Navicula sp. - + 22. Nedium sp. + + 23. Nitzschia sp. + + CHLOROPHYCEAE 1. Actinastrum sp. + + 2. Ankistrodesmus sp. + + 3. Centritrachus sp. + + 4. Chlamydomonas sp. - + 5. Chlorella sp + + 6. Chlorococium sp. + - 7. Cladophora sp. + - 8. Closterium sp. + + 9. Coelastrum sp. - + 10. Eudorina sp. + + 11. Oedogonium sp. + + 12. Pedistrum + + 13. Pandorina sp. + + 14. Mesotaeniumsp - + 15. Stigecloniumsp + - 16. Tetradesmussp + - 17. Rhizocloniumsp + + CYANOPHYCEAE 1. Anabaena sp . + + 2. Aphanocapsa sp. + + 3. Oscillatoria sp. + + 4. Microcystis sp. + + 5. Phormidium sp. + + Note: + denotes Present and – denotes Absent 105 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 B. Zooplankton Zooplanktons are microscopic and motile organism usually present on the surface water. These species are important and act as primary consumers feeds on phytoplankton. The zooplankton of 10 Km stretch (upwards and downwards) of Brahmaputra river near terminal is given in Table-32. Table 6-32: Zooplankton in study area Taxa Brahmaputra River Brahmaputra River upstream (10 km upstream) downstream (10 km downstream) PROTOZOA 1. Arcellasp. + + 2. Chilodonellasp. + - 3. Difflugiiasp. + + 4. Globigerina sp. + + 5. Noctilucasp. + - 6. Paramecium sp. + + 7. Vorticella sp + + ROTIFERA 1. Brachionussp. + + 2. Filiniasp. + - 3. Horaellasp. + + 4. Keratellasp. + + 5. Lecanesp. + - 6. Notholcasp. + + 7. Rotariasp. + + 8. Testudinellasp. + - COPEPODA 1. Cyclops sp. + + 2. Nauplii + - CLADOCERA 1. Bosminasp. + + 2. Ceriodaphniasp. + + 3. Cydorussp. + - 4. Daphnia sp. + + 5. Diphanosomasp. + + 6. Moinasp. - + 7. Simocephalussp. + - Note: + denotes Present and – denotes Absent C. Wetland/ Ramsar Site DeeporBeel Ramsar site is also located within the 10 km area of the proposed site. Deepor beel is a permanent, freshwater lake. It is a large natural wetland having great biological and environmental importance besides major storm water storage basin for the Guwahati city (Deka and Goswami, 1992). DeeporBeel is the only Ramsar site in Assam and among the third Ramsar site of the north eastern region of India “DeeporBeel is representative of the wetlands found within the Burma Monsoon Forest biogeographic region” (Saikia, Kumar Saikia and Bhatta, 2014). DeeporBeel is designed as “Wetlands of International importance” under the Ramsar Convention on wetlands, 1971 and was declared as Ramsar site in 2002. Deepor Beel is the rest house for migratory birds and known to be one of the largest aquatic bird‟s habitats in Assam. In winter season for a single day 19,000 water birds are counted (Mitra, Bezbaruah 2014). DeeporBeel is listed in Birdlife International‟s list of Important Bird Areas (IBA) for its diversity of bird‟s habitat. DeeporBeel serves as major fish breeding. List of migratory birds reported in Deeporbeel is presented in Table 6-33. 106 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Amchang was declared as wildlife sanctuary on 19th June, 2004. It is located at extreme east of Guwahati City. Deepor Beel & Amchang WS are located at extreme 10km aerial distance from the „Gateway Guwahati Ghat‟. These two places are separated by various anthropogenic activities undertaken by government and other sectors in the Guwahati city. There is no direct impact anticipated from the proposed project activities in Deepor Beel & Amchang Wildlife Sanctuary. Map showing these two location are given below in figure- Amchang WS Deepor Beel Figure 6-31: Map Showing Deepor Beel & Amchang WS Table 6-33: Migratory Birds in Deepor Beel Sl. English Name Scientific Name No 1 Spotted Billed Pelican Pelecanthusphilippensis 2 Baers Pochards Aythyabaeri 3 Lesser adjutant strok Leptoptilosjavanicus 4 Greater adjutant strok Leptoptilosdubius 5 Palas Sea Eagle Haliaeetus leucogaster 6 Sibarian crane Grus leucogeranus 7 Greater flamingo Phoenicopterus rosens 8 Northern pintail Anus acuta 9 Ruff Philomachuspugnax 10 Yellow wagtail Motacilla flava 11 White wagtail Motacilla alba 12 Godwall Anas atrepera 13 Northern shoveler Anas clypeata 14 Rosy pelican Pelecanusonocrotalus 15 Spotted billed pelican Pelecanusphilippensis 16 Spotted sandpiper Actitismacularia 17 Blue troat Lusciniasvecica 107 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 D. Fisheries Fishes are at the apex in aquatic food chain. The fish population of Brahmaputra river is largely dependent on phytoplankton, zooplankton, periphyton and zoo benthos which form the food chain. The list of fish species reported /observed in the study area is given in Table 6-34. Table 6-34: Fish in Study area Sl. Scientific Name Local Name (Assam) Family No. 1. Labeogonius Kurhi Cyprinidae 2. Labeoboga Bhangon Cyprinidae 3. Labeorohita Rou Cyprinidae 4. Aspidopariamorar Boliora Cyprinidae 5. Puntinussophore Puthi Cyprinidae 6. Rita rita Ritha Bagridae 7. Gagatacenia - Sisoridae 8. Glypathoraxsps - Sisoridae 9. Nemacheilusbotia Botia Cobitidae 10. Nandusnandus Mati Kawoi Nandidae 11. Channa punctatus Goroi Channidae 12. Channagachua Chengeli Channidae 13. Clupisomagarua Gorua Schibeidae 14. Anabustestudineous Kawoi Anabantidae 15. Colisafasciatus Kholihona Anabantidae 16. Mastacembeluspuncalus Tora (Spiny eel) Mastacembelidae 17. Mystusvittatus Singora Bagridae E. Endangered Species (Aquatic Fauna): Endangered (EN) species is a species which has been categorized by the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN). "Endangered" is the second most severe category for wild populations in the IUCN list after Critically Endangered (CR). Dolphin which is a schedule-I species is reported in Brahmaputra river. No Chelonians (turtle) nesting ground reported in and around proposed terminal site. But as per the secondary data analysis, few species of turtles reported in 10 km study area which are categorised either vulnerable or endangered category. As per the dolphin study carried by the subject expert during dry season, no dolphin were spotted at Gateway Guwahati Ghat and North Guwahati Ghat. However the dolphins were spotted in the survey route of the study area. Secondary data indicates presence of dolphins at Guwahati. Active breeding & spawning period of important aquaitic fauna is durng the monsoon season (July to August). Breeding areas of „Gangetic Dolphin‟ near the project site will be confirmed after the „wet season‟ dolphin survey completed in the month of July. Ecological Profile of AphalamukhGhat AphalamukhGhat is to be developed on land owned by IWT located along the Brahamaputra river. Ghat is located in sandy and flat terrain area. Ghat is well connected through unpaved road. There is no vegetation present on the identified land. No tree cutting is required for development of proposed terminal. The ecology of 10 km zone around the project site agrian ecosystem and aquatic ecosystem of Brahmaputra river. Following are discussed. 1. Terrestrial Ecology (Flora & Fauna) 2. Aquatic Ecology (Flora & Fauna) 6.10.1.3 Terrestrial Ecology A. Forest: 108 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 There is no reserved and protected forest present within the 10 km study area. The land use of the 10 km area is agriculture, water bodies and settlement. B. Flora within 500 m area: There is no vegetation present on the identified land. No tree cutting is required for development of proposed terminal. However, few herbs and grasses is observed around the ghat area, which may require cutting. The 500 m area around the terminal site is considered as the core zone. The land use of 500 m area of the terminal is mainly agriculture, open land and water body (Brahmaputra River). The vegetation is restricted along agriculture fields, and other open areas only. The common tree observed in core zone are banyan tree (Ficusbenghalensis), siris (Albizzia sp.), sissoo (Dalbergia sissoo), imli (Tamarindusindica), rubber tree (Ficuselastica), semal (Bombax ceiba), Jamun (Eugenia jambolana), and Bamboo etc. The herbs and shrubs observed in the area are Solanum surrattense, solanum nigrum, lantana (Lantana camera), Ipomeacornia, congress grass (Parthenium hysterophorus), dub grass (Cynodondactylon), datura (Datura metal) etc. C. Flora of Buffer zone of 10 km The 10 km study area covers rural settings, riparian flora and agrian ecosystem. In rural areas the vegetation restricted along agriculture fields, road side and other open areas. The common trees observed in urban areas are banyan tree (Ficusbenghalensis), siris (Albizzia sp.), kadamba (Bauhinia malabarica), bakain (Melia azedarach), sissoo (Dalbergia sissoo), Areca nut (Arachis hypogea), Coconut (Cocus nucifera), imli (Tamarindusindica), bamboo, amaltas (Crassia fistula), semal (Bombax ceiba), gulmohar (Delonix regia),Jamun (Eugenia jambolana), etc. The herbs and shrubs observed in the area are lantana (Lantana camera), congress grass (Parthenium hysterophorus), dub grass (Cynodondactylon), datura (Datura stramonium), cannabis sativa, Xanthium strumarium, Nariumindicum, Calotropis procera, Lantana camara, Casiatora, Vitex negundo, Zizyphusmauritiana, Casiaalalta, Canabis sativa, Parthenium grass (exotic species), Argemonmaxicana and few grasses species. The list of plant species observed in the study area is presented in Table 6-35. Table 6-35: List of flora in Aphalamukh Ghat Study Area Sl. No Scientific name Family Vernacular name Trees 1. Antidesma acidum Euphorbiaceae Abutenga 2. Albizzia lebbek Mimosaceae Siris 3. Albizzia odoratissima Mimosaceae Janglisiris 2 Antidesma bunias Euphorbiaceae Panihelos 3 Antidesmaghaesembilla Euphorbiaceae Helos 4 Artocarpus chama Moraceae Sam kothal 5 Artocarpusheterophyllus Moraceae Kothal 6 Artocarpuslacucha Moraceae Bohot 7 Arachis hypogea Arecaceae Areca Nut 8 Baccaurearamiflora Euphorbiaceae Letekoo 9 Bambusa balcooa Poaceae Bholuka bah 10 Bischofiajavanica Euphorbiaceae Uriam 11 Bombex ceiba L. Bombaceceae Simalu 12 Callicarpa arborea Verbenaceae Bonmola 13 Carallialucida Rhizophoraceae Mahithekara 14 Caryataurens Arecaceae Sewa 15 Cassia fistula L. Caesalpiniaceae Sonaru 16 Chrysophyllumlanceolatum Sapotaceae Bonpitha 17 Cocus nucifera Arecaceae Coconut 18 Dendrocalamushamiltonii Poaceae Kakobah 19 Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae Sheesam 109 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Sl. No Scientific name Family Vernacular name 20 Delonix regia Fabaceae Gulmohar 21 Dilleniaindica Dilleniaceae Outenga 22 Elaeocarpus floribundus Elaeocarpaceae Jalphai 23 Ficusauriculata Moraceae Moudimoru 24 FicushispidaVahl Moraceae Katjiadimoru 25 Ficusracemosa Moraceae Moudimoru 26 Ficuselastica Moraceae Ruber 27 Ficus religiosa Moraceae Peepal 28 Flacourtiajangomas Flacourtiaceae Ponial 29 Garcinia pedanculata Cluciaceae Borthekara 30 Garciniacowa Cluciaceae Kujithekara 31 Garciniakydia Cluciaceae Kujithekara 32 Garcinia sopsopia Cluciaceae Sosopatenga 33 Garcinia xanthochymus Cluciaceae Teportenga 34 Livistoniajenkinsiana Arecaceae Tokow 35 Mangiferaindica Anacardiaceae Aam 36 Meynaspinosa Rubiaceae Kotkora 37 Neolamerckiacadamba Rubiaceae Kadam 38 Oroxylumindicum Bignoniaceae Bhatghila 39 Premnalatifolia Verbenaceae Gohora 40 Prunusjenkinsii Rosaceae Thereju 41 Saurauiaroxburghii Saurauiaceae Bon pochala 42 Spondias pinnata Anacardiaceae Amora 43 Sterculiavillosa Sterculiaceae Udal 44 Syzygiumcumini Myrtaceae Borjamu 45 Syzygium jambos Myrtaceae Bogijamu 46 Syzygiumfruticosum Myrtaceae Bon Jamu 47 Terminalia bellerica Combretaceae Bhumura 48 Terminaliacitrina Combretaceae Silikha 49 Shorearobusta Depterocarpaceae Sal 50 Stereospermumprsonatum Bignoniaceae Paruli 51 Tectonagrandis Verbenaceae Sagon 52 Terminalia arjuna Combretaceae Arjun 53 Terminalia tomentosa Combretaceae Asan 54 Toona ciliate Meliaceae Pooma 55 Zanthoxylumrhetsa Rutaceae Bazarmoni 56 Zizyphusmauritiana Rhamnaceae Bogori SHRUBS 1 Alpinianigra Zingiberaceae Tora 2 Ardisiathyrsiflora Myrsinaceae Tolothapoka 3 Citrus medica. Rutaceae Joratenga 4 Clerodendrumglandulosum Verbenaceae Nefafoo 5 Glycosmis arborea Rutaceae Sauldhua 6 Gnetumgnemon L. Gnetaceae Majarguti 7 Grewiasapida Tiliaceae Soura 8 Kaempferiagalanga Zingiberaceae Gathion 9 Melastomamalabathricum Melastomaceae Phutkala 10 Murrayakoenigii Rutaceae Norosingho 11 Phlogocanthusthyrsiformis Acanthaceae Titaphul 12 Phlogocanthustubiflorus Acanthaceae Titaphul 13 Sarcochlamyspulcherrima Urticaceae Mesaki 14 Solanumnigrum Solanaceae Bhakuritita 15 Solanum surrattense Solanaceae - 16 Typha elephantina Typhaceae Maduribon 17 Vitex negundo Verbenaceae Posotia 18 Zanthoxylumoxyphyllum. Rutaceae Mejenga 110 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Sl. No Scientific name Family Vernacular name 19 Cannabis sativa Cannabaceae Bhang 20 Casiaalata Fabaceae - 21 Datura metal Solanaceae Dhatura 22 Indigoferapulchela Fabaceae Jirhul 23 Ipomoea carnea Convolvulaceae - 24 Lantana camara Verbenaceae Putus 25 Phoenix acaulis Arecaceae Khejur 26 Randiadumetorum Rubiaceae Mowar 27 Thespesia lampas Malvaceae Ban kapasi 28 Vitex negundo Verbenaceae Sindwar 29 Bougainvillea spectabilis Victaginaceae Voganvila 30 Zizyphusoenoplia Rhamnaceae - 31 Ricinus communis Euphorbiaceae Arandi HERB 1. Alternanthera sessilis Amaranthaceae Matikaduri 2 Alternanthera philoxeroides Amaranthaceae Panikaduri 3 Amaranthus spinosus Amaranthaceae Hatikhutora 4 Amaranthus viridis Amaranthaceae Khutora 5 Amorphophalluspaeoniifolius Araceae Olkachu 6 Centellaasiatica Apiaceae Manimuni 7 Colocasiaesculanta Araceae Panikachu 8 Commelinabenghalensis Commelinaceae Konasimolu 9 Costusspeciosus Costaceae Jomlakhuti 10 Crassocephalumcrepidioides Astereceae Bon kopahi 11 Diplazium asperum Woodsiaceae Dhekiasak 12 Diplaziumesculentum Woodsiaceae Dhekiasak 13 Duchesneaindica Rosaceae Gorukhis 14 Drymariadiandra Caryophyllaceae Laijabori 15 Eclipta alba Asteraceae Kehraj 16 Hedyotisdiffusa Rubiaceae Bonjaluk 17 Houttuynia cordata Saururaceae Moshundari 18 Hydrocotylesibthorpioides Apiaceae Sorumanimuni 19 Ipomoea aquatic Convolvulaceae Kalmou 20 Kaempferiagalanga Zingiberaceae Gathion 21 Lasia spinosa Araceae Sengmora 22 Leucas plukenetii Lamiaceae Durun 23 Licuala peltata Arecaceae Jengu 24 Marseliaquadrifolia Marseliaceae Panitengeshi 25 Mimosa pudica Mimosaceae - 26 Monochoriahastata Pontederiaceae Sorumetaka 27 Nelumbo nucifera Nelumbonaceae Podum 28 Nypmhaeanouchali Nympheaceae Bhat 29 Nymphaea pubescens Nympheaceae Bhat 30 Hedyotisdiffusa Rubiaceae Bonjaluk 31 Oxalis corniculata Oxalidaceae Sorutengacha 32 Parthenium histerophorus. Asteraceae - 33 Phyllanthus fraternus Euphorbiaceae Bonamlakhi 34 Phyllanthus urinaria Euphorbiaceae Matiamlakhi 35 Polygonum chinense Polygonaceae Modhusuleng 36 Polygonum microcephalum Polygonaceae Modhusuleng 37 Polygonum perfoliatum Polygonaceae Bagh achur 38 Portulaca oleracea Portulacaceae Malbhugkhutora 39 Piper sylvaticum Piperaceae Auni pan 40 Piper longum Piperaceae Pipoli 41 Rubusalceifolius Rosaceae Jatulipoka 42 Rubusellipticus Rosaceae BorJatulipoka 111 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Sl. No Scientific name Family Vernacular name 43 Scopariadulcis Scrophulariaceae Mithapat 44 Solanum nigrum Solanaceae Pokmou 45 Solanum torvum Solanaceae Hatibhekuri 46 Spilanthespaniculata Asteraceae Suhoni 47 Stellaria media Caryophyllacee Morolia 48 Vernonia cinerea Asteraceae Sahadevi CLIMBERS & GRASSES 1. Calamus tenuis Arecaceae Jati bet 2 Coccniagrandis Cucurbitaceae Belipoka 3 Deeringiaamaranthiodes Amaranthaceae Methokthoka 4 Dioscoreabulbifera Dioscoriaceae Gothiaalu 5 Dioscorea pentaphylla Dioscoriaceae Pasoptiaalu 6 Paederiafoetida Rubiaceae Bhadailota 7 Paederia scandens Rubiaceae Bhadailota 8 Smilexzeylanica Smilacaceae Tikonibaruah 9 Stenochlaenapelustris Blechnaceae Dhekialota 10 Stixissuaveolens Capparidaceae Madhoi maloti 11 Tetrastigmathomsonianum Vitaceae Noltenga 12 Trichosanthescucumerina Cucurbitaceae Bon dhunduli 13 Vetiveriazizanoides Poaceae Khus-Khus 14 Apludavaria Poaceae Dudhiasauri 15 Arundinellasetosa Poaceae Jharu/Motaminjhar 16 Bambusaarundinaceae Poaceae Bara bans 17 Cymbopogon martini Poaceae - 18 Cynodondactylon Poaceae Dhoob 19 Dendrocalamusstricus Poaceae Bans/Bamboo 21 Heteropogoncontortus Poaceae Kher/Sauri 23 Saccharum munja Poaceae Munj D. Rare/Endangered/Threatened (RET) Plants The listed as well as observed floral species has been cross-checked with the Red Data Book of Indian Plants (Botanical Survey of India). No extinct, endangered, vulnerable, rare and/or critical floral species has been found in the core zone and buffer impact zone. E. Status of Fauna: a. Fauna (within 500 m zone): No Reserved/ Protected and other forest land are present within 500 m area of the proposed Aphalamukh terminal / ghat site. The land use of 500 m area is mostly, settlement, water body, garden and roads.Due to absence of any forest in this zone the fauna diversity is restricted to common mammal species and amphibian and reptiles. However, few species of avifauna have been observed within this zone. Details of the fauna observed are given at Table 6-36to 6-37. Table 6-36: Mammals within Aphalamukh Ghat Core Zone Sl. Local Common Name Scientific Name Feeding Schedule No. Name Status 1. Gilahri Striped squirrel Funambulus pennant H IV 2. Chuha Field rat Bandicotabangalonsis H V 3. Nevala Mongoose Herpestesedwardsi C IV H – Herbivorous, C – Carnivorous, O – Omnivorous Table 6-37: Amphibians and Reptiles within Aphalamukh Ghat Core Zone Sl.N Common Name Scientific Name Vernacular Family Feeding Schedule o. Name Status Amphibians 112 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Sl.N Common Name Scientific Name Vernacular Family Feeding Schedule o. Name Status Amphibians 1 Frog Rana tigrina - - C IV 2 Forest Lizard Calotes versicolor - Agamidae C II Reptiles 1 Binocellate cobra Najanaja Nag Elapidae C II 2 Common Krait Bungarus - Elapidae C IV coeruleus 3 Rat snake Ptyasmucosus Dhaman Colubridae C II C – Carnivorous F. Avifauna Avifauna is an important part of the ecosystem playing the various roles as scavengers, pollinators, predators of insect, pest, etc. They are also one of the bio indicators of different status of environment and affected by urbanization, industrialization and human interference. They can be used as sensitive indicators of pollution and malfunction of ecosystem. The large part of the study area is under water body (Brahmaputra river) the area is inhibited by large numbers of water birds and other birds. List of bird species observed in the stud area is given in Table 6-38. Table 6-38: List of the Birds observed in the Aphalamukh Ghat Study Area Sl. Common Name Scientific Name Status No. 1. Little Grebe Tachybaputusruficollis Winter Migratory, Common. 2. Grey Pelican Pellcanusphillippensis Migratory from adjacent area other than Majuli, Uncommon 3. Large Cormorant Phalacrocorax carbo Winter migratory,Uncommon 4. Little Cormorant Pholacrocoraxniger Winter Migratory, Common. 5. Purple Heron Ardeapurpurea Indigenous, Migratory from adjacent area other than Majuli, Uncommon 6. Pond Heron Ardeolastriatua Winter Migratory, Common. 7. Cattle Egret Bubulcus Ibis Winter Migratory, Common. 8. Great Egret Ardea alba Winter Migratory, Common. 9. Little Egret Egrettagarzetta Winter Migratory, Common. 10. Open Bill Stork Anastomusoscitans Winter Migratory, Common. 11. Black Crowned Noicticoraxnycticorax Indigenous, migratory from adjacent Night Heron area 12. Lesser Adjutant Leptoptilosjavanicus Indigenous, Common Stork 13. Greyleg Goose Anseranser Winter Migratory, Common 14. Barheaded Goose Answer indicus Winter Migratory, Common 15. Leser Whistling Teal Dendrocygnajavancia Winter Migratory, Common 16. Large Whistling Teal Dendrocygnabicolor Winter Migratory, Common Ruddy Shelduck Or Tandornatadorna Winter Migratory, Common 17. Brahminy Duck 18. Mallard Anas platyrhynchos Winter Migratory, Common Cotton Teal Nettapuscoromandelianus Indigenous, migratory from adjacent 19. area 20. Pintial Anas acuta Winter Migratory, Common 21. Spotbill Duck Anas poecilorhyncha Winter Migratory, Common 22. Black Winged Kite Elanus caeruleus Winter Migratory, Common 23. Pariale Kite Milusmigransgovida Winter Migratory, Common 24. Common Crane Grus grus Winter migratory,Uncommon White Breasted Amaurornisphoenicurus Winter Migratory, Common 25. Water Hen 26. Purple Moorhen Gallinule chloropus Winter Migratory, Common 27. Bronze Wingd Metopidius indicus Winter Migratory, Common 113 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Sl. Common Name Scientific Name Status No. Jacana 28. Indian Moorhen Gallinule chloropus Winter Migratory, Common 29. Redwattled Lapwing Vanellusmalabaricus Winter Migratory, Common 30. River Turn Sterna aurantia Winter Migratory, Common 31. Black Headed Gull Larusichthyaetus Winter Migratory, Common Common Green Treronphoenicoptera Common 32. Pigeon 33. Spotted Dove Streptopeliachinensis Winter Migratory, Common 34. Red Dove Streptopeliatranquebarica Winter Migratory, Common 35. Ring Dove Streptopeliadecaoc to Winter Migratory, Common Large Indian Psittaculaeupatria Indigenous, migratory from adjacent 36. Parakeet area Koel Eudynamysscolopacea Indigenous,migratory from adjacent 37. area 38. House Swift Apus afinis Winter Migratory, Common 39. Pied Kingfisher Cerylerudis Winter Migratory, Common Small Blue Alcedoatthis Winter Migratory, Common 40. Kingfisher White Breasted Halcyon smyrnensis Winter Migratory, Common 41. Kingfisher Small Green Bee Meropsorientalis Winter Migratory, Common 42. Eater Chestnut-Headed Meropsieschenaulti Winter Migratory, Common 43. Bee Eater Small Green Barbet Megalaimaviridis Indigenous,migratory from adjacent 44. area Blue-Throated Megalaimaasiatica Migratory from adjacent area 45. Barbet 46. Lineated Barbet Megalaima lineate Migratory from adjacent area 47. Hoopoe Upupa epops Migratory from adjacent area Indian Pied Hornbill Anthracocerosmalabaricus Indigenous,migratory from adjacent 48. area Black-Backed Chrysocolaptesfestivus Migratory, Common 49. Woodpecker Lesser Golden Dinopiumbenghalense Migratory, Common 50. Backed Black Drongo Or Dicrurrsadsimilis Winter Migratory, Common 51. King Crow 52. Pied Myna Sturnus contra Winter Migratory, Common 53. Jungle Myna Acridotheresfuscus Winter Migratory, Common 54. Common Myna Scridotherestristis Winter Migratory, Common 55. House Crow Corvussleendens Indigenous, Uncommon 56. Jungle Crow Corvusmarorhynchos Winter Migratory, Common 57. Black-Headed Oriole Oriolusxanthornus Winter Migratory, Common 58. Magpie Robin Copychussaularis Winter Migratory, Common 59. Redvented Bulbul Pycnonotuscafer Winter Migratory, Common Red-Whiskered Pycnonotusjocosus Winter Migratory, Common 60. Bulbul 61. Greay Tit Parus major Winter Migratory, Common 62. Baya Weaver Phillippinus Common Black-Breasted Ploceusbenghalensis Common 63. Weaver Bird 64. Tree Pie Dendrocittavagabunda Winter Migratory, Common 65. Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis Indigenous, Uncommon White-Browned Rhipnduraaureola Indigenous, common 66. Fantal Fly-Catcher 114 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Sl. Common Name Scientific Name Status No. 67. White Wagtail Motacilla alba Winter Migratory, Common 68. Grey Wagtail Motacillacinerea Winter Migratory, Common 69. House Sparrow Passer domesticus Indigenous, Uncommon 70. Spotted Owlet Athene brama Winter Migratory, Common a. Migratory Birds: Eight 'Flyways' have been defined in the world for the migratory birds, especially wading birds. For ducks also, these act as flyways (Flyways are broad corridors or migration routes used by migrating birds). The Brahmaputra River and its long valley stretching from Sadiya to Dhubri is a major route of migratory birds within the 'Central Asia/Indian Flyway'. While the winter visitors' use this flyway to come to Majuli, many fly across to the sea boards. These birds are called 'passage migrants' and these passage migrants use Majuli for resting and stop some time in Nemati and adjoining area during their journey. Most of the wintering waterfowl throng the beels, channels and ghulis and the main Brahmaputra River. These birds arrive in September-October while after spending the winter in and around Majuli depart by March - April. Small numbers may remain till early part of May. A few migratory species, however, come for breeding during winter. Pallas's Fish Eagle Haliaeetus leucoryphus, which is regarded as a globally threatened bird of prey breeds in small numbers in Majuli. However, there is no any nesting ground of this species is recorded within the proposed Aphalamukh Terminal. A large number of smaller birds such as warblers, leaf warblers, chats, thrushes, wagtails (locally known as Balimahi) and pipits also winter in Majuli. These birds affect a diverse habitat ranging from countryside to scrub jungle and grassland. Many warblers and leaf warblers are also difficult to identify in the field and hence, often overlooked but they add to the diversity of migratory species. There are also some summer migratory species, mainly cuckoos (locally called Keteki), which are known for their melodious songs. G. Migratory Route for wild fauna The study area falls in Aphalamukh and surrounding area and as per the govt. Records there is no any designated migratory route for terrestrial wild fauna identified with in the 10 km area of the project site. However, the migratory route for avifauna is reported in study area. 6.10.1.4 Aquatic Ecology This terminal is proposed at Aphalamukhghat. There is about 10 km width of Brahmaputra River and riparian zone observed very less vegetation due to erosion of banks. Aquatic ecology of Brahmaputra river at Aphalamukh includes variety of plankton, fishes, benthos. Aquatic ecosystem in study area comprises of fresh water ecosystem. The freshwater ecosystems in study area only comprises Brahmaputra river only. The mighty Brahmaputra system constitutes the major water resources, supporting over 200 species of aquatic fauna, including the endangered river dolphin. No Chelonians (turtle) nesting ground reported in and around proposed terminal site. But as per the secondary data analysis following species of turtles are reported in 10 km study area, as provided in Table 6-39. As per the dolphin study carried by the subject expert during dry season, dolphin were spotted at Aphalamukh ghat. However secondary data indicates that no dolphins were sighted (Table 6-21).The details of recent survey (March-2019)are provided in Table 6.20 and Annexure-6.1. . Table 6-39: Turtle reported in Aphalamukh Ghat Study Area S.No. Common Name Scientific Name Red Data Status 1 South Asian Box Turtle Cuoraamboinensis Vulnerable 2 Indian Flap-shell Turtle Lissemyspunctata Least Concern 115 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 S.No. Common Name Scientific Name Red Data Status 3 Keeled box Turtle Pyxideamouhotii Endangered 4 Black Pond Turtle Geoclenyshamiltonii Vulnerable 5 Narrow headed soft turtle Chitra indica Endangered A. Phytoplanktons Phytoplankton is dominant group of aquatic plants in the radius of Aphalamukh terminal. Two samples of Phytoplankton and zooplanktons were collected from the upstream and downstream of the Brahmaputra River with the help plankton net and preserved in formalin. These species were identified under the microscope. In context of phytoplankton composition; bacillariphyceae (diatoms) is dominant and has maximum abundance as compared to cholophyceae and cyanophyceae. Submerged aquatic macrophytes are usually rooted in the bottom soil with the vegetative parts predominantly submerged. These plants are very important for the process of photosynthesise in aquatic ecosystem and act as primary producers. Sample for testing of phytoplanktons and zooplanktons were taken from upstream and downstream of Brahmaputra river near proposed terminal site and the location details provided in Table 6-40. The list of phytoplankton observed in Brahmaputra river near terminal site is given inTable 6-41. Table 6-40: Name of Sampling Locations at Aphalamukh Ghat for surface water S.No. Code Location Source GPS Coordinates 1 SW-1 Brahmaputra River Upstream of Aphalamukh 26.917087°N Stream Terminal site 94.300203°E 2 SW-2 Brahmaputra River Downstream of Aphalamukh 26.915044°N Stream Terminal site 94.298949°E Table 6-41: List of Phytoplankton’s observed in Aphalamukh Ghat Study area Sl.No. Taxa Brahmaputra River Brahmaputra River downstream upstream of Aphalamukh of Aphalamukh (10 km (10 km upstream) downstream) BACILLARIOPHYCEAE 1. Amphora sp. + - 2. Amphipleura + + 3. Achnanthes sp. + + 4. Asterionella sp. + - 5. Bacillaria sp. + + 6. Biddulphia sp. + + 7. Brebissonia sp. + + 8. Ceratoneis sp. - + 9. Coconeis sp. + + 10. Cymatopleura sp. + + 11. Cymbella sp. + + 12. Denticula sp. + + 13. Diatoma sp. + + 14. Diatomella sp. + + 15. Epithelmia sp. + - 16. Fragilaria sp. + + 17. Frustulia sp. + + 18. Gomphoneis sp. - + 19. Gomphonema sp. + + 20. Gyrosigma sp. + - 21. Hantzchia sp. + + 22. Melosira sp. + + 23. Meridian sp. + - 24. Navicula sp. - + 25. Nedium sp. + + 26. Nitzschia sp. + + 27. Tetracylus sp. + - Chlorophyceae 116 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Sl.No. Taxa Brahmaputra River Brahmaputra River downstream upstream of Aphalamukh of Aphalamukh (10 km (10 km upstream) downstream) 28. Actinastrum sp. + + 29. Chlamydomonas sp. - + 30. Chlorella sp + + 31. Chlorococium sp. + + 32. Cladophora sp. + - 33. Closterium sp. + + 34. Coelastrum sp. + + 35. Oedogonium sp. + + 36. Pandorina sp. + + 37. Mesotaeniumsp - + 38. Stigecloniumsp + - 39. Tetradesmussp + + 40. Rhizocloniumsp + + Cyanophyceae 41. Anabaena sp . - + 42. Aphanocapsa sp. + + 43. Oscillatoria sp. - + 44. Microcystis sp. + + 45. Anabaena sp . + + Note: + denotes Present and – denotes Absent B. Zooplankton Zooplanktons are microscopic and motile organism usually present on the surface of water. These species are important and act as primary consumers feeds on phytoplankton. The zooplankton of 10 Km stretch (upwards and downwards) of Brahmaputra river near terminal is given in Table 6- 42. Table 6-42: List of Zooplankton observed in Aphalamuk Ghat study area Taxa Brahmaputra River upstream Brahmaputra River downstream of AphalamukhGhat (10 km of AphalamukhGhat (10 km upstream) downstream) PROTOZOA 1. Arcellasp. + + 2. Chilodonellasp. + - 3. Difflugiiasp. + + 4. Globigerina sp. - + 5. Noctilucasp. + + 6. Paramecium sp. + - 7. Vorticella sp + + ROTIFERA 8. Brachionussp. + + 9. Filiniasp. + - 10. Horaellasp. + + 11. Keratellasp. + + 12. Lecanesp. + - 13. Notholcasp. + + 14. Rotariasp. + + 15. Testudinellasp. + + COPEPODA 16. Cyclops sp. + + 17. Nauplii + + CLADOCERA 18. Bosminasp. + + 19. Ceriodaphniasp. + + 20. Cydorussp. + - 21. Daphnia sp. + + 22. Diphanosomasp. + + 23. Moinasp. - + 24. Simocephalussp. + + 117 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Note: + denotes Present and – denotes Absent C. Wetland/ Ramsar Site There is no wetland/ Ramsar Site near this proejct location at Aphalamukh Ghat. D. Fisheries Fishes are at the apex in aquatic food chain. The fish population of Brahmaputra river is largely dependent on phytoplankton, zooplankton, periphyton and zoo benthos which establish itself in the form of food chain. The common fishes observed in the study area are Rohu (Labeorohita, Moa (Amblypharyngodonmola), puthi (Puntius sp.), singora (Mystusvittatus), kawoi (Anabustestudineus), goroi (Channa punctatus), karati (Gadusiachapra), punga (Tetradon), chanda (Chanda nama), khalihona (Colisafasciatus, Tora (macrognathus punctatus), Boriala (Aspidopariamorar) etc. The list of fish species reported /observed in the study area is listed in Table 6-43. Table 6-43: List of fish in Study area Sl No Scientific Name Local Name (Assam) Family 1. Labeogonius Kurhi Cyprinidae 2. Labeoboga Bhangon Cyprinidae 3. Labeorohita Rou Cyprinidae 4. Aspidopariamorar Boliora Cyprinidae 5. Puntinussophore Puthi Cyprinidae 6. Rita rita Ritha Bagridae 7. Gagatacenia - Sisoridae 8. Glypathoraxsps - Sisoridae 9. Nemacheilusbotia Botia Cobitidae 10. Nandusnandus MatiKawoi Nandidae 11. Channapunctatus Goroi Channidae 12. Channagachua Chengeli Channidae 13. Clupisomagarua Gorua Schibeidae 14. Anabustestudineous Kawoi Anabantidae 15. Colisafasciatus Kholihona Anabantidae 16. Mastacembeluspuncalus Tora (Spiny eel) Mastacembelidae 17. Mystusvittatus Singora Bagridae 18. Amblypharyngodonmola Moa Cyprinidae 19. Gadusiachapra Karati Clupeideae 20. Tetradon sp. Punga Tetraodontidae 21. Chandanama chanda Ambassideae E. Endangered Species (Aquatic Fauna): Endangered (EN) species is a species which has been categorized by the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN). "Endangered" is the second most severe category for wild populations in the IUCN list after Critically Endangered (CR). Dolphin which is a schedule-I species is reported in Brahmaputra river. The details is given in table No Chelonians (turtle) nesting ground reported in and around proposed terminal site. But as per the secondary data analysis, few species of turtles reported in 10 km study area which are categorised either vulnerable or endangered category.As per the dolphin study carried by the subject expert during dry season, dolphin were spotted at Aphalamukh ghat. June to August is the active breeding season of important aquatic fauna including „Gangetic Dolphin. As per the secondary information there is no any active breeding points in all the three priority ghats. The detailed „Gangetic Dolphin Survey‟ has been completed for the dry season during the month of March‟2019. This study for the wet season is expected to be completed by July, 2019. After the completion of this study, the existence of breeding and spawning areas shall be confirmed if any in these three priority ghats. 118 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 However secondary data indicates that no dolphins were sighted (Table 6-21).The details of recent survey (March-2019)are provided in Table 6.20 6.11 Soil Quality Different rock formation occurring in the district has been subjected to various soil forming processes through weathering and transportation during geological ages. Soils normally consist of sand, silt, clay and organic material. They are grouped into three broad categories: a. Newer alluvial soil, b. Valley fill/older alluvial soil, and c. Soils over forest and hilly terrain. The baseline information about the nature and/or quality of the soils at the Jetty comprises reclaimed land. Soil is a natural resource and serves as one of the prime requisites of life. Soil supports all agricultural activitiesand the plant growth.Under varying geological conditions, topographical characteristics and agro-climatic situations ,different types of soils are found in the hills, piedmonts, plateaus and plains. The soils of Assam may thus generally be divided into four groups, viz.  Alluvial soils  Piedmont soils  Hill soils  Lateritic soils. Soil map of Assam State reveals that the proposed Ghats / Terminal area is coming in alluvial soil zone of the Brahmaputra River. Soil is Sandy loam to silty loam in texture. The alluvial soils are extensively distributed over the Brahmaputra and Barak plain. These soils are very fertile as they are formed from the alluvium deposits by the rivers Brahmaputra, Barak and their tributaries. The alluvial soils of Assam can be further be divided into two sub-types based on some micro differences in character such as – younger alluvium and old alluvium. The younger alluvial soil occurs in an extensive belt of the north-bank and south-bank plains including the active flood plains of the Brahmaputra and the Barak rivers. It is mostly composed of sandy to silty loams and slightly acidic in nature. On the riverbanks it is less acidic and sometimes neutral or slightly alkaline. Soil map of Assam is presented in Figure 6-31. Figure 6-32: Soil Map of Assam 119 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Three samples of soils were collected from each of proposed terminal sites. Locations of sampling points are given inTable 6-44. Table 6-44: Soil Monitoring Locations Sl. No. Location/Ghat Station Date of Co-ordinate Monitoring Latitude Longitude 1st 26.179464 91.734187 Gateway Guwahati 1 2nd 08.08.2018 26.179392 91.734047 Ghat (GGG) 3rd 26.179711 91.734478 1st 26.185665 91.721732 2 North Guwahati 2nd 06.08.2018 26.185440 91.721312 3rd 26.186099 91.721782 1st 26.920648 94.301145 3 AphalamukhGhat 2nd 02.09.18 26.914328 94.297993 3rd 26.911114 94.293523 Soils, collected from three proposed terminal siteswere collected and analysed for physical parameters. The soil analysis results of Gateway Guwahati Ghat, North Guwahati Ghat and AphalamukhGhat are presented in Table 6-45, 6-46and 6-47respectively. Table 6-45: Soil Quality, Gateway Guwahati Ghat (GGG) Sl.No Parameter Unit Result Station-1 Station-2 Station-3 1 Bulk Density g/cc 1.22 1.23 1.2 2 Colour -- GrayishBrown GrayishBrown GrayishBrown 3 Texture Sand % 14.8 16.2 13.7 4 Clay % 67.2 69.1 72.4 5 Silt % 18.0 14.7 13.9 6 Soil type % Acidic Acidic Acidic 7 pH Value (1:5 V/V) % 5.98 5.78 5.64 8 Electrical Conductivity µS/cm 92.2 94.6 88.2 9 Nitrogen (as N) % 0.017 0.019 0.016 10 Phosphorus (as P) % 0.008 0.01 0.007 11 Potassium (as K) % 0.012 0.016 0.022 12 Arsenic (as As) % <0.00001 <0.00001 <0.00001 13 Cadmium (as Cd) % <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 14 Mercury (as Hg) % <0.00001 <0.00001 <0.00001 15 Lead (as Pb) % 0.003 0.005 0.006 16 Nickel (as Ni) % <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 17 PCB % <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 18 POP % <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 19 Hydrocarbon (as HC) % <0.00001 <0.00001 <0.00001 Table 6-46: Soil Quality, North Guwahati Ghat Sl. No Parameter Unit Result Station-1 Station-2 Station-3 1 Bulk Density g/cc 1.24 1.21 1.19 2 Colour -- GrayishBrown GrayishBrown GrayishBrown 120 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Sl. No Parameter Unit Result 3 Texture Sand 18.5 16.7 15.6 13.7 4 Clay 66.2 68.9 69.2 72.4 5 Silt 15.3 14.4 15.2 13.9 6 Soil type % acidic acidic acidic 7 pH Value (1:5 V/V) % 6.02 5.73 5.98 8 Electrical Conductivity µS/cm 98.4 101.6 103.9 9 Nitrogen (as N) % 0.021 0.023 0.025 10 Phosphorus (as P) % 0.012 0.011 0.012 11 Potassium (as K) % 0.024 0.02 0.04 12 Arsenic (as As) % <0.00001 <0.00001 <0.00001 13 Cadmium (as Cd) % <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 14 Mercury (as Hg) % <0.00001 <0.00001 <0.00001 15 Lead (as Pb) % 0.003 0.002 0.004 16 Nickel (as Ni) % <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 17 PCB % <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 18 POP % <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 19 Hydrocarbon (as HC) % <0.00001 <0.00001 <0.00001 Table 6-47: Soil Quality, Aphalamukh Ghat Sl. No Parameter Unit Result Station-1 Station-2 Station-3 1 Bulk Density g/cc 1.15 1.13 1.08 2 Colour -- GrayishBrown GrayishBrown GrayishBrown 3 Texture Sand 16.9 14.8 16.6 13.7 4 Clay 68.3 67.4 70.3 72.4 5 Silt 14.8 17.8 13.1 13.9 6 Soil type % Acidic Acidic Acidic 7 pH Value (1:5 V/V) % 6.11 5.89 5.74 Electrical 8 µS/cm 101.5 103.9 105.6 Conductivity 9 Nitrogen (as N) % 0.029 0.027 0.031 10 Phosphorus (as P) % 0.011 0.009 0.010 11 Potassium (as K) % 0.025 0.024 0.019 12 Arsenic (as As) % <0.00001 <0.00001 <0.00001 13 Cadmium (as Cd) % <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 14 Mercury (as Hg) % <0.00001 <0.00001 <0.00001 15 Lead (as Pb) % 0.0031 0.0028 0.0024 16 Nickel (as Ni) % <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 17 PCB % <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 18 POP % <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 19 Hydrocarbon (as HC) % <0.00001 <0.00001 <0.00001 121 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 It has been observed from the soil analysis results that the soil in all three terminals are acidic and is sandy loam. Clay percentage vary between 67.2% to 72.4%. Heavy metals content in the soil arenot significant. 6.12 River Bed Sediment Quality The riverbed sediment is an integral component of the aquatic ecosystem. The sediment may absorb / adsorbnatural and anthropogenic toxic substances from the water. The sedimentquality influencesbenthic organisms, vegetative communities, and the aquatic food web. Organisms and plants, particularly those living in the sediment, can get effected. Secondary data on sediment quality from IIT, Guwahati was collected for all three proposed terminals. The samples were collected & analysed at IIT, Guwahati during September, 2015 and is relevant for this study. River based sediment analysis results for wet and dry season are presented in Table 6-48and 6- 49respectively. Table 6-48: Riverbed Sediment Quality – Wet Season Parameters Unit GGG North Neamati Aphalamukh OSPAR7 Guwahati Salinity % 0.021 0.012 0.060 0.014 - Mg % 0.295 0.423 0.852 0.379 - Ca % 0.179 0.068 0.088 0.084 - Na % 0.010 0.012 0.028 0.018 - K % 0.099 0.204 0.612 0.414 - Organic % 0.223 0.428 0.459 1.172 - Carbon (TOC) PO43- % 0.232 0.246 0.482 0.321 - NO3 ppm 8.00 37.96 36.28 10.63 - As ppm 0.34 0.31 1.32 1.65 30-80 Cd ppm 0.13 0.12 0.10 0.11 1.0-2.5 Hg ppm BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.6-1.0 Pb ppm 0.12 4.56 10.25 8.36 100-120 Cr ppm 11.38 24.87 45.02 32.90 150-200 Zn ppm 12.16 34.95 85.68 64.05 250-500 Ni ppm 56.19 56.84 79.66 33.83 50-100 Source: Field survey, September- October 2015, Brahmaputra River Sediment Quality, Assam, GU BDL- below Detection Limit (Detection Limit: Hg = 5.0 ppb), IIT, Guwahati Table 6-49: Riverbed Sediment Quality – Dry Season Parameters Unit GGG North Aphalamukh OSPAR8 Guwahati Salinity % - - 0.06 0.06 Mg % - - - - Ca % - - - - Na % - - - - K % - - - - Organic % 0.32 0.67 0.666 0.32 Carbon (TOC) 7 OSPAR Guidelinesfor Management of Dredged Material 8 OSPAR Guidelinesfor Management of Dredged Material 122 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Parameters Unit GGG North Aphalamukh OSPAR8 Guwahati PO43- % 0.188 0.245 0.217 0.248 NO3 ppm 5.67 2.23 6.675 0.61 As ppm 15.04 1.34 0.051 4.227 Cd ppm 0.00 0.00 0.140 BDL Hg ppm 0.041 0.041 BDL 0.020 Pb ppm 16.0 12.6 10.525 204.63 Cr ppm 18.9 17.5 23.797 66.01 Zn ppm 59.2 62.4 51.658 251.22 Ni ppm 21.0 21.1 35.261 18.015 Source: Field survey, September- October 2015, Brahmaputra River Sediment Quality, Assam, GU BDL- below Detection Limit (Detection Limit: Hg = 5.0 ppb),IIT, Guwahati From the above analysis, it is concluded that the sediment is non-hazardous and not contaminated. 6.13 Demography The demographic profile of the Guwahati City is given below- Table 6-50: Demography of Guwahati City Demographics Female Male Total National Avg. Population 461990 495362 957352 1,210,193,422 Sex Ratio 933 940 Literacy Rate 370238 423122 793360 74% (80.13%) (85.41%) (82.87%) Religious Hindu Muslim Others Hindus- 79.8% Composition 815499 119825 22028 Muslims-14.2% (84.44%) (12.45%) (3.11%) Others-6% Source: Census 2011 The Table shows the demographic details of the Guwahati metropolitan city compared to National averages. Literacy rate, shows a better status compared to National average.SC and ST population percentage as low as 7% and 4% respectively.85% of the population belong to Hindu religion. Further, Guwahati has 39% (about 1.7 lakh) population engaged in either main or marginal works. 59% male and 18% female population are working population. 53% of total male population are main (full time) workers and 5% are marginal (part time) workers. Among women, 13% of them are main workers and 5% are marginal workers. Gateway Guwahati Ghat (South Bank), is in Ward No 02 of Guwahati Municipal Corporation. The total population of this Ward as per 2011 Census data is 16613 persons with 8780 (53%) men and 7833 (47%) women. Sex ratio is 892 and average Literacy rate is 91%.Literacy rate among women is 80.13%. 38% (6317) of the population are engaged in main or marginal works. Work participation rate of men in the ward is 55% and women is 19% .Among men 47% are engaged as main workers and 8% are marginal workers. Among women 14% are main workers and 5% are marginal workers. Table 6-51: Demographic Profile of North Guwahati: Female Male Total National Avg. Population 5240 5088 10328 1,210,193,422 Sex Ratio 1030 940 Literacy Rate 90.97% 96.51% 93.68% 74% Religious Composition Hindus Muslims Others Hindus- 79.8% 99.52% 0.15% 0.43% Muslims-14.2% Others-6% 123 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Source: Census 2011 PIA of Aphalamukh Four villages viz Garamur Jugipathar, Atoi Chuk, Dakhinpat satra and Borboka pathar falls in the PIA of the Aphalamukh Ghat Ghat. The demographic features of these villages as per Census data 2011 are summarised below: Table 6-52: Project villages (Aphalamukh Ghat)- Demographic profile as per Census 2011 GaramurJugipathar AtoiChuk Dakhinpatsatra Borbokapathar Particulars Fem Fem Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Male ale Total Male ale Total No. of 485 Houses 78 805 309 Population 2248 1164 1084 338 167 171 4031 2078 1953 1444 746 698 Sex ratio 931 1024 940 936 Child (0-6) 287 157 130 35 18 17 513 257 256 146 69 67 Sex ratio(0-6) 828 944 996 971 Schedule Caste 1029 530 499 39 16 23 1216 633 583 0 0 0 Percentage SC 45.77 11.54 30.17 0.00 Schedule Tribe 378 201 177 0 0 0 625 300 325 0 0 0 Percentage ST 16.81 0 15.50 0 Literacy 1657 926 731 261 137 124 2807 1611 1196 1045 617 428 Literacy% 73.71 79.55 67.44 77.22 80.12 72.51 69.64 77.53 61.24 72.37 82.71 61.32 Total Workers 823 619 204 98 87 11 1745 1119 626 731 421 310 work Parrticipation% 36.6 27.5 9.1 29.0 25.7 3.3 43.3 27.8 15.5 50.6 29.2 21.5 Main Worker 749 585 164 92 84 8 990 842 148 340 252 88 Mainworkers% 91.0 71.1 19.9 93.9 96.6 8.2 56.7 48.3 8.5 46.5 34.5 12.0 Marginal Worker 74 34 40 6 3 3 755 277 478 391 169 222 margin wks% 8.99 4.13 4.86 6.12 3.06 3.06 43.27 15.87 27.39 53.49 23.12 30.37 6.14 Occupation/ Livelihood Patterns Livelihoods Guwahati Gateway Ghat, Guwahati Average work participation among sample families is seen as 53 percent, in which the female workforce participation is limited to 6.4 percent only. The Census data (2011) for Assam state shows a better picture of India, where 14.9 percent of urban women and 23.7 % of rural women are in the workforce. Generally the employment status of women shows an austere picture, as they are not earning even when they work hard and are engaged in unpaid domestic work, which increases their economic dependency on men and hence are considered as lower beings. Guwahati Municipal corporation area is a busy commercial area and 31 percent of the work force finds their livelihood running small business and 6.4 percent of the workers are employed in Private firms. Government employees represent 4.3 percent and teachers by 2.1 percent as detailed in below. Table 6-53: Occupational Categories Guwahati Gateway Ghat Total Male Female Occupational category workers Percentage workers workers Agriculture sector 2 1.4 2 0 124 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Fisheries sector 1 0.7 1 0 Small business 44 31.2 38 6 Ferry men from village 1 0.7 1 0 Technical workers 2 1.4 2 0 Govt employees ( general) 6 4.3 6 0 Private firms 9 6.4 9 0 Teachers 3 2.1 1 2 Professional(Drs, Eng, Sr officers) 1 0.7 1 0 Artisans 0 0 0 0 Retired persons 3 2.1 3 0 Labourers 3 2.1 2 1 Factory workers 0 0 0 0 Total 75 53.2 65 9 Percentage 53.2 46.8 6.4 Marginal representation can be seen in agriculture, fisheries, ferry service, technicians, labourers, and as Professionals, besides few retired persons. Economic sector composition of the district The economy of the project district is mainly dependent on agricultural and industrial sector. More than half of its population are engaged in agriculture in order to earn their livelihood. The chief agricultural products in the district are wheat, paddy, coconut, sugarcane, orange, pineapple, lemon, coconut, etc. Every year a huge portion of the revenue comes from the agricultural products in the district. Guwahati refinery and two major tea plantations in the district further alleviates its economy. North Guwahati- Occupational pattern of the sample families shows that 40% of the families are engaged in small business, 18% working in private firms, 13% are labourers, 8% engaged in agriculture sector, 7% are technicians, 5% teachers,4% Government employees etc. . Among the work force 79% are men workers and only 21% are women workers, which further contributes to the lower status of women. Table No 3.3.1.4 and Fig No 3.11 clarifies this status. Table 6-54: Occupational Categories North Guwahati Ghat Occupational categories Male Female Total Percentage Agriculture sector 12 1 13 8 Fisheries sector 0 0 0 0 Doing small business 59 7 66 40 Ferry men 2 0 2 1 Technical workers 11 0 11 7 Govt employees ( general) 5 2 7 4 Private firms 14 15 29 18 Teachers 4 4 8 5 Professional(drs, Eng, Senior officials) 3 0 3 2 Artisans 0 0 0 0 Retired persons 3 1 4 2 Construction workers 0 0 0 0 Labourers 18 3 21 13 Factory workers 0 0 0 0 125 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Total 131 33 164 100 Percentage 79 21 Among the non-working categories 19.3% are children and students below 18 years (12+59 nos.) and remaining are women categorised under house wives without employment. Major Livelihoods of the Area The Centre for North East Studies and Policy Research (C-NES) undertook extensive field level surveys in 2005-06 to assess the potential of alternative livelihood for the people inhabiting the banks of the river. From the livelihood patterns of communities in the research it was observed that the basic livelihood pattern in all the areas was subsistent in nature. Except for a few specialized skilled professions, all the communities had agricultural practices as the major livelihood activity. Dairying in fact has been observed as the main stay for the people. The animals are allowed to graze in the open except during the flood period when the animals are temporarily shifted to higher elevations and roads. The villages near to the River are suitable places for animal rearing due to the availability of sufficient fodder. The milk production centres in Kamrup and Kamrup(M) districts occupy a major share in the total milk production in the state. In the surrounding portion of the proposed Ghats there is no animal grazing or fishing activity done and hence there won‟t be any impact on such livelihoods during the time of construction works. The communities at the north bank use the river for various purposes such as for travel, fishing, and as boat operators. There are a few important places of worship, putting North Guwahati in the tourism map. The local vendors at the temples, the priest as well as the private auto rickshaws derive income from the tourists and the deities. Aphalamukh Employable category above 18years comprises 588 persons among the total population of 856 persons and the work participation rate among them is 45 percent. When the work participation of women are analysed, it could be seen that only 3 percent women are working and remaining 42% are men. Details are furnished in Table No 6.54. The livelihood sectors include mainly 3 areas viz. Agriculture sector (12%), Small business/petty shops (12%) and construction labourers (13%). Majority of women in the villages were seen to be engaged in small works like making pottery, agricultural activities, garment making, making pickles, drying fish etc, but none of these works are considered as meaningful employment earning for a livelihood and hence they all continue to be dependents and unemployed. Table 6-55: Occupational Status of Families (Aphalamukh) Total Male Female Occupational status Total workers workers workers workers % Working in agriculture sector 71 0 71 12 Working in fisheries sector 2 0 2 0 Doing small business 65 6 71 12 Ferry men from village 0 1 1 0 Technical workers 8 0 8 1 Govt employees ( general) 5 1 6 1 Working in Private firms 14 4 18 3 Teachers 0 2 2 0 Professional(drs, Eng, Senior officials) 0 0 0 0 126 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Artisans 1 0 1 0 Retired persons 3 0 3 1 Construction workers 79 0 79 13 Total 248 14 262 45% Percentage 42 3 45 Major Livelihoods of the villages Major livelihood of these villages includes: 1) Agriculture,2) Horticulture,3) Livestock,4) Fisheries 5) Traditional works which includes boat making and pottery 6) Household business. 7) Forest produce collection etc. Rice, vegetable and mustard were found to be the main produce cultivated in the village. They sell their produce in the nearby market at Rawna Para. Most of the families have livestock and poultry in their home, which is contributing to their food and income. (Source- International Journal of Interdisciplinary and Multidisciplinary Studies (IJIMS), 2017, Vol 4, No.3,91- 96. 91) 6.15 Health Facilties GGG Ghat (South Bank): It is located in the heart of the Guwahati which is the capital city of Assam. There are numbers of government & private hospitals including government medical college. Mahendra Narayan Choudhury Hospital is located just opposite side of the road adjacent to the Guwahati Gateway Ghat. It is one of the oldest hospitals with all modern health care facilities. Guwahati Medical College Hospital is in 5km distance from the project location. Proposed AIIMS (All India Institute of Medical Sciences), Guwahati is at 25 km distance by road from the project location. People from different part of the state and other north eastern states of India come for better health care facilities to Guwahati. People from the North Bank of the Brahmaputra River are dependent of IWT services to reach those health care facilities. North Guwahati: There are numbers few government hospitals and private hospitals including Naryana Hridayalya Hospitals, GNRC, North Guwahati etc. However, people from North Guwahati are highly dependent on IWT services to reach Guwahati for better health care facilities. Proposed AIIMS (All India Institute of Medical Sciences), Guwahati is at approximately 10 km distance by road from the project location. Aphalamukh: Aphalamukh falls under Majuli district of Assam. There is a Sadar Government hospital in the district along with numbers of primary health care centres. But people from this area mainly dependent on IWT ferry services for better health care facilities at Jorhat town which is located in the opposite bank of the river Brahamputra. There are few ambulance ferry services to carry patients from Aphalamukh area to the Neamati Ghat in the other Bank. The Jorhat town is located approximately at 10km distance from the Neamati Ghat. Jorhat town has numbers of government hospitals including a government medical college and numbers of private sector hospitals. 6.16 Infrastructure (Transportation, Industries, Educational Institutes) GGG Ghat (South Bank): This area is well connected through road, waterways, railways and airways. Guwahati Railway station is at 1.5 km distance from the GGG Ghat and the Guwahati International Airport is located at 21km distance from the project location. Guwahati city is hub of industries and educational facilities for the state of Assam as well as for the North Eastern part of India due to its well-connected transport network. There are numbers of designated industrial belt in the city. Fancy Bazar which is just opposite to the GG Ghat is major commercial centre of Assam. 127 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 There are numbers of universities, colleges both in government & private sectors in the city to nurture academic need of the entire region in all sectors including basic science, arts, medical science, engineering and other vocational courses. Cotton College University is the premier institute of the region established on 1901 is located at 1km distance from the project site. Guwahati University and Assam Engineering college are located at a distance of approximately 8km from the GGG Ghat. Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) is located at north bank of the River Brahmaputra which can be reached through IWT ferry services in 15 minutes time. North Guwahati: This area is well connected through road & waterways. However, the people from this area dependent upon waterways and road transport to reach railway stations and Airport in Guwahati. North Guwahati area has numbers of designated industrial belt where numbers of premier private & public sector companies have established its production unit including Indian Oil Corporation (IOC) LPG Bottling Plant. The area has numbers of government & private schools and colleges but the people of North Guwahati are dependent on Guwahati city for higher education. However, Indian Institute of Technology (IIT), Guwahati is located at greater North Guwahati area which is an national level premier technical institute. Aphalamukh: Inland Water transport is the lifeline of transportation for this project area to connect with rest of the state via south Bank since most of the major cities and town are connected through Jorhat via Neamati Ghat from the Aphalamukh. Jorhat town is well-connected though roadways, railways and airways. However, recently the road- connectivity through Lakhimpur is under practice through the North Bank of Majuli. People can reach to the Dibrugarh city through Lakhimpur via Bogibeel Bridge over Brahmaputra River. There is no major industries in the area. However, the area is famous for its production of local handloom & handicraft items. There are few school and colleges in the area but for higher educational facilities, people from this area is dependent on Jorhat town. 6.17 Public Utilities in the Area Sewerage System of Area Guwahati is battling several water contamination related woes thereby polluting the lifeline of Assam - the Brahmaputra River - on a regular basis. This is mainly due to lack of a scientific sewage treatment plant in the city. The city has a network of natural drainage system that carries the sewage of the entire city which ultimately falls untreated at two points – Bharalumukh and Chandrapur – on the Brahmaputra River. One such natural drain is the Bahini River that originates in Meghalaya's Khasi Hills, enters Guwahati on its south-eastern side and flows through densely populated areas like Basistha, Rukminigaon, Mathura Nagar, Dispur, Ganeshguri and along the RG Baruah Road and then meets a major water channel near the state zoo becoming the Bharalu River and joining the River Brahmaputra at Bharalumukh which is approximately 500m downstream of the GGG Ghat. Recently, the Government of India has approved the Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA)-assisted Rs 1,178.75 Crores Guwahati sewerage project. The proposed project objective is to provide reliable sewerage services by carrying out construction of sewerage facilities and an extensive network of sewers in South & East Guwahati, thereby considerably improving sanitation and living conditions of people in Guwahati City. 128 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Similarly, there is no proper sewerage system in North Guwahati & Aphalamukh area. The existing network of natural drainage system carries the sewage from this area and ultimately fall untreated to the River Brahmaputra. All type of solid waste disposal sites in Area The GGG Ghat falls under Guwahati Municipality Corporation (GMC). GMC looks after the Solid Waste Management activities within its jurisdiction. The collection of house-to-house solid waste from the households and commercial establishments comes under Primary Collection. GMC is divided into 31 wards and there is one NGO each assigned for the job of Primary Collection and Street Sweeping within the respective ward. The NGOs deposit the waste so collected to the nearby secondary collection bins. Guwahati City generates 550 TPD (approx.) solid wastes. The Secondary Collection and Transportation (C&T) is being handled by a fleet of modern compactors, tippers, etc by GMC. The compost plant in Boragaon, Guwahati was commissioned in the year 2010 which uses the Wind Row Composting Technology with the installation capacity of 50 TPD. Presently it produces a 5 TPD of compost daily. The compost plant has been proposed to be augmented from 50 TPD to 200 TPD soon. At present there is no dedicated solid waste disposal mechanism in North Guwahati & Aphalamukh being located in the rural areas. People use their own system to burry, land-filling process to manage solid waste generated in both these places. 6.18 Cultural Heritage and Archaeological Sites Kamakhya Temple, Umananda Temple, Navagraha Temple are some of the major cultural heritage and archaeological Sites near GGG Ghat, Guwahati. Umananda temple is nearest to the GGG Ghat. It is the smallest river island located approximately 500m upstream of the project in the River Brahmaputra. Kamakhya Temple is a Hindu temple dedicated to the mighty goddess Kamakhya and is nestled at the top of the Nilachal Hill by the river Brahmaputra. This is one of the most important pilgrimage destination in the city of Guwahati. The temple is nearly 5 kms from the project site. Dol- Govinda Temple is the major cultural heritage site in North Guwahati. Majuli has been the cultural capital and the cradle of Assamese civilization for the past five hundred years despite the regular devastation, Majuli continues to be home to people and cultures that are quite unique. Being the land of Vaishnavite monasteries and isolated from the mainland urban society, Majuli forms a distinct geographical, social and cultural entity with a peculiar value system. Island has been the hub of Assam Neo Vaishnavite culture since the 15th century, for which the foundation was laid by Srimanta Shankaradeva and his student Madhadeva. Many monasteries (Satras) were constructed out of them few are still surviving and preserving the colorful culture. These Satras have preserved the dance form, mask making and boat making, and regularly organizes the festivals where almost all people of Majuli are involved in something or the other. 6.19 Major Festivals Bihu is the major festival of Assam celebrated three times of the year, namely- Rongali Bihu, Bhogali Bihu & Kongali Bihu. This festival is symbolically linked to the cultivation of rice which is the staple food of the state. Rongali Bihu is celebrated in the month of April during the beginning to cultivate rice followed by Kongali Bihu during which rice get matured in the Month of October & Bhogali Bihu in the month of January after the harvesting of rice. Durga Puja, Raas festival, Diwali, Holi are some other major festivals in the state. Majuli is famous for the “Raas Festival‟ during the month of November- December. 129 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 6.20 Tourism River Brahmaputra is famous for river tourism in the state. Apart from this there are some major national park including Kaziranga, Manas, Nameri, Dibru-Saikhowa & Orang National Parks which attract tourist from different parts of India & world. Kamakhya Temple & Umananda Temple are two major tourist destination in Guwahati. Majuli the river island is also an important tourist attraction for its Satra culture which includes Vaishnavite monasteries. 6.21 Spiritual & Other Practices Associated with Waterways of Local River Brahmaputra is spiritually linked to a large section of people from the region. Hindu mythology symbolizes the Brahmaputra as a Holy River. In the „Ashokasthami‟ during the month of April, people take holy bath in the river. „Chath Puja‟ is celebrated in for two days in the river during the month of December. 130 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Chapter 7 : Assessment of Impacts and Mitigation Measures 7.1 Introduction This chapter describes the environmental impacts that are likely to result from the project activities. The interaction between various project components and environmental elements are being analysed to identify and evaluate impacts. Mitigation measures proposed to be taken to minimize environmental impacts are also discussed. EMF Guideline prepared for the project was referred. Public consultations and observations during field survey of the project sites were important inputs and incorporated in the mitigation measures. 7.2 Environmental Impact Screening Site visits were conducted to understand the environmental features of the project sites (Proposed passenger terminals at Gateway Guwahati Ghat, North Guwahati Ghat and AphalamukhGhat on river Brhmaputra). Major environmental and social factors were identified as per WB guideline. Major environmental factors, identified are as follows:  Change in Land use and drainage pattern  Change in channel hydraulics, and siltation either in-situ or elsewhere along the course of the river  Impact due to inadequate solid and liquid waste disposal  Inadequate sanitation, health and safety facilities  Impact on air Quality due to emission during construction and operational phase of implementation  Impact on river water quality due to proposed activities  Impact on noise level  Impact on environmental aesthetics and cultural values  Impact on Biological Environment However on completion of the environmental impact assessment and on he basis of final feasibility report, it has been observed that there will be no change in drainage pattern & channel hydraulics due to the project activites. Social Factors:  Land availability/requirement;  Loss of structures  Loss of livelihood  Socio- economic Annexure 7-1 outlines basic generic construction management Environmental Codes of Practice (ECoPs) which are expected to be broadly applicable to the proposed works, and would be appropriately adapted. Impact assessment and mitigation measures along with management plan are carried out for all the project components. 7.3 Valued Environmental Components Valued or critical environmental components (VECs) are defined as fundamental elements of the physical, biological or socio-economic environment, including physical features, habitats, wildlife populations (e.g., biodiversity etc) that may be affected by the proposed project. VECs are environmental and social attributes that are considered to be important in assessing impacts. VECs, identified for this project are climate, aquatic ecology, impact on sensitive species namely Dolphins and Turtles, Water quality, Terrestrial flora (cutting of trees at intervention sites), 131 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Avifauna, ambient noise levels and air quality, dredging etc. Each project activity is analysed for its probable impact on environment and the same is comprehensively assessed. 7.4 Impact Identification Impacts depend on the nature of the activities to be undertakenat different stages of project implementation viz. design/pre-construction, construction & operation. The following three major activities involved in the project have impacts on environment at different stages  Construction and operation of civil interventions,  Maintenance dredging and  Operation of vessels. These three activities may not have the same impacts. An interaction matrix has been developed with major project activities and consequent environmental impacts. The same is presented in Table 7-1. Table 7-1: Interaction Matrix of Major Project Activities and Env. Impacts Environmental Components Dredging Pre-Construction/ Operations Construction Climate No No No Micro-climate Yes Yes Yes Aquatic Ecology Yes Yes Yes Dolphins & Turtles Yes No No Water Flow Yes No Yes Water Quality Yes Yes Yes Terrestrial Flora / Cutting of Trees No Yes Yes Avifauna Yes Yes Yes Ambient Noise Yes Yes No Levels Air Quality Yes Yes Yes Land use No Yes No Water resources No Yes Yes Social Factors ( This section identifies the impacts which these three activities will have on these critical environmental parameters. Thereafter, cost-effective but appropriate mitigation measures are proposed to mitigate the impacts and bring the residual impacts within acceptable thresholds. An EMP has been designed to ensure the effective implementation of proposed mitigation measures. Impacts have been assessed for all the project activities in entire project life cycle for physical, biological and social environmental components. Brief on the various components of the proposed project on which EIA study has been undertaken are discussed. 7.5 Impact due to Maintenance Dredging of channels The channel depths are expected to vary with seasons and over time as per river morphology. Therefore, periodical dredging to be undertaken to retain the least navigable depth. As dredging activity may lead to a number of impacts on environmental and social aspects, it becomes necessary to adopt the best practice and equipment so that least impact will be envisaged. 132 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Dredging activities may cause negative impacts due to generation of high sediment flows, disturbance of benthic habitat, noise and emission from construction machinery, accidental oil spillage. Various stages of dredging and potential impacts are summarizing below: 1. Excavation - Excavation is the process of physical removal of the material from river bed. This will be done either hydraulically or mechanically by dredger head. The physical changes take place during excavation are the generation of suspended sediments causing an increase in turbidity, destruction of benthic environment and change in river morphology. 2. Lifting - Lifting is the vertical transportation of the excavated material from the bed. linked to excavation. The physical changes that occur during lifting are the release of suspended sediments during loading. 3. Transportation - Transportation is the process of transferring the excavated material to the designated location. This is done hydraulically through pipeline. The potential impact during transportation is spillage. 4. Management of dredged materials. The dredged materials are to be stored/utilise. For construction or low-lying area filling 7.5.1 Dredger types and selection Selection of proper dredgers is important because of their environmental implications.Typically, Cutter Section Dredgers (CSDs) andTrailing Section Hopper Dredgers (TSHDs) have least effect on turbidity at the dredging site.Grab Dredgers (GD) and Back hoe Dredgers (TSGDs) produce significantly high turbidity near the dredging site in comparison to CSD. CSDs and TSHDs fluidise the sediments by mixing them with water and pump the sediment. To a designatedlocation. Comparative analysis of types of dredger and their relative performance related to environmental aspects is given in Table 7-2 and 7-3. Table 7-2: Comparative Analysis of Dredgers and Their Environmental Aspects Type of Dredger Safety Accuracy Turbidity Mixing Spill Dilution Noise Suction dredger + - + - - 0 + CSDs + + 0/+ 0/+ 0 0 + TSHD +/0 - -/0 - 0 - + Bucket Ladder Dredger - + -/0 0/+ + + - Backhoe Dredger - + -/0 + + + + Grab Dredger - - -/0 0 + + + + is better than average, 0 is average and – is below average Table 7-3: Comparative Analysis of Different Type of Dredgers Related to Environmental Aspects Attributes CSD Hopper Grab / Bucket Back hoe Dredgers Dredger Dredger Type Hydraulic Hydraulic Mechanical Mechanical Strata All type-soil, Silty and Silty, gravel, Clay & sandy, silty gravel mudand soft Gravel androcky rock Usage Inland waters Coastal Coastal waters Shallow areas and inland waters waters and confined places 133 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Attributes CSD Hopper Grab / Bucket Back hoe Dredgers Dredger Dredger UnderwaterNoise levels at 1m- 172-185 d B 186-188 Less 186-188 dB underwater dB Ambient Air 100-115dB (A) 100- 115dB (A) 110-118 Noise LeveldB(A) 112dB dB(A) (A) Suspended Ordinary 4,000 2.4-5.2 0.4-5 -- Sediment PS1/- 2.2 – 4.5 Generationduring Ordinary 2,000 dredging(kg/cum)9- PS-0.1 – 0.3 Suspended Ordinary 4,000 12-203 NA -- SedimentGenerationduringplace PS1/- 1.2 – 1.4 mentofdredgedmaterial Ordinary 2,000 (kg/cum)10- PS-NA Figure 7-1: Diagrammatic Presentation of Different Type of Dredgers Showing Different Noise Source The CSD is considered as most preferred option due to least associated environmental Impact and operational feasibility. As per experience, CSD has proved to be the best option and is considered for maintenance dredging planning. CSD (cutter section dredgers) is a hydraulic based system, consists of a centrifugal pump and the suction tube that has cutting mechanism (rotary blade) at the end. The main technique is applied in dredging is that loosening the sand and cutting are done simultaneously, and the dredged material is sucked by the dredging pump and transported through a pipeline. 9 Assessment of the Environmental Impact of Port Development, United Nations, New York, 1992 10 Assessment of the Environmental Impact of Port Development, United Nations, New York, 1992 134 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Disposal of Dredged materials Disposal of dredged materials can be off-shore or on-shore. Both the type of disposal has its own associated environment and social impacts. Comparative analysis of both the method of disposal is given below in Table 7-4. Table 7-4: Comparative Analysis of Dumping of Dredged Material Sl. Considerations Off-shore Dumping On-shore Dumping No. 1 Aquatic ecology Comparatively Threat to the benthic community lesser direct due to smothering, impact on impact but requires large no. of vesselmovement for disposal of habitat of water birds and other dredged material on land which aquatic species especially during breeding & spawning seasons. again impact the aquatic life 2 Impact on land Nil Requires large area of waste land which can be used for disposal of the dredged spoil 3 Water Pollution Release of sediments while Ground water pollution placement operation. No anticipated, in case sediments overflowexpected as CSDs are are toxic and stored in being used unlined/unpaved pits 4 Cost Less More 5 Photograph of disposal through CSDs It is recommended that only off-shore (within River) disposal of dredged materials should be undertaken. This dredged material should be disposed to land in control manner only when the dredged spoil is toxic or contaminant. 7.5.2 Impact due to dredging activities Dredging is required for the navigation, jetty construction at the proposed terminal and berths. Dredging at these locations would release fine sediments, which would eventually be dispersed before depositing either temporarily or permanently on the river bed. Periodical maintenance dredging requirementsto maintain the water depth. 7.5.2.1 Impacts on Aquatic Ecology Impact on aquatic ecology is assessed as given in the following section: A. Changes in Diversity of Benthic Habitat: During dredging,the range of flora and fauna in the river bed sediments are likely to be adversely affected. The sediment organisms are dredged and removed along with the sediments, may even cause mortality of benthic organisms. However, re-colonizationof habitats after dredging may take some time though the benthic organisms are essential components for river health as being ingredients of the aquatic food chain. Faster recoveries have been observed in finer sizes sediments and of less saline character. 135 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 It may be pertinent to point out that the habitat loss caused may not have significant on the river ecology because the maintenance dredging is confined to maintaining least available depth of the Brahmaputra River. Dredging activity will not have significant impact on the larger aquatic animals such as fishes, dolphins, turtles etc.These organisms normally move away from the dredging spots because of the disturbances. Mortality of these aquatic species due to dredging is not anticipated. It also facilitates the movement of these aquatic species as enough space is available to avoid any injury from vessel movements. 7.5.2.2 Air Pollution Combustion of fuel oil in dredging equipment release air pollutants into the atmosphere. These contaminants impact local air quality and temporary in nature. Since existing air quality is well below the standard, no significant impact is envisaged. Moreover, the dredged materials will be in wet condition, therefore fugitive dust emission is ruled out. 7.5.2.3 Noise pollution Noise during dredging operations may disturb the aquatic life. Behavioural disturbance criteria for Dolphins & turtles from any continuous noise exposures are 177 dB and 150 dB respectively. However, noise generation during dredging operations is of order of 160-180 dB for CSD category of dredgers. As per U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), sensitivity level for injury in fishes is 186 dB for fish size of >2gm and 183 dB for <2gm. Thus, the dredging operations noise will not cause any injury to the fishes. Also it is likely that fishes and aquatic fauna will move away from the source of disturbance.Since, the dredging activity is for a limited period, the aquatic fauna will come back after the disturbance is over. The standards and criteria for Off-shore and On-Shore Disposal of Dredged Material are presented in Annexure 7-2. Annexure 7-3 is for Estimated Suspended Sediments Generation Standards from Dredging and Dumping operations. No specific standards are defined in India for disposal of dredged material. If dredged material is toxic / harmful then these sediments should either be disposed off in landfill or in River. No specific standards are defined in Indiafor disposal of dredged material. If dredged material is toxic / harmful then these sediments shouldeither be disposed off in landfill or in Water body. Mitigation Measures  Dredging plan including timeframe to be prepared for each stretch before initiating dredging activity;  Dredging operations will not be carried out during the breeding and spawning season of the valued aquatic species which is from June to August (Monsoon season);  Dredging if required to be taken at critical stretches (Turtle and Dolphin sensitive areas) then dredgers would be provided with turtle and Dolphin deflectors.  Measures like bubble curtains or agitation water will be carried out prior to carrying out dredging operations so as to drive away the aquatic fauna. Bubble Curtain also proved to be potential sediment management control tool.  Contractors need to submit SOPs and action time chart with risk management plan prior to any dredging work. Dredging sub-contractor should follow the defined safety procedures to avoid accidents and spills, and AIWTDS will ensure that other vessel users are provided with adequate information and instruction to avoid conflict with the dredgers. As per the secondary data, riverbed materials are not found to be contaminated. Hence, AIWTDS decided that all the dredged materials shall be disposed off-shore based on the secondary data on chemical quality of the riverbed. 136 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 7.6 Impact and Mitigation Measures-Construction Stage Impacts on various environmental components during construction activities are identified and mitigation measures are suggested so that impact can be minimised. 7.6.1 Meteorology and Climate The project construction work will be taken up so that the existing trees will be conserved and cutting of existing trees will be avoided.This will be also considered during designing of lay out. Further the project involves only reconstruction of terminals. The storage of construction materials and debris from the demolition of structures may occupy some areas in the project influence area and thus may cause some changes in the micro climate. However, this is very nominal and is temporary in nature Mitigation Measure: The storage of construction and debris generated from demolition activities shall be stored in a specified location with proper covering. It is preferred if the storage area can be created in an open space so that it does not hinder any kind of traffic movement and shall be at least 50-100m away from the river. Since the construction activities will be for a small area, the impact on climate will be marginal. Land Use Pattern: The land around the proposed terminal sites are already under the jurisdiction of IWT and therefore there is no change in land use. However, land use may marginally change if commercial activities will be increasing in the area because of the project development. 7.6.2 Construction Materials The excavation of quarries and borrow pits, used for obtaining rocks, soil and aggregate materials for the construction passangerterminalsandother construction items proposed under this project will be sourced from outside. Project activities do not include quarrying.Materials such as sand cement, steel rods and other materials would be required during construction.. Mitigation Measures: The construction materials such as sand, clay, aggregates etc. shall be sourced from the agencies having Environmental Clearance for mining of minor minerals under EIA Notification, 2006. Use of Fly ash-based construction materials will be preferred. 7.6.3 Cultural and Heritage Resources: Along the ghats there are some cultural resources like temples, mosques. None of the cultural properties will be affected. However, during construction stage some impacts are anticipated like:  Temporary diversion of access towards cultural resources, temples;  Safety issues to devotees during the construction stage various construction activities. etc.  Chances of vibration impact to these cultural resources during the construction work; Mitigation Measure:  Adequate diversion signs shall be displayed in the access route for the devotees towards these cultural heritage and temples.  Warning signs shall be given if there is any large excavation work done or scaffoloing put thereof.  Night time construction shall be avoided and proper lighting shall be given in the construction areas as well as in the access route of the devotees during the evening/night time to avoid any accidents. 137 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 The site of piling work shall be carefully selected to avoid any vibration related impact to these temples/religious structures etc. along the ghat. Vibration damper shall be used to minimize the impact of vibration to cultural resources as felt suitable. 7.6.4 Loss of Structures The project construction work may require clearance of various structures along the banks. The debris generated from the structures may get disposed into the river. Mitigation Measure: Prior to clearance of structures, all the affected persons shall be properly compensated to get relocated at a suitable place (as per the plans given in the SIA report). The debris generated from the structures will be disposed at a suitable location or shall be reused in the sub-base of the road construction work proposed in the project. 7.6.5 Generation of Dust (Air Pollution): There would not be any crushing activities at the project sitesand hence chances of fugitive emission is negligible. Though the project does not involve huge construction activities, still the activities have the potential for generation of dust during the following activities:  Demolishing the old structure ( buildings and structures);  Land levelling and ground clearance;  Movement of vehicles carrying construction materials;  Construction materials handling (Loading, unloadling, transfer, mixing etc) Mitigation Measure:  All construction material transport vehicles will be covered. Storage of raw material and construction debris will be covered with tarpaulin at all construction sites..  Periodic water sprinkling in all haul site roads.  Masks and other PPE would be provided to people working in high dusty area.  Loading and unloading of construction materials will be carried out at designated locations in the respective projects wherein the provisions of water fogging/sprinkling to prevent fugitive dust emission will be practised.  Construction vehicle, machinery & equipment would be regularly serviced and maintained and the vehicles deployed will have PUC certificate.  Low sulphur diesel will be used for operating DG sets and various other construction equipment(s)  Diesel Generating (DG) set(s) will have adequate stack height as per regulations  LPG will be used as domestic fuel in construction camps instead of wood.  RMC will be used in concrete work to avoid fugitive dust emission  Regular water sprinkling on haul roads with tankers will be carried out to supress dust emission.  Ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out on regular basis to check the level of pollutants and effectiveness of proposed mitigation measures 138 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 7.6.6 Sanitation and Waste Generation: The construction camp for the workers may have issues related with safe drinking water, sanitation and solid waste generation. These if not properly managed may adversely effect then water quality of river. Mitigation Measure: Workers will be provided with adequate sanitation and waste management facilities in their construction camps. Makeshift toilets shall be provided in the camps and waste from the toilets shall be connected to the existing man holes of the sewer line so that no waste is discharged to the river. Waste management activities shall also be undertaken and bio-degerdable and non-biodegradable wastes shall be separately collected and taken to the nearby waste collection point ofGuwhatiMunicipal Corporation for their disposal. The guideline on establishing the construction camp will be followed 7.6.7 Drainage Channel: There is no such parallel drain running along the ghats and thus chances of disturbance to such channels are negligible during the construction work. There are some lateral drains which are getting discharged from other parts of the city into Brahmaputra. These drains will be not be disturbed during the construction. Small drains connected with the houses along the ghats will be connected to interceptor drains and will be taken to other connecting drains to nearby manhole. 7.6.8 Loss of vegetation and tree cutting: Clearance of vegetation, bushes is involved in the project but tree cutting will be avoided during the designing of the lay out. Additionally, public parks and landscape with green belt shall be created in the project where ever feasible.. This will improve the vegetation of the project area 7.6.9 Noise pollution During construction, noise level near the project sites is likely to be increased due to plying of vehicles and earth moving equipments. However, the impact will be localised and short term. Mitigation Measures  No construction work will be done during night time. DG with acoustic enclosure and satisfying CPCB guideline will be installed. Barricading (Temporary noise barrier) the construction site to minimize the noiselevel to go outsidewill be provided  No piling and dredging activity at night time.  Restriction on Honking at the project site  Hearing test for the workers prior to deployment at site of high noise areas followed by periodic testing every six months will be carried out.  Job rotations systems for workers, working in high noise level areas  Periodic monitoring (monthly level) of noise levels to check the level of pollutants and effectiveness of proposed EMP will be done  Protection devices (earplugs or earmuffs) will be provided to the workers operating near high noise generating machines.  Construction equipments and machinerieswill be fitted with silencers and maintained properly.  All equipment willbe fitted with silencers/noise mufflers and will be properly maintained to minimize its operational noise.  Noise level will be one of the considerations in equipment selection, which will favour lower noise. 139 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 7.6.10 Water Environment The aquatic ecology is likely to be disturbed due to construction and piling activities along the bank and river bed. However, the impact is mostly confined to the construction sites and localised. Mitigation Measures Measureswill be taken to prevent run off to get discharged to river. Wastewater and waste will be properly managed so that the water quality of river is least effected  Attempt will be made to minimize and optimize the dredging requirements by effective assessment and study of the profiles of the river. This can be achieved by taking following measures  Increase use of bundling which helps in diverting the flow of river towards the channel and reduces the quantity of dredging  Low draft vessels should be deployed which will reduce the requirement of dredging  Dredging will not be carried out during very low flow seasons so as to minimize the dispersion of fine sediments  Usage of silt or air bubble screens/curtains will be explored to minimize the sediment release during dredging operations.  To minimize the sediment dispersal during disposal of dredge sediments, it will be place as close to the bed possible preferable at a level of 1m above the bed to minimise the dispersal of sediments.  Provision will be made of emergency response equipment like floating booms to deal with any emergency of oil spills or leakages.  Regular servicing and maintenance of dredgers will be taken up so as to prevent any leakage of the dredged material. Leakage detection of the sediment transportation pipe will be carried out regularly to prevent any sediment loss and water pollution at leakage location.  Domestic Wastewater from the toilets will be treated in septic tank and soak pit. 7.6.11 Repairing & Retrofitting of vessels of IWT: Impact: The reparing and retrofitting of vessels involve replacement of old machineries with latest one. In the process the waste water is likely to be generated from the washings and contaminated with oil and grease. The waste generated from repairing will be asbestos, ferrous and non ferrous scraps, plastics, packings, oil contaminated cotton, paint waste etc. in addition to this, used engine oil and oily sludge are likely to be generated. Mitigation Measures: The following mitigation measures are proposed:  Wastewater will be passed through oil and grease trap and treated in STP.  The contaminated waste will be seggregated and kept in separate drums/bins under shed.  The used oil will be collected in leak proof drums and kept under shed.  The waste will be categorised as recycleable, incinerable and land disposable.  Used oil and mettalic waste will be sold to authorised recyclers.  The incinerable waste such as oil contminated cottons, filters, waste oil sludge, paint waste etc will be disposed of in authorised common incinerator.  Land disposable waste such as wood, fibers etc will be disposed of in authorised common hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal facilities (TSDF). 140 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 7.7 Impact on Biological Environment 7.7.1 Impacts During Design and Construction Phase: Terrestrial Ecology Small land area is required for the proposed terminal development. As per the site visit records the there is no trees present on identified land. However, the development of the proposed terminals will require clearing of the vegetation (herbs and grasses) from the identified land. No major wildlife is reported or observed during the visit at the proposed sites. Thus, no impact on wildlife is anticipated during construction phase of the project. For development of the terminal,proposed land may be excavated and filled which may impact the micro-fauna & flora residing within the soil. Also, riparian fauna/flora is also likely to be affected due to project development but since construction phase is temporary and short term thus it is likely for vegetation to recover after removal of disturbance or completion of construction activities. Thus, the impact anticipated due to project design & construction on terrestrial ecology are low-moderate. Also during the construction of project, the transportation of heavy vehicle carrying the construction materials will move in the project area. It will generate dust and noise during movement. The dust will be settled on the nearby flora of the roads and adjoining area, and covering the leaf and hence reducing the photosynthetic activity. Noise created due to increased traffic will have impact on the nearby fauna, it may have impact on the nocturnal animals/birds also. However, the intensity of the construction is very less the impact is anticipated to be short term and temporary and will be restricted to construction phase only. Anticipated impacts can be minimized by taking proposed mitigation measures. There is no critical environment resource present in Aphalamukhghat study area. However in GatewayGuwahati Ghat and North Guwahati ghat, Amchag wildlife sanctuary and DeeporBeel Ramsar site arewithin 10 km area of the proposed terminal. The prposed terminal site itself doesnotfall within eco-sensitive zone of Amchag wildlife sanctuary and Deeporbeel wetland. The ESZ of the sanctuary is located more than 9 km from the site. Hence no impacts are anticipated on flora/fauna of Amchag sanctuary as well as Deeporbeel wet land. There are locations where migratory birds visit – close tothe Deepor Beel site and Majuli. However, these sites are located far away from the proposed terminalsite. Mitigation measures proposed to minimize the anticipated impact on the terrestrial ecology due to proposed project are given below. Mitigation Measures  Caution sign shall be placed to prohibithunting of animals  Construction activities shall be restricted to 6:00 Am-10:00 Pm especially noise generating activities.  Workers should not use any timber or firewood as fuel for any purpose. LPG should be made available to workers in construction camp.  No hazardous material or waste shall be disposed in the other land or nearby area as it may harm the animals, if consumed accidently  Speed limit will be regulated to prevent any accidents of animals. Regular maintenance of the dumper shall be done to prevent leakage of oil to prevent pollution of the soil and impact on fauna and flora dependant on soil.  Regular Water Sprinkling shall be carried out to minimize dust generation.  Adequate parking space should be provided within the site for construction vehicle and equipment to avoid any harm to flora of that area due to movement of heavy vehicles. 141 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019  Construction activities and vehicle washing should not be undertaken at the river or any other water body or close to the water body  Site should be barricaded to prevent entry/trespassing of the animal in the site  Hunting, poaching and harming any animal (wild or domestic)/birds by any worker or project related person should be strictly prohibited and monitored. Provision shall be made for strict penalty for hunting/harming any animal/birds  No animal (wild or domestic or bird) shall be harmed by any construction worker in any condition at site and nearby areas  Appropriate protocols and procedures must be prepared for sighting of dolphins and other endangered wildlife species (migratory birds, reptiles etc.) within the vicinity of the dredging site. The objective of the protocols and procedures must be aimed at having no or minimal impacts on the respective wildlife species.  Noise generating activity should not be undertaken during night time to minimize disturbance to animals/birds. Noise levels should be maintained within the prescribed CPCB limits to the extent possible during the day time. 7.7.1.1 Impacts During Design and Construction Phase: Aquatic Ecology As per the secondary data, Brahmaputra River is home to Dolphins, fishes and other aquatic fauna. B aseline study indicates no permanent habitat of dolphin is reported in study area. Thus, impacts anticipated on these eco-sensitive zones during design & construction phase are minimal. However, construction activities like piling is proposed to be carried out in river stretch along the planned terminals site. The construction activities like Dredging, Manoeuvring at the jetty, construction of Fixed / floating Pier or Jetty Structure, Berthing area, Access bridges and Turning Circles to Access Bridges activities have potential to impact aquatic ecology of the area . Anticipated impacts during construction phase on aquatic ecology for the project are given below: Impact of Piling Activity due to sound Generation on Aquatic ecology: Pilling activities will be carried out at few locations for holding the floating pontoon and gangway . For the purpose, dredger will be placed in the River which will occupy some physical space in the River. This space was being used by the biotic components of the river. As a behavioural response, instinctively animals at the first encounter avoid approaching the site of unknown object. This is done using echolocation, olfaction or chemo-reception, if the object is not making any sound. If object / machine starts making sound / noise, then all vertebrates through auditory acoustic sense avoid the area which has disturbing range of sound and hampers to the natural acoustic behaviour and physiology of these vertebrate fauna from fishes to dolphins. Apart from occupying the physical space, piling activity will generate significant noise. Exposure to low levels of sound for a relatively long period, or exposure to higher levels of sound for shorter periods of time, may result in auditory tissue damage in fish, though recovery is generally possible within 24 hrs (Popper et al. 2005). However, the piling activity in the terminal sites will be for a short duration and the biotic conditions of the area will normalize after the activity is completed. Mitigation Measures:  The area in which the piling is planned, advisable to carefully determine drop sites before anchor placement to ensure that Dolphin and fish communities that could locally still be present in the area are not unnecessarily damaged.  Before starting piling allow some time to aquatic fauna to displace from the piling area. Bubble curtains can be provided at the time of piling to displace the aquatic fauna prior start of construction activities 142 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019  Fish exclusion devises shall be installed in water column around the pile driving area to prevent fish access  The piling activities must be carried out in shortest possible timeframe as possible  All the debris should be disposed away from river course as per debris management plan of the project (Annexure 7-4).  Decisions on method of construction and type of technology and equipment to be used must consider the noise and vibration levels and extent of siltation being generated. Noise and vibration levels must be far below levels that can cause injury to dolphins and other wildlife.  Noise reducing devices like mufflers, enclosures shall be fitted with the equipment as much as feasible. Noise barriers shall also be installed  Geo Textile synthetic sheet curtain & turbidity traps shall be placed around piling and construction area to prevent movement of sediments and construction waste Impact due to release of sediments Piling, dredging and other construction: The riparian area soil is loose and sticky/clayey. Release of these sediments would cause high increase in turbidity of water due to bank protection work and other constriction work close to water area. Such soil has a tendency of sticking over the skin and gills and blocking the pores and is hence harmful. Suspended sediment due to piling operations in the water column blocks available light for photosynthesis, reducing benthic primary productivity and inhibiting the ability of benthic plants to recover from dredging impacts. But the effect of suspended sediments and turbidity in open environment like river are generally short term (<1 week after activity). Construction activities to be undertaken involves storage of raw material, debris, fuel, paints etc. There are likely chances that, the run-off from the site may get contaminated with these materials and when it will enter the water body may also degrade the water quality of the river. Mitigation Measures:  To avoid the construction debris, wash or blown into the water the area shall be surrounded by silt screens, which must be placed in the water before the work starts. Geo-Textile synthetic sheet curtain can act silt screen which should be placed around piling and construction area to prevent movement of sediments and construction waste. The screens should also be placed around storage areas, to prevent waste from blowing away and to prevent sediment run-off into the river.  In addition to silt screens, storage areas for sand and soil, and all work areas, must be located at least 20 meters away from river. Construction equipment must not be cleaned or washed within 50 meters of the river.  Piling activities should be carried out rapidly. Piling should not be carried out during breeding and spawning season means during rainy season. It should be carried out in low water season, i.e. pre-monsoon.  Piling should be stopped for some time, if any dolphin /RET species is sighted in activity area.  Equipment shall be maintained in good condition to prevent noise, leaks or spills of potentially hazardous materials like hydraulic fluid, diesel, gasoline and other petroleum products  Excavation activities onshore should not be undertaken during monsoon season to minimize sediment load of run-off 143 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019  Workers should be trained to handle the equipment and material at site to minimize the spillage of materials and contamination of water.  All workers should be made aware of not throwing any waste in the river or any drain.  No construction debris/ already accumulated solid waste at site or waste generated from labour camp should be thrown in river or any drain  Sewage generated from labour camp should not be directed into river but should be disposed through septic tank/soak pit.  Run-off from site should pass through oil/grease traps and sedimentation tank prior discharging into the river.  All construction and operation equipment shall be maintained in good condition shall be checked for oil & grease leakage.  Dredged soil should not be disposed in river or its banks especially during breeding spawning seasons of aquatic organisms  Aquatic ecology monitoring should be carried out prior to start of construction and after completion of construction to assess the impact of construction activities on aquatic life.  All construction and operation equipment shall be maintained in good condition shall be checked for oil & grease leakage 7.7.2 Impacts on Dolphin: Based on the outcome of primary survey and secondary information, it has been established that dolphins are spotted at the project sites. As dolphins are present in whole of Bramhaputra river, their movement and surfacing behavior for breathing are reported in specific areas. Dolphins are reported at the siteswhere fishes are maximum available at the confluence sites and where counter current exists, which make them easier to catch prey. Dolphins prefer to stay where water depth is morewith counter current. Adequate care shall be taken towards ensuring that the debris and other silt and construction materials are not disposed directly to the river and adversely affect the dolphins. 7.8 Environmental Impact and Mitigation Measures-Operation Stage 7.8.1 Environmental Impact: Meteorology and Climate: The project involves only development of passangerteminals and introduction of fleet of new vessels. The project components are state of art technology and environmentally friendly. Therefore, the probability of change in macro and micro climate is very less. Tree felling will be minimum in this project. The development will improve the microclimate of project sites. 7.8.2 Land Use Pattern After completion of the project, the commercial importance of the area will increase. It is expected that more shops will come up in the area. However, these have socio-economic benefit for the people.The project development is likely to induce growth in the area and increase more land requirement for residential and commercial purposes. 7.8.3 Physiography and Drainage: The proposed development activities for the project involve development of existing terminals with necessary infrastructures and amenities including river bank stability. As such there is no such change in drainage pattern of the area. However, a localized change in flow may be observed immediately after completion of the project construction. 144 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Mitigation Measure: The chances of increase of river flow speed are localized as edge restoration and embankment protection will be taken up. This will reduce the localized water speed and thereby would minimize the chances of erosion. 7.8.4 Water Environment It is envisaged that with the development of the project there would be increase in passenger volume along the terminals and hence probability of pollution of river water is expected (mainly solid and liquid waste and sanitation issues). Further during the various religious festivals,disposal of waste materials may pollute the water course. In addition, the discharges from vessel, oil spill and garbage handling are the possible sources of water pollution. Periodical maintenance dredging of channels may also affect the water quality.Maintenance of vessels will also generate wastewater. Mitigation Measures: Mitigation measures proposed are as follows:  Sewage from the public convenience facilities will be treated in septic tank/STP constructed at the terminal.  Wastewater from vessels will be evacuated through flexible pipes and treated in STP and under no circumstances, it will be allowed to discharge directly to river.  Treated wastewater will be used for plantation, gardening, toilet flushing etc  Used oil and waste oil will be collected through spill proof system and collected & stored separately so that it does not get discharged to river.  Wash water generated from repairing shops shall be treated adequately in STP  Environmentally sound equipment for dredging will be deployed and proper sediment management practice will be followed  All waste water and solid waste or maintenance waste will be disposed at the designated vessel maintenance facility only. Till the time such facility is not developed, terminals should have arrangement for reception of the waste and wastewater from vessels so as to prevent its unauthorized disposal in river.  SOPwill be developed for reception of vessel waste, its storage and treatment and disposalat terminal facilities.  Further a waste management plan is required to be be followed by vessels. This plan can also indicate the fee to be paid by waste generator. Penalties should be imposed on the vessel operators in case of violation.  The wastewater from vessels can be sent to STP for treatment and the treated water can be used for landscaping, plantation and dust suppression at terminal sites. Vessels willhave some facilities for treatment of the waste generated on-board like green/bio recycling/chemical toilets. Standards for discharge of wastewater & garbage from vessels as per MARPOL is attached as Annexure 2-1.  Vessel crew/captain should be aware about the waste handling and reception facilities and procedure at terminals and should be in line with above mentioned MARPOL standards.  Standards will be formulated for vessels for disposalof waste and sewage as per Indian scenario by concerned authorities  Provision of oil water interceptors with the bilge tank to separate oil prior to discharge of bilge water into river. Bilge water will be discharged as per MARPOL requirements. Bilge water tank should be maintained as per MARPOL requirement. Standards for discharge of oily waste is attached as Annexure 2-1.  Oil spill control and management plan will be prepared for each terminal facility and for vessel operations in IWT as part of EHS management system of AIWTDS which should be duly communicated to vessel operator. Immediate/quick clean-up of oil/other spills to 145 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 prevent damage to aquatic organisms should be undertaken and ship owners should be liable for the same. Facilities should be made to ensure quick response and clean-up operations in case of accidents.  An oil spill management plan proposed for the IWT by AIWTDS is attached as Annexure 8- 1 to 8-6 and also in Chapter 8.  Vessels will not be washed or cleaned at terminal/jetty facility and wash waterwill not be dischargedto river. Washing should be undertaken only at the maintenance facility. Standards for discharge of washing water from the vessels carrying noxious chemicals (vessel washing water) as per MARPOL is given in Annexure 2-1.  Incase maintenance facility is not in place then washing can be done at terminal sites also but terminal sites should have proper system for handling the wash water from vessels.  All wash water should be directed through closed drains to settling tank. Supernatant water willbe tested and if suitable should be sent toSTP for treatment.  Sludge will be disposed of in municipal waste disposal facility or hazardous waste disposal facility depending on thequality of sludge. 7.8.5 Solid Waste Generation The projected population in each terminal after the completion of the project is expected to be around 2000/day. The quantum of waste generation could be around 200gm/capita. Hence the total waste generation from three terminals would be around 1.2T/Day Mitigation Measures: Adequately sized colour coded dust bins shall be provided at strategic locations for collection of segregated waste. Intermittent storage facility will also be a part of infrastructure development. A detailed environmental awareness program on waste disposal has been proposed with the involvement of local schools, ferry operators etc. The awareness program can be in the forms of waste cleaning, road play IEC materials etc. 7.8.6 Air Environment Air emission during operation stage are expected from  Increased vehicular movement  Emission from Dredging equipment  Emission from vessels  DG The impact is likely to be localised and confined to asmaller area around the project. Since the area is relatively windy, the pollutants will be dispersed. Emission from Vessels during navigation will not be significant. Major pollutants will be Sulpher dioxide and Nitrogen oxides. The concentrationof these air pollutants in ambient air as per the monitoring data is much below the limit. Contribution from above sources will be negligible increase in concentration. Mitigation Measures: Following mitigation measures will be taken:  Vehicles only with PUC will be allowed  High efficient combustion engine for vessels and dredging equipmentswill be selected so that the emission will be minimum.  DG with CPCB emission norm and acoustic enclosures  Plantation along the terminals for reducing the effect 146 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 7.8.7 Noise Pollution Noise level will not rise against the present level, as better vessels will be deployed. Noise will be contributed from DG, vessels and vehicles. However, the impact on the surrounding will not be significant. Mitigation Measures:  DG will be with acoustic enclosures  Vessels will be designed for acceptable noise  Plantation around the site for further reduction of impact  Under Jibondinga scheme, proposed by AIWTDS for the procurement and replacement of vessels, boats will be certified by IRS and will be designed with acceptable noise level The proposed mitigation measures can substantially reduce the anticipated significant impacts. Some of these measures are preventive which will prevent the damage due to increase in noise levels and some are mitigative which will help in reducing the noise levels. 7.8.8 Economic Development & Employment generation The development of terminals, deployment of new vessels, repairing facility, dredging of channels will have potential opportunities for employment. There will be direct as well as indirect employment. Due to improve transportation, there will be improvement in demand of commerce and consumer goods. This may also facilitate setting up small industries. All these will increase the employment opportunities in the area 7.8.8.1 Impacts During Operation Phase: Terrestrial Ecology Positive impact on ecology is anticipated during the operation stage of planned interventions . 3 m wide peripheral green belt will be developed and avenue plantation will be carried out at all the proposed intervention sites. Green belt will provide excellent habitat to avifauna, insects, small animals like squirrels, lizards, chameleons etc. Tree survival rate will be monitored and will be maintained to minimum 70%. Proper after care will be done for the planned green belt and this has separate budgetary provision under the EMP. But as the terminals involve movement of vehicles at and around the site, dust level may increase in the area. This dust when settles on the leaves of the trees will hamper the photosynthesis activity. Mitigation Measures:  Proper aftercare and monitoring of the green belt & avenue plantation  Maintaining survival rate of plantation to minimum 70%  Regular watering and cleaning of the leaves to remove the accumulated dust on the leaves  All the internal roads and access road shall be made pucca. 7.8.8.2 Impacts During Operation Phase: Aquatic Ecology Impact due to operation of any project is of main concern as it always persists. Installation of pontoon, gangway and other off-shore structure will consume physical space in water reducing the available space for the aquatic organism. Planktonic population at pontoon and gangway and nearby area will reduce or will decrease drastically which will impact the primary productivity of the water body. Planktons is feed for various big fishes, thus reduce in plankton population will affect the aquatic food chain. However, area to be covered by pontoon and gangway is very less as compared to width of the river. Thus, reduction of this much space will not have significant impact. Also, it is possible that aquatic organisms may collide with these newly constructed structures. But as behavioural response, instinctively aquatic animals at the first encounter avoid approaching the site of unknown object. This is done using echolocation, olfaction or chemo-reception, if the object 147 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 is not making any sound. Thus, the space occupied by unknown structures will be avoided by aquatic organisms thereby reducing the chances of collisions and injury to aquatic organisms. Sewage & waste will be generated at terminal and in vessel. If this waste is disposed on the land or in river, then this waste can pollute the soil impacting the terrestrial ecology and can pollute the water impacting aquatic ecology. Other activities at the terminal sites may have impact on aquatic ecology are oil/material spillage, dust generation from material transportation, barge movement and maintenance dredging for keeping the berth area navigable. Berthing of the vessel at terminal reduces the circulation of water in the area thereby reducing the air flow in the water and self-assimilative capacity of river in that stretch. If vessel is berthed for longer duration at terminal/jetty sites, then there are increased chances of release of toxins from anti-fouling coating of vessel or leakage of some oil from bilge tank into the river. All these may pollute the river water quality near the terminal sites. There are also chances of accidental oil spillage near the terminal site or in the waterway. Oil spillages are threat to aquatic organisms and can lead to mass mortality also. Oil spills can affect all planktons, benthos and Fishes.The indirect potential impact that may be envisaged from the project on Dolphin are due to vessel movement. The project sites have already number of country boats and ferry for transporting passengers. Mitigation Measures:  No wastewater or waste should be disposed in river from terminal site or from vessel into the water. Penalty should be imposed on the vessels reported of disposing waste/wastewater in the river  Surface run-off from site should be collected separately in dump pond, retained and then clear water should be re-used at site for dust suppression and greenbelt development.  Instruction should be given to all vessels and all employee and staff that no dolphin or any other endangered species should be harmed due to any reason.  Instruction should be given to vessel operator that in case any accident with dolphin occurs that should be reported immediately to terminal authority.  Waiting time of vessel should be reduced at the terminal by providing the adequate loading and unloading equipment and vehicles.  Vessel should be instructed for not using sharp lights and sounds as they may disturb aquatic organisms  Ship speed should be controlledto minimize aquatic fauna kill and the design of vessel and acoustic treatment should be done for vessel to minimize the sound exposure of aquatic fauna.  As part of the project, measures are being taken to enhance the natural condition of the river bank, exchange of nutrients so that natural habitats are restored during the operation stage. The vessels will be designed for protection of aquatic animals by providing necessary attachments in propeller of the vessels.  Propeller guards should be provided for all the vessels to minimize the propeller inflicted injuries and scars.  Quick clean-up operations should be carried out in case of accidents. Vessel owner should be responsible for paying the clean-up expenses in case of the accidents and pollution of river water quality  Time schedule and the quantity of material allowed shall be strictly checked and monitored for each ship. This will prevent overcrowding of the vessels at terminal site and thus no obstruction will be there on movement of the aquatic organisms due to vessel.  Survival rate of planted tree species should be monitored after every six months.  Aquatic ecology monitoring should be carried out yearly to assess the impact of terminal activities on aquatic life. 148 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 7.9 Climate Change Impacts and Mitigation Measures Inland water Transport is considered to be more energy efficient and emit less CO 2 per ton-km, compared to other transport modes namely road or rail transport. The average emissions from IWT mode range from 25 gm CO2/ton-km to 70 gm CO2/ton-km. Whereas, from road transport by truck, it varies from 60-120 gm CO2/ton-km and in the case of rail, it varies from 20-80 g CO2/ton-km. At 2.5°C warming, melting glaciers and the loss of snow cover over the Himalayas are expected to threaten the stability and reliability of northern India‟s primarily all glacier-fed rivers, particularly Brahmaputra. As per WB reports downward trend of river flow of the Indus, Ganges, and Brahmaputra rivers alone could significantly impact irrigation, affecting the amount of food that can be produced in their respective river basins thereby adversely impacting livelihoods of millions of people (62 million in the Brahmaputra basin in the year 2005). However, the project will have lesser carbon foot print. Some of the energy conservation measures envisaged in the project are:  Use of LED Lights  Building will be energy efficient with natural light  Solar energy for selected utilities Brahmaputra face the consequences of water-level rise, higher river discharges during pre- monsoon, summer & monsoon season starting from the month of April upto the end of September. Water level is at peak during the month of July, August & September. The river get widen with this increase level of water volume. During the winter season water level become considerably low and the breadth of the river also get reduced. Increase in river water volume is due to melting of glaciers during summer and heavy rainfall during monsoon. Climate change could be a threat for inland navigation. Knowledge on climate change is important to make proper policy and infrastructure planning. Fluctuation in water level hinder the smooth inland water navigation leading to delayed and cancellation of services especially during the high rise in the water level during wet season. The inland water transport also get disturbed frequently with decrease in water level as it involved frequent shifting of terminals/ ghats due to non- availability of minimum draft for the vessels. Following mitigation measures suggested to mitigate impact due to climate change in the project activities- 1. Daily monitoring of the CWC Gauge data at Pandu Ghat (for North Guwahati & GGG Ghat) & Neamati Ghat (for Aphalamukh Ghat) 2. Regular interaction mechanism with Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) for early forecasting to avoid casualties 3. Working jointly with State Disaster Management Authority, State Disaster Response Force (SDRF) & National Disaster Response Force (NDRF) during emergency situation 4. Awareness programme with staff, passengers and contractors on Climate Change. 7.10 Socio Economic Profile of Project Affected Households Few persons are directly impacted by the project as they are falling within the close vicinity of the Ghats where construction works are proposed and hence need to be shifted. A Census and Socio- Economic survey was carried out to collect baseline information of these Project Affected Households, to understand their social and economic conditions and the likely impacts. Data collected includes information on religion, social category, social group, land and structures, present usage of structures, education, occupation, sources of income, ownership of fixed assets and consumer items, awareness about the projects, choice with regard to compensation and resettlement and rehabilitation, etc. 149 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 The project will affect 13 PAHs comprising of 72PAPs. This include 18% children, 57% males and 43 % females. The maximum number of PAPs is likely to be affected by the project investment in Aphalamukh. Sub-project wise distribution of PAPs is given below- Table 7-5: Population of PAPs in 3 Ghat Areas Name of Ghat Population of PAPs Children Female Male LachitGhat 0 0 0 North Guwahati 4 8 12 Aphalamukh Ghat 9 23 29 Total 13 31 41 As such four categories have been made for the purpose of analysis. It is observed that 23% of the household comprise up to 4 members, 54% families are having 5-6 members, 23% families have 7-10 members and no families have more than 10 persons reported. Table 7-6: Distribution of PAHs by household size Household surveyed Household members No. % Up to 4 3 23 5 to 6 7 54 7 to 10 3 23 > 10 0 0 Total 13 100 However, all the project affected households (PAHs) of the project are „Non-Title Holder‟s. But socially all the PAHs belongs to vulnerable groups i.e. Schedule Caste. Mitigation Measures: All the proejct affected households shall be compensated according to “Entitlement Matrix‟ as per the Right to Fare Compensation & Transparency for Land Aquisition, Rehabilitation & Resettlement Act, 2013. Details of compensation as per the „Entitlement Matrix has been discussed in Social Management Framework (SMF). 7.11 Gender Based Violence (GBV) There are increasing instances of domestic violence, sexual assault/ harassment and even robbery in the state.As per NCRB 2016, Assam has reported the highest crime rate under Section 498A „Cruelty by Husband or His Relatives‟ (58.7%).Women also report feeling unsafe in public spaces, further reducing their mobility. As per the study conducted by the Centre for Urban Equity, women in Guwahati listed general harassment by co-passengers, driver or conductor (47 %), eve-teasing (10 %), and stalking (7 %), as major constraints to use of public transportation. Assam is also a major source and transit point for human trafficking in India. As per the NCRB report of 2015, Assam (1,494 cases) accounted for 21.7 per cent of all cases relating to human trafficking recorded across the country. Of the 3,087 cases under procuration of minor girls (Sec. 366A IPC), Assam accounted for 1,303 cases, with highest crime rate (11.0) in the country(increased by 52.8% as compared to the previous year). The SIA of GG Ghat (Guwahati Division) and a World Bank study on gender-inclusive Assam IWT, revealed that women particularly students (school/college) were susceptible to experiencing sexual harassment on board the vessel. The studies further revealed that most IWT terminals and 150 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 vesselshad limited seating; while waiting areas were mostly overcrowded. Few, if any had clean toilets or drinking water facility. Based on the findings, the study provided the following recommendations:  Potential for sexual harassment of women and girls on IWT can be addressed by limiting overcrowding, providing sufficient seats and well-lit spaces. All terminals should have toilet facilities that are safely accessible to all individuals including the differently-abled. Designated space for nursing mothers to breastfeed and to look after infants at the terminal, should be considered as well.  The dedicated hotline for public grievances should include specific procedures for GBV including confidential reporting with safe and ethical documenting of GBV cases. AIWTDS should have aMoU with specialised cells/organisations or state-run women helpline for referring victims of harassment to these organisations.  Display of women helpline nos., dedicated hotline for the project at prominent location of the terminals and ferries including deployment of security personnel at every terminal is needed.  Initiatives to encourage greater bystander vigilance and sensitivity will also contribute to a safer travel environment. User satisfaction survey will include evaluating how women and girls experience IWT travel in terms of their safety, security and convenience. 7.12 Labour Standard Compliance and Labour Influx Mitigation Framework Often developmental activities call for supply of labour forces and attract workers from different parts of the country. If not but to check, such trends can become a heavy burden on the resources, infrastructure, capital, social fabric, culture and economy of the affected area. Due to its geographical placement, Assam is already subjected to severe migrations (interstate and cross border migration) from neighbouring areas. The State after all serves as the most important corridor that connects North Eastern States to the rest of India, and India to its neighbouring countries. Migrations trends prevalent in Assam is already putting severe strain on the existing resources and its limited land area, resulting in social conflicts and ethnic differences. Mass protests held against the recently tabled “Citizenship (Amendment) Bill, 2016” which seeks to legitimize the status of illegal immigrants, is a testimonial of prevalent social conflicts within the community which can easily be exacerbated by the influx of labours. The State also reports higher instances of poverty and unemployment. Despite the abundant supply of raw materials, the lack of proper infrastructure limits Assam‟s potential to a supplier of raw materials than producer of profitable end products. Another challenge salient to Assam is the population displacements due to floods and developmental projects. The Brahmaputra river poses a significant challenge to riparian communities who are often forced to move, due to floods. They are faced with heavy losses of property, land, household, agricultural products, animals and life, often causing severe economic and social distress to the inhabitants. Furthermore, insurgency and social conflicts in the recent past puts heavy strain on the social and economic equilibrium of the State. Labour Influx Risk Assessment The influx of workers and followers can lead to adverse social and environmental impacts on local communities, especially if the communities are rural, remote or small. However, the current project for development of IWT involves both rural and urban areas of Assam. While some Ghats are located in typical urban centres like Guwahati and Jorhat, others are located in remote rural settings of Majuli. Furthermore, IWT services offers one of the most important modes of connectivity for multiple sections of population, especially in rural areas. As per the census 2001, out of the total population in Assam about 0.71 percent were international migrants, particularly from Bangladesh, Bhutan and Nepal. Bangladesh constituted 86.14% of the 151 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 total immigration to Assam. The district which reported the highest number of immigrants were Cachar (1.63%), followed by Karimganj (1.61%), Bongaigan (1.40%), Nagaon (1.13%) and Goalpara (0.95%). The district which had the lowest number of immigrants were Sibsagar (0.11%), followed by Jorhat (0.14%), Golaghat (0.18%) and Dibrugarh (0.33%). Along with the international migration the migrants from the other states of India also contributes to the population growth in Assam. Out of the total migrants, the interstate migrant into Assam contributes about 2.39 per cent and 1.93 per cent during 1991 and 2001. In both years, Bihar contributed to the highest volume of interstate migrants as about 36.31 per cent and 33.50 per cent respectively, followed by West Bengal (17.62 per cent and 19.19 per cent) and Uttar Pradesh (10.17 per cent and 9.72 per cent). According to the 2011 Census, net interstate migration rate for Assam during 1991-2011 is estimated at -2.02%. The share of interstate migration has increased from -0.69% to -2.02% from 1991 to 2011. Influx of migrants from the different districts of India can be attributed to the existence of labour market and employment prospects in the destination area. Based on this assessment, potential adverse impacts of labour influx have been enumerated below:-  Labour influx may influence the demographic composition of the existing mass of population in riparian areas, where there already seems to be a decline of man-land ratio, shortage of food, settlement pattern, and ethnic differences.  Increased demand and competition for local social and health services, as well as for goods and services, which can lead to price hikes and crowding out of local consumers.SIA of three priority sites indicated low capacity of the community to manage and absorb the incoming labour force. This is particularly relevant for Assam, as it already deals with such risk from cross border and interstate migration.  Bearing in mind the present socio-political environment, temporary labour influx due to the project may amplify social conflicts between the local community and the construction migrant workers.  Project may result in increased rates of illicit behaviour and crime against women, which is a real threat for Assam where gender-based violence is rampant.  SIA of three priority sites revealed that the project will directly impact the livelihood of affected families who earn their living through petty businesses and agricultural activities (marginal/small) in the project area. It is therefore imperative to ensure that the PAPs can reconstruct their livelihood. The temporary labour influx may increase competition for jobs and have an impact on wage distribution. While most of these potential impacts are identified in the Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) carried out for the sub-projects, they may become fully known only after a project contractor is appointed to take decisive actions on sourcing the required labour force. It is vital to develop a dynamic plan for addressing risks associated with labour influx before the stipulated work starts. It is also important to update such plans as necessary to reflect project improvements and developments that result from the course of project implementation. Overall, adequate monitoring and adaptive management of the potential impacts from labour influx are crucial for properly addressing and mitigating the risks involved. Recommended Mitigating Measures  The most effective mitigation measure against labour influx is to reduce it. Unskilled workers are available in plenty, and many of them are migrating in search of employment, can be retained locally. The contractor is responsible for recruitment of labourers for construction work. Specifications on employment of local workforce including women should be reflected in the civil works bidding documents and subsequent contracts to ensure that the contractors fulfil these commitments. Locals including women may be screened further for skills, and adequate orientations can be provided to recruit for the work. AIWTDS can prepare a roster of interested 152 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 workers and their skills. The lists can be provided to contractors at the pre-bid meetings for recruitment consideration.  The project contractor needs to prepare a site-specific Labour Influx Management Plan and/or a Workers‟ Camp Management Plan. This plan will include specific measures that will be undertaken to minimize the impact on the local community, including elements such as worker codes of conduct, grievance redressal, skills development, training programs and awareness generation on HIV/AIDS and gender-based violence (GBV)for the workers and host community. A Workers‟ Camp Management Plan will also address specific aspects of the establishment and operation of the workers‟ camps in compliance with relevant labour laws. The plan should include appropriate screening and monitoring mechanisms for addressing non-compliance.  Adequate measures will be taken to ensure safety and security of women within the community and at the construction site. A security personnel will be deployed at the construction sites, and emergency nos. including contact details of local law enforcement officers, project‟s helpline no., existing state-run women helpline nos. will be prominently displayed at the site. The contractors will ensure that an Internal Complaints Committee (ICC) for each establishment is set-up to meet their corporate requirement and legal mandate under the Sexual Harassment at the Workplace Act, 2013.  Health problems of the workers should be taken care of by providing basic health-care' facilities through health centres temporarily set up for the construction camp. The health centre should have the requisite staff, free medicines and minimum medical facilities to tackle first-aid requirements or minor accidental cases, linkage with nearest higher order hospital to refer patients of major illnesses and critical cases.  Awareness camps on HIV/AIDS for both, construction workers and neighbouring villages must be organised at regular intervals by NGOs empanelled with NACO.  It is expected that among the women workers there will be mothers with infants and small children. The provision of a day care crèche as per the Building and Other Construction Workers (regulation of employment and conditions of service) act, 1996 is the contractor‟s responsibility. The crèche should be provided with trained women to look after the children.  In case work schedule extents up till night, it should be ensured that women workers are exempted night shifts. 7.13 Community Health & Safety The objective of community health, safety program is a step towards improvement in safety, health and environment at workplace during the execution stage of the project. The objectives are to achieve:- a) Continuous reduction in the incidence of work related injuries, fatalities, diseases, disasters and loss of national assets. b) Improved coverage of work related injuries, fatalities and diseases and provide for a more comprehensive data base for facilitating better performance and monitoring. c) Continuous enhancement of community awareness regarding safety, health and environment at workplace related areas. d) Continually increasing community expectation of workplace health and safety standards. These objectives can be achieved by-  effectively enforcing all applicable national laws and regulations concerning safety, health and environment at workplaces in all economic activities through an adequate and effective labour inspection system;  Ensuring that employers, employees and others have separate but complementary responsibilities and rights with respect to achieving safe and healthy working conditions;  Amending expeditiously existing laws relating to safety, health and environment and bring them in line with the relevant international instruments;  Monitoring the adoption of national standards through regulatory authorities;  Facilitating the sharing of best practices and experiences between national and international regulatory authorities; 153 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Chapter 8 : Additional Studies 8.1 Flood Assessment A flood is a relatively higher stage of a river that overtakes the natural channel, provided for its flow. In India, a river is said to be in flood, when its water level crosses the danger level (DL). DL for a particular river stretch is fixed by CWC. Major floods are those where water level is 1 m or above DL and if it is more than 5 meters, it is catastrophic. The massive earthquake in 1950 changed the course of mighty Bramhaputra. The riverbed rose with silt deposits. Due to heavy deposition, the river frequently changes its course with the main channel flowing into multiple channels. 8.1.1 Water Level Studies Bramhaputra is a trans-Himalayan river. It is one of the three major rivers of Indian subcontinent. Surface river level variations in the Brahmaputra River are generally driven by the seasonal periods. Central Water Commission‟s “Flood Forecast Monitoring (FFM) Directorate monitor the water level of river Bramhaputra. The same is presented in Table 8-1. Table 8-1:Water level variations Guwahati (D.C. Court) Unit Figure [m] Source of information Lowest Water level [LWL] 41.40 Recorded level of 2002 at Pandu Central Water Commission‟s “Flood Forecast Warning level [WL] 48.68 Monitoring (FFM) Directorate” (List based exploration) Central Water Commission‟s “Flood Forecast Danger level [DL] 49.86 Monitoring (FFM) Directorate” (List based exploration) Central Water Commission‟s “Flood Forecast Highest flood level [HFL] 51.46 Monitoring (FFM) Directorate” (List based exploration) 8.1.2 Water Flow Rate Maximum and minimum velocities observed along the various stretches of navigation is essential for the designing of the inland vessels used for ferry service across River Brahmaputra. As per Watere Resource Department, Govt. of Assam, the water velocity recorded as follow: - Up-stream= 4.0 m/s - Downstream = 2.5 m/s to 3.5 m/s - Flood season = +/- 0.5 m/s Also information was obtained by operational staff of the respective ferry routes during Consultants site reconnaissance surveys at various locations. Guwahati Service Guwahati – North Guwahati (date of interview, 25.04.2018):1 - Regular: ~1.0 m/s - Flood season: ~2.5 m/s Dibrugarh Service Neamati – Aphalamukh (date of interview, 10.07.2018): - Regular: ~0.5 m/s - Flood season: ~3.0 – 4.0 m/s 154 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 8.1.3 Flood Control Measures Flooding in river Brahmaputra is observed almost every year. Water Resource Dept, Govt. of Assam is the nodal agency for advance warning of flood and have been taking long-term action to prevent flood. Flood erosion control with water resource development is required to be integrated. Flood-mapping based on historical records is an important tool for analysis and interpretation of the hazards. Proper management of flood should rely more on long term integrated plans. Flood prone areas have been identified by CWC based on hydrological & geomorphological data. Government has taken measures like construction of ring bunds, embankments, anti-erosion and river diversification works. The important measures necessary to be taken for flood control in Assam are given below- • Controlling the major rivers by constructing small dam and reservoirs without hampering the existing environmental condition. • Checking bank erosion. • Stopping deforestation and taking up forestation in the catchment areas. This will stop soil erosion and siltation of the river beds at the plains. • Protective embankment at settlements both urban and rural. • Construction of drainage channel, culvert and sluice gate whenever necessary. • Construction of raised platform near the settlements of the flood prone areas as shelter during high flood. Flood control is in operation in Majuli considering the sensitive location. Flood control measures in Majuli, are very specific, as before 1950 the erosion problem was not significant. From 1953 -2003 the Flood Control Department of Assam has so far constructed 105.2 km. of embankments on the bank of the Brahmaputra, Kherkotia and Subansiri Rivers. Embankment constructed is shown in the map in Figure 8-1. Figure 8-1: Embankment System of Majuli 155 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 The Brahmaputra Board had prepared a master plan for the development of Majuli Island which included measures for flood control, erosion control and drainage improvement. Following measures are studied for flood control in Majuli Island.  Construction of Flood Control Dykes and Embankment  Construction of Stone Spurs  RCC Porcupines 156 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 8.1.4 River Bank Profiles – Guwahati Corridor Time history bathymetric chart is the best representation to understand the morphological changes including bank stability and to determine the berthing line with assured required draft. In absence of such data base, an attempt has been made to assess the changes of the River bank profile using the satellite image of the various period. 8.1.4.1 Guwahati Gateway Ghat (GGG) Satellite images(GGG) of 2003, 2010 and 2018, presented in Figure 8-2to8-4respectively, indicate changes on the embankments cope line. The yellow line indicates the embankments cope line of 2018, which is then superimposed with maps of 2010 and 2003. It becomes evident that no substantial changes on the embankments cope line around ISDP 1 (~500m east of GGG Ghat) are observed within a period of 15 years. Figure 8-2: River bank at GGG Ghat on 13th May 2018 Figure 8-3: River bank at GGG Ghat on 25th November 2010 157 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Figure 8-4: River bank at GGG Ghat on 10th March 2003 8.1.4.2 North Guwahati Satellite image (NG) of 2003, 2010 and 2018 are presented in Figure 8-5, 8-6 and8-7 respectively indicating changes of the embankments cope line. The yellow line indicates the embankments cope line of 2018, which is superimposed with the map of 2010 and 2003. It becomes evident that no substantial changes on the embankments cope line at MajgaonGhat are observed within a period of 15 years. Figure 8-5: River bank at North Guwahati Ghat on 13th May 2018 Figure 8-6: River bank at North Guwahati Ghat on 25th November 2010 158 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Figure 8-7: River bank at North Guwahati Ghat on (10th March 2003) 8.1.5 River Bank Profiles – Dibrugarh Corridor 8.1.5.1 Aphalamukh Satellite image of 2009, 2012, 2014 and 2016 are presented in Figures 8-8, 8-9, 8-10and8-11 respectively. The imageries are compared to find out whether major changes in river bank has taken place over the years. The yellow line indicates the embankments cope line. Map of 2018, is then superimposed on maps of 2014 and 2009. It is observed that, between 2009 and 2014, substantial changes on position of river have occurred. Comparing images of October 2012 and February 2014 vary between 100 - 190m westwards. The vulnerability of the stretch for adequate and sustainable embankment protection measures may be worked out. There is necessity for major investment in initial embankment stabilisation or embankment protection works, may dependent on the conceptual design approach of the Ghat Figure 8-8: River bank at Aphalamukh on 13th April 2016 159 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Figure 8-9: River bank at Aphalamukh on 20th February 2014 Figure 8-10: River bank at Aphalamukh on 17th October 2012 Figure 8-11: River bank at Aphalamukh on 01st November 2009 160 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 8.1.6 Erosion Control Measures 8.1.6.1 Embankment Protection Measures Embankment protective measures are as follows: An overview of different embankment protective materials is given in Table 8-2. Table 8-2: Embankment Protection Materials S. No. Structure Loading ClassBank Slope Main Applicability Type 1 2 3 4 <1:2 >1:2 Near V:H V:H Vertical + =Recommended-=Not Recommended 1.Rip-rap 1.1 Rip-rap + + + - + - -  Bank and bed protection  Installation above and below water level 1.2 Stone + + + - + + -  Short bank reaches Pitching  Repair of existing revetments 1.3 Cement + + + + + + -  Areas of attack by strong ground currents stone 1.4 Bitumen + + + + + + -  Areas of attacks by strong grouted currents stone  Installation above water level 2.Gabions 2.1 Mattresses + + + + + - -  Bank protection of large areas (brick or  Installation above water level stone fill) 2.2 Box Gabions + + + + + + +  Retaining wall for bank protection (stone/rock  Installation above water level fill) 2.3 Gabions + + + + + - -  Toe protection Sacks  Installation above and below (stone / rock water level fill) 3.Concrete (pre-cast units) 3.1 CC-slabs + + - - + + -  Slope protection  Installation above water level 3.2 CC- + + - - + + -  Slope protection Interlocking  Installation above water level slabs 3.3 Hand + + + + + + +  Slope protection pitched CC-  Installation above and below blocks water level 3.4 Dumped + + + + + + -  Bed and bank protection in case CC-blocks of strong current and wave attack  Installation above and below water level 4.Articulating Mattresses 4.1 Gabions + + + - + + -  Launching apron mattresses,  Slope protection (with stone  Construction above water level fill) (limited water depth) 4.2 CC-blocks + + + - + + -  Launching apron attached to  Slope protection geotextile  Construction above water level filter mat,  (cast in place) steel wire linked 4.3 Tubular + + - - + + -  Launching apron 161 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 S. No. Structure Loading ClassBank Slope Main Applicability Type 1 2 3 4 <1:2 >1:2 Near V:H V:H Vertical + =Recommended-=Not Recommended geotextile  Slope protection fabric  installation above water level mattress; sand Filled or bitumen- sand filled 4.4 Collapsible + + - - + + -  Launching apron sand filled  Slope protection geotextile  Installation above water level mattress 4.5 Collapsible + + + - + + -  Launching apron concrete  Slope protection filled  installation above water level geotextile mattress 5.Sand containers 5.1 Geotextile- + - - - + + +  falling apron and toe protection Sand bags (up to 250kg) 5.2 Geotextile – + + + - + + +  Installation above and below Sand water level 6.Bio-Engineering 6.1 Durba grass + - - + - - -  Upper reaches of banks above sods mean water level  Preferably on land-side  On river - side prone to wave erosion  Installation above water level 6.2 Vetiver + + - - + - -  Toe protection of upper reaches plantation of banks  Installation above water level It is recommended that repairing of embankments in the island should be reconstructed immediately using latest technology. 8.1.7 Recommendations It is observed that since 2014 general stability of the river banks in the selected corridors seem adequate for establishment of permanent ferry locations. Observations of certain erosion are only observed at Neamati and Appalamukh in Slichar corridor between 2009 and 2014. Necessity for major investment in initial embankment stabilisation or embankment protection works, may, dependent on the conceptual design of the Ghat. Concepts for bank protection measures are covered under Section 9.2.4. General large scale bank stabilisation measures for purposes of generally safeguarding major cities and villages along the river may though certainly be advantages, but is not part of Consultants scope of work and can only be achieved through long term morphological studies covering several kilometres up and downstream of the river(s). 8.2 Risk Assessment 8.2.1 Hazard Identification Identification of hazards in the proposed terminals is of primary significance in the analysis, quantification and effective control of accidents. Hazard is the characteristic of system/ process that pose potential for an accident. Hence, all the components of a system need to be thoroughly 162 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 examined to assess their potential for initiating or propagating an unplanned event/sequence of events, which can be termed as an accident. The following two methods for hazard identification have been employed in the proposed Ferry Ghat study: • Identification of major hazardous units based on Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 of Government of India (GOI Rules, 1989); and • Identification of hazardous units and segments based on relative ranking technique, viz. Fire-Explosion and Toxicity Index (FE&TI). 8.2.2 Classification of Major Hazardous Units Hazardous substances may be classified into three main classes, namely flammable substances, unstable substances and toxic substances. The ratings for a large number of chemicals based on flammability, reactivity and toxicity have been given in NFPA Codes 49 and 345 M. Following hazard potentials are identified. • Damage of Fuel tanks and oil leaks into the river. • Fire hazard from Fuel Storage • Emergency during ship manoeuvring • Vessel or boat collision Spills from these accidental situations is the major sources of water pollution. Vessel spills occur during loading or unloading in Jetty, due to handling errors or equipment problems. Such spills are typically relatively small in volume. Much less common, but potentially more dangerous, are goods spills which occur when a boat runs aground or breaks up in bad weather. Such disasters typically occur when boats are moving into or out of terminals or in other restricted area. Boats can handle storms or high winds with little risk of accident, because if they are blown, they are unlikely to run into anything. 8.2.3 Damage Criteria The consequences of release of such substances and the damage to the surrounding area can be estimated by means of modelling or physical observation. These physical effects are explained in terms of injuries and damages to the exposed population and structures. The degree of damage depends on. • Nature of hazardous substances (gas, liquid or vapour); • Pathway of release (boat, vessel etc); • Dispersion of released gas or vapour in atmosphere or liquid in river water. Major hazards of vessel collision relate to accidental release of petroleum products may potentially resulting in injury to people and damage to property. 8.2.4 Damage due to Fire A flammable liquid will burn with a large turbulent diffusion flame. This may cause radiation and degree of damage depends on quantity of petroleum products and their chemical characteristics. 8.2.5 Collisions of Vessels / Crafts / Ships Offshore traffic may be divided into two groups: • Merchant vessels, fishing vessels, naval vessels and also offshore related traffic not relating terminal use • Offshore related traffic for supplying, e.g. supply vessels, oil tankers, work vessels. 163 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Inland waterway traffic is an ever-increasing phenomena. Consequently, new channels are being built and new solutions are being found in order to enlarge inland waterways. If they possess the River Information System - RIS, Vessel Tracing System - VTS, Electronic Charts Display Information System - ECDIS, Automatic Information System - AIS etc., the probability of vessel collision can be prevented. . The incidents of accidents in Assam IWT ferry can be attributed to the following reasons; 1. Insufficient PPP Equipment 2. Extremely High Siltation Rate 3. Deficient Hydrographic Surveys 4. Scarce Navigational Aids 5. Insufficient Manpower / Skilled Workers 6. Insufficient capsize / vessel crafts 7. Old / outdated vessels / crafts 8. Intense Traffic Density Mitigation • A direct investigation of accidents through an interactive system may serve the purpose of both developing an authentic and reliable accident database • Regular hydrographic survey on the waterway should be carried out and the navigation aid should be provided appropriately. • Early warning of extreme weather condition. 8.2.6 Oil Spill Prevention Operational oil spill is envisaged during the fuelling of vessel, operation and maintenance. Due to mechanical failure or human negligence Mitigation: • Refuel of vessels and boats with proper care to avoid any spills. • Make available spill kits and other absorbent material at refuelling points of the vessels. • Compact fuelling is proposed in the project. • Develop and implement spill contingency plans for leakages. Ensure that emergency response equipment, e.g. floating booms, Foam Dispersant are serviceable and available to deal with any oil spills or leakages 8.3 Occupational Health and Safety Safety of personnel working in the inland water ways is a major concern. Safety standards are applied during all phase of project activities. The personnel should be periodically undergoing medical check to identify anybody suffering from occupational health hazard. Table 8-3 summarise various anticipated occupational hazards and relevant measures. Table 8-3: Anticipated hazards for the project based on the project scope of work and site conditions Hazard Control Measures Cold Stress Warm clothes, water proof outer layer, regular breaks as necessary. Water Drowning Personal Floatation Device (PFDs) will be worn at all times when in water Vehicular Traffic One person will be on watch for approaching vessels Slips / Falls Proper footwear must be worn when on board 164 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Hazard Control Measures Sun Exposure Shaded glasses to be worn during sunny conditions. Inclement Weather Field activities will cease in the event of approaching storms or high winds Heavy Machinery Obey no-go-areas where machinery is operating Area Physical/Back Injury First aid followed by proper medical assistance High Crime Area Lock all boats and equipment at the end of every day. Flammable Materials No smoking will be allowed during work activities. All flammable substances will be stored in appropriate fire-proof containers. Chemical PPE worn when handling hazardous substances Biohazard PPE worn if working in a hazardous area Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is a crucial part of worker safety and can include face shields, safety glasses, hard hats, and safety shoes. Additional PPE may also include high visibility tests, high-visibility fleeces, and raincoats and trousers. This type of equipment has become standard for the dredging industry and has accounted for a significant reduction in accidents and incidents that could endanger a worker. In each case the type of PPE to be used is determined through a risk assessment. Specific occupational health and safety issues relevant to Jetty operations primarily include the following: • Physical hazards • Chemical hazards • Confined spaces. 8.4 Emergency Response and Preparedness Plan and Contingency ResponsePlan Many emergencies can occur on any construction site and need to be effectively handled. During construction on river bank, emergencies such as flood, heavy rains and collapse of structure in the river, fall in the deep and flowing water are likely to occur. On site and off-site emergency management plan need to be developed to effectively handle them. Thus, every contractor shall have an approved on-site emergency plan. The contractor should submit a copy of this plan to PIU and Supervision consultant before the start of the work. Contractor shall develop the onsite emergency plan considering the potential environmental, occupational health and safety emergency situation at site and activities involved. This plan shall include a list of these potential emergency situations & response plan. Contractor shall get the plan approved from the inland water authorities. Risks and hazards are associated with every construction site as it involves usage of heavy machinery and equipment. An emergency is a situation that poses an immediate risk to health, life, property, or environment. Most emergencies require urgent intervention to prevent worsening of the situation. To handle emergency situations efficiently and to mitigate the damage of potential events, Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan is prepared. 8.4.1 Objectives The objectives of Emergency Management Plan shall be to; a. Provide an Emergency Management organization structure which will enable project proponent to respond rapidly and efficiently to any emergency in order to prevent injury to personnel, damage to property or the environment as well as minimizing or eliminating the impact to neighbouring communities b. Ensure all appropriate and relevant resources are identified in advance and made available as quickly as possible during an emergency. 165 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 8.4.2 Types of Potential Emergencies For any development activities, potential emergencies can be categorised in to three types as listed below; 1. Spillage of oil while handling at terminal 2. Grounding & sinking of vessels 3. Collision of vessels with another vessel 4. Collision of vessel with country boat carrying passengers / vehicles if any during emergency landing 5. Collision of vessel with ferry boat carrying passengers 6. Collision of vessel with small country crafts 7. Hitting of vessel with river bank / rocks in the river bed 8. Hitting of vessels on shore structure/cross structures like bridges 9. Fire hazard 10. Spillage of oil in waterway due to mishandling of oil tanks while loading & unloading, accident/collision of vessels, damage of tank during grounding of vessels, leakage of fuel tank/bilge tank. 11. Terrorist attack 12. Natural Calamities (Earth Quack, Cyclone, Outbreak of Disease, and Excessive Rains etc.) Extraneous (Riots/Civil Disorder/ Mob Attack, Terrorism, Sabotage, and Bomb Threat etc.) 13. Man Made (Heavy Leak, Fire, Explosion, and Design Deficiency etc.) 14. PMU/Contractors shall identify all potential emergencies which are relevant to the nature of the project. It shall be shall be ensured that Emergency Management Plan deals with all possible emergencies scenarios. Indicative scenarios for both construction and operation phase of the project are listed down below; A. Construction Phase Primarily the potential emergencies during the construction phase (Water and Land) could result from any of the following: a. Collapse of structure due to design fault, soils conditions, poor quality of construction material etc. b. Overturning of a crane during lifting / transportation of the materials c. Overturning of motorized boat / normal boat used for transportation of workers in off shore construction d. Leakage of Oil (HSD) in oil storage area leading to fire e. Gas leakage from Cylinders used for the purpose of gas cutting and welding (Dissolved Acetylene, LPG etc.) leading to explosion f. Bursting of cables due to cable breakage / over loading leading to fire g. Mass leakage of oils leading to land contamination h. Collapse of complete scaffolding leading to multiple fatalities B. Operation Phase During operation phase where lot of ships and vessel movements are expected near the loading and unloading platforms, following types of scenarios are envisaged; 166 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 B.1 Off-Shore Emergencies a. Major incident on board a vessel such as fire, flooding b. Collision between vessels or between a vessel and a fixed object c. Grounding and drowning of a Vessel d. Major Oil Spillage from a Vessel or Jetty e. Major Oil spill at river or Oil entering the bay from a source upriver f. A major incident involving small craft within the terminal jurisdiction. g. A security incident, involving a ship, which has the potential to escalate into an emergency situation. B.2 On-Shore Emergencies a. Major fire within the general bay area b. Major oil spill c. Major spill of hazardous material d. A vehicle accident involving hazardous material e. Chemical incidents (e.g. toxic cloud). f. Major incident in an oil, gas or hazardous material storage facility. 8.4.3 Oil Spill Management Oil spill Management plan covers the planning for handling of the potential off-shore and onshore oil spillage accidents during operation phase of IWT & Terminal. Disaster which may arise due to oil spillage is not anticipated to be of high risk. As they are in smaller magnitude 8.4.3.1 Type of Oil which can be spilled & Characteristics Edible oil & POL will be handled at terminal and potential for spillage. Characteristics of the oils are given inTable 8-4. Table 8-4: Characteristics of Oil Sl. No. Parameter Edible oil POL Residual Oil 1. Density at 15°C ,g/ml - 0.8558 30 Max.960 2. Specific gravity @60°C 0.87-0.94 0.8562 - 3. Pour Point °C - 33 6Max 4. Kinematic Viscosity (cst) at40 °C - 7.65 30.0 5. Water content %vol. - 2.0 0.5 6. Total sediments % m/m. - 0.05(basic sediment % vol) 0.1 7. Ash % m/m - - 0.1 8. Carbon residue on 10% V/V - - 10 Max Distillation bottoms carbon residue 9. Cetane index - - - 10. Sulphur content - 0.5% 3.5% 11. Flash point - 52-96C 60.0Min 12. Vanadium mg/kg - - 150 Max 13. API gravity at 60°F - 33.76 8.4.3.2 Probable fate of spilled oil When oil leaks, it reaches the surface of the waterway. When oil is spilled, its light fractions evaporate instantaneously and, it spreads with no water surface. Fate of the spilled oil in river, depend upon river/ weather conditions: The un-evaporated oil would form water-oil emulsion which is fairly stable due to high wax content and asphaltenes. Emulsion is a colloid of two liquids which are not miscible with each other. This phenomenon is also called dispersion. The action of flowing water will break down the insoluble globules of oil into tiny droplets less than 50 microns thus forming the emulsion in water. The oils with low viscosity like petrol and kerosene will more easily disperse into the water than heavy fuel oils. When the oil 167 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 gets emulsified, it is not possible to skim. If the water current of the river is high especially in rainy season, the chances that most of the spilled oil will get emulsified due to turbulence. This method of dispersion is a proven method for oil spill management. Hence dispersants are added to disperse oil in to the water. The dispersants do lower the surface tension and enhance the process of dispersion. 8.4.4 Response Strategy To mitigate any possible oil spill/incident/accident during the voyage, the following actions are suggested. 8.4.4.1 Coordination & Control of Emergency 1. A coordination cum monitoring committee will be formed at AIWTDS Regional office for round the clock monitoring of voyage of the vessel 2. Important telephone no/contact detail of AIWTDS emergency handling team, district administration officials, police, hospitals, fire stations etc. shall be maintaining. 3. Sensitize AIWTDS/State Govt. agencies for any salvage/rescue operation. Also, sensitize the users of the waterway mostly the general public, fisher men & passenger ferry operators & crew about risk & its response strategy 4. Rescue stations shall be equipped with high speed launches/boat fitted with additional lifesaving gears, fire-fighting equipment & first aid facilities 5. AIWTDS shall make available the water ambulance & road ambulance at each of its terminal site available 24X 7 to take injured to nearby hospitals. AIWTDS should have tie ups with nearby hospitals to take up emergency case on priority & mutual aid programme. 8.4.4.2 Emergency Prevention Aids Maintaining adequate navigational aids for easy passage of vessels near critical locations and preventing accidents. Meaning of the signals and cautionary marks should be communicated to the sailors/vessel crews by displaying this management plan on the website. Details of various navigational aids and marks to be provided by AIWTDS for prevention of accidents which may result to oil spills are given below. All signage will be as per the guidance given in Annexure I, II, III of IWAI Act, 1985. a. Navigational Aids i. LED Lights (Green & Red) fitted on MS Post LED lights fitted on bamboo towers Red/Green flags on MS Posts and bamboo towers ii. Day Marks/Cautions Marks at critical locations iii. Bend marks in the entire channel for better maneuvering of the vessel iv. Chainage marks for assistance of the Master and Pilots on board the vessel v. Pilots who are acquainted with the river/channels for the different beats b. Transiting Marks i. Provision & maintenance of 2 NM LED lights fitted on the MS posts/bamboo towers at different locations along the stretch for safe vessel transiting ii. Above posts will be fitted with red/green flags for better visibility iii. The masters shall keep the vessel on left to the red lighted beacons/right to the green lighted beacons while sailing downstream 168 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 iv. For any additional requirement of lighted marking, the vessel Masters should contact the concerned nodal officers v. The nodal officers would relocate/provide additional marks as per requirement c. Signage for bends and snags i. Signage boards with bend signs in reflective paint fitted on bamboo towers will be provided to identify bends in advance ii. Vessel masters will keep the vessel left to the red signage and right to Green signage while sailing downstream iii. Vessel master should inform beat in charge / nodal officer in case of any change in the nature of bends d. Provision of buoys at critical locations i. Buoys should be provided at all critical locations ii. Vessel operators have to be cautious while negotiating through critical zones iii. Vessel operators may ask for assistance of tug in such locations in advance iv. Tug should be provided to vessel operators within 2 days of making such request e. Marking on navigable span of bridge (wherever applicable) i. Red marks should be put on right piers and green on left piers of the navigable span of the bridges with the reflective paint ii. Vessel operator should keep the vessel in between the navigable span of the bridges at controlled speed iii. Vessel master should keep the search light on for identifying the navigation span at least 1 km ahead of the structure or navigation radar can be used for night time navigation f. Chainage & information boards i. To identify the location during voyage, chainage marks should be provided all along the stretch ii. Details of contact persons should be provided at prominent locations. The contact no of AIWTDS emergency team, police station, fire station, hospital, water ambulance and medical facilities will be displayed at each such prominent location. g. Pilotage i. AIWTDS should provide its pilots for specified reaches in the waterway on request of fixed fee amount. Pilotage can be provided at advance request of 3 days minimum ii. Pilots of AIWTDS shall be available only for guidance; however pilot of the vessel will be responsible for safe navigation in channel 8.4.4.3 Oil Spill Management Facilities Facilities to be included in oil spill contingency plan are listed below: a. Oil spill dispersant with spray arm/applicators (conventional hydrocarbon base, water dilutable concentrate & concentrate) b. Boom for containment of oil c. Skimmer for pumping the contained oil (20 TPH) d. Flex vessel/floating storage for collection of spilled oil e. Disposal facility at shore 169 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 f. Vessel for laying the booms g. Oil recover boats h. Sorbent pads and sorbent boom packs i. Shore cleanup equipment-mini vacuum pumps/OSD applicators/fast tanks j. Work boats k. Tugs The response time to emergency should be decided 8.4.5 Nodal Officers and Disaster Management Units of AIWTDS AIWTDS shall set up a disaster management unit, with designated Nodal Officer. The unit should be alerted during time of accidents, disasters, oil spills and other emergencies. The unit should have reprentation from the following  Terminal Operator  Terminal manager  E&S Cell of AIWTDS  GRM Officer, AIWTDS  DySPD, AIWTDS  ASPD, AIWTDS, Guwahati Terminal managers would coordinate for timely deployment of multipurpose tugs, oil spill management systems & equipment, fast launches/ports for possible assistance, provide all kind of medical support and services to take the person to the nearest hospital and visit the incident site for timely coordination. Following are the district disaster management authority (DDMA) management team. Table 8-5to8-6 are DDMA of Dibrugarh and Kamrup (Metro) respectively. Table 8-5: District Disaster Management Authority (DDMA), Dibrugarh Sl. No Designation 1. The Deputy Commissioner Chairperson 2. Chairperson, Zilla Parishad Co-Chairperson 3. Chief Executive Officer of the District Authority Member secretary 4. Superintendent of Police Member 5. Chief Medical Officer Member 6. Executive Engineer, PWD Member 7. Executive Engineer, Water Resource Member Table 8-6: District Disaster Management Authority (DDMA), Kamrup (Metro) Sl. No Designation 1. Deputy Commissioner, Kamrup Chair person 2. Mayor, Guwahati Municipal Corporation Co- Chairperson 4. Supttd. of Police Member 5. Jt, Director of Health Services/Chief Medical Officer Member 6. Executive Engineer PWD (B ) Member 7. Executive Engineer PWD PWD (R) Member 8. Executive Engineer WR Member 170 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 8.4.6 Clean-up Guidelines for oil spills The various guidelines for oils and waste storage and disposal methods with contact details of clean-up for shoreline contamination authorized waste recyclers and suppliers / service agencies for oil response are given at Annexure 8-1, 8-2 and8-3 respectively. 8.4.7 The Important Government and Resource and Response Agencies Pollution control board of Assam has pre-designated OSC/lead agency when oil affects the shoreline in Assam which will be contacted in case of an emergency.. 8.5 Action Sequence Strategy 8.5.1 Emergency facilities to be Available On-board at Jetty Project Proponent shall ensure that following facilities should be provided at the facility to tackle any emergency at any time (On Board);  Fire protection, fire fighting facilities and trained personnel  Emergency lighting and standby power  Emergency Equipment and Rescue Equipment  Breathing apparatus with compressed air cylinder  Fire proximity suit  ResuscitatorWater Gel Blanket  Low temperature suit  First Aid Kit  Stretchers  Torches  Ladders  Safety Equipment o Respirators o Gum Boots o Safety Helmets o Asbestos Rubber Hand Gloves o Goggles and Face Shield o Toxic gas measuring instruments o Explosive Meter o Oxygen measuring instruments  Toxic gas measuring instrument  Wind Direction Indicator  Communication facilities,  Transport facilities,  Occupational Health Facilities  List of Emergency Drugs and Appliances, etc. 171 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019  Communication system and list of contact no of All emergency personnel (AIWTDS, police, Hospital, District Authority, Fire-fighting, External spill management agencies)  List of the locations of critical bends, areas of ferry operations, heavy fishing activity, low LAD and festive seasons in Brahmaputra  Adequate lighting, horn, search lights (navigation radar if possible)  Lifesaving equipment as per schedule I of IWAI Act, 1985 (boats, life rafts, life jackets, life buoys). These should be handled as per Annexure II of IWAI Act, 1985 8.5.2 Action Sequence / Flow of Information of Emergency Whenever there is an emergency following steps shall be followed: 1. Identification / Notification of emergency 2. Activation of spill management response strategy for clean-up 3. Positioning and activation and communication of clean-up committee 4. Cleanup completion intimation 5. Documentation The oil spill internal reporting format and format for spill report to India Coast Guard Organization are given at Annexure 8-5 and Annexure 8-6. Information flow of emergency /disaster/accident/oil spill will flow as per the given diagram in Figure 8.13.Project Proponent shall have and maintain an alarm system. Alarm system should use a distinctive signal for each purpose and comply with following requirements; 8.5.2.1 Assembly points Project Proponent shall pre-determine and designate safe places far away from the risk prone areas of the facility where in case of emergency personnel evacuated from the affected areas shall assemble. Depending upon the location of the emergency and wind direction, the assembly points shall be selected. All assembly points should be clearly marked with directional display board along the route. Following requirements shall be considered for the effective assembly and head count process;  Establish a Head-Count system for employees at the Assembly Area  A list of the names and last-known locations of missing employees should be made available on the assembly point as soon as possible after arriving at the assembly area  Evacuation coordinator should take charge of assembly point and take roll call of the employees  There should be an established method for the accounting of non-employees (contractors, supplier, visitors, vendors etc.  Establish procedures for further evacuation in case the incident expands. This may consist of sending employees home by normal means or providing them with transportation to an off-site location.  Identify Safe shelter space within facility or nearby safe area  Establish procedures for sending evacuees to shelter  Develop a list of necessary emergency supplies such as water, food, and medical supplies.  Coordinate plans with local authorities. 172 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 8.5.2.2 Actuation of Emergency Management Plan and Declaration In case incident goes beyond control, Emergency Management Plan shall be actuated by Chief Incident Controller at the appropriate stage as considered necessary. Other key persons shall also start performing their defined role as per the emergency organization chart and inform to various emergency controllers for guidance and control the situation. When emergency becomes catastrophic and evacuation beyond the plant premises is considered necessary by the Chief Incident Controller, the situation will be handed over to district authorities for implementing the off- site emergency plan. For on-site emergency plan, the relevant authorities shall enforce directions and procedures in respect of preparation of off-site emergency plan in consultation with other Government Agencies. 8.5.2.3 Post Emergency Actions PMU/ Contractor shall appoint an investigation team to investigate the incident, find the direct and root causes and suggest corrective and preventive actions to prevent the re-occouranes of the same incident. They shall be responsible to keep all relevant evidence records of incident. 8.5.2.4 Incident Investigation Project Proponent shall ensure that all incidents including “near-miss” should be recorded and analysed to prevent their recurrence in future. The system of accident investigation, reporting and documentation to be established and monitored. A system of communicating back the incident findings to employees and contract workers shall be ensured 8.5.3 Communication Facilities Communication facilities for transmitting information related to emergency are given below 1. Incident control room at each terminal site 2. Wireless services should be available at incident control room to coordinate with emergency control units 3. Adequate communication system on-board 8.5.4 Communication System Project Proponent shall ensure that after the assessment of risks and their possible environmental impacts, emergency, communication systems should be established. For advance communication on emergency preparedness, sites shall ensure that relevant information reaches to all employees, contractors, general public and local authorities. Through effective communication systems, emergency information should reach to; a. Affected area of the facility b. To key personnel outside normal working hours c. To the outside emergency services and authorities and d. To neighbouring factories and public in vicinity. The communication system shall initiate with raising the alarm, declaring the major emergency and then follow the procedure to make it known to others. Components of communication system are explained below in brief; 8.5.4.1 Raising the First Level Emergency Alarm (FLEA) Any person noticing an Emergency should raise First Level Emergency Alarm (FLEA). All persons working at the facility shall be trained to operate such emergency alarms. There should be an adequate number of points from which the alarm can be raised either directly, by activating an audible warning or individual signal or message to a preliminary manned location. This has the 173 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 advantage of permitting the earliest possible action to be taken to control the situation, which in turn, may avoid the development of a major emergency. All such points shall be distinctively marked and known to all employees. 8.5.4.2 Declaring the Major Emergency Declaration of the major emergency shall be done by Incident Controller and his appointed deputy as early as possible and without wasting the time. (Note: The declaration of major emergency puts many agencies on action and the running system may be disturbed which may be very costly at times or the consequences may be serious. Emergencies should be declared by skilled, knowledgeable person who is able to envisage emergencies scenarios). 8.5.4.3 Telephone Message Telephone operator (or communication officer) shall play an important role while receiving the emergency message on phone. He should be precise, sharp, attentive, and quick in receiving and noting the message and then for immediate subsequent action of further communication. 8.5.5 Communication of Emergency Project Proponent shall ensure establishment of effective system to communicate emergency. As minimum following routes of communications shall be followed; a. At the facility i.e. to the workers including key personnel and essential workers, on duty and inside during normal working hours b. To the key personnel and essential employees not on duty and outside during normal working hours c. To the outside emergency services and the government authorities and d. To the neighbouring firms and the general public in the vicinity 8.5.5.1 Communication to the Employees Emergency prevention and control related information (as per the statutory requirements) shall be made available (in the form of a safety manual or a separate safety booklet) to the employees so that they can prepare themselves to take prompt actions in case of emergency. As minimum following information should be communicated to the employees. a. Statutory Requirements b. Hazard Information 8.5.5.2 Communication to the outside emergency services and the authorities Once the declaration of major emergency is made, sites shall ensure that is immediately communicated to the Government authorities such as local Authorities, Collectorate, Police and District Emergency Authority. The statutory information to above authorities shall be supplied beforehand so that they can be will prepared to operate their off-site emergency control (contingent) plan. As per their advice or consultation your on-site plan should be modified and modified and updated also. 8.5.5.3 Communication to neighbouring firms and the general public Project Proponent shall notify about the major emergencies to nearby Industries and general public. This can serve a dual purpose in that it will enable them to take prompt action to protect their own employees and to take whatever measure may be possible to prevent further escalation of the emergency due to effects on their own installations. At the same time, they may be able to provide assistance as a part of a prearranged mutual aid plan. The statutory information to the general public shall be supplied to them for their emergency preparedness. Such information is mentioned as under: 174 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019  The common names of the hazardous substance used which could give a rise to an accident likely to affect them, with an indication of their principal harmful characteristics.  Brief description of the measures to be taken to minimize the risk of such an accident in compliance with its legal obligations under relevant safety statues.  Salient feature of the approved disaster control measures adopted in the factory.  Details of the factory‟s emergency warning system for the General public.  General advice on the action, members of the public should take on hearing the warning.  Brief description of arrangements at the facility including liaison with the emergency services to deal with foreseeable accidents of such nature and to minimize their effects.  Details of where further information can be obtained. 8.5.6 TEST and Mock Drills To evaluate the thoroughness & effectiveness of Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan, Mock Drills shall be conducted on all sites at appropriate frequencies (onsite as well as offsite). These mock drills shall cover various levels of emergencies and variety of realistic emergency scenarios. The results of emergency drill exercises shall be communicated to appropriate personnel, including employees from the affected area. A follow-up system shall be established at the facility to help ensure prompt and effective resolution of all emergency drill exercises. Resolution of drill recommendations shall be documented and maintained along with the drill or critique report. The emergency mock drills shall be carried out on the objective of –  To evaluate the awareness of Emergency Handling team members with respect to their responsibilities during Emergency as per on site emergency management plan  To evaluate the actions for effective mitigation of the emergency through team work.  To check efficacy, availability & healthiness of Warning system, Fire Protection & Prevention System & Medical facilities. 8.5.7 Mutual Aid Project Proponent shall ensure that to supplement a site‟s emergency control plan, services of member agencies shall be requested when the emergency threatens to exceed the capability of otherwise available resources. Formation of “Mutual Aid Scheme (MAS)” is beneficial for each member in case of major fire hazards, explosion or other accidents involving threat to life and damage to plant property to a very large extent. 8.5.8 Emergency Organisation & Responsibilities Project Proponent shall ensure that key personnel to combat emergency are nominated with specific responsibilities according to set procedures and make best use of the resources available. Emergency Organisation shall meet the following objective;  To promptly control problems as they develop at the scene  To prevent or limit the impact on other areas and outside the project boundary  To provide emergency personnel, selecting them for duties compatible with their normal work functions wherever feasible. The duties and functions assigned to various people shall include making full use of existing organizations and service groups such as fire, safety, occupational health, medical, transportation, personnel, maintenance, and security.  Project Proponent willarrange an alternate arrangement for each function. 175 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Figure 8-12: Typical facility level IMT (Incident Management team) for control of an oil spill Figure 8-13: Basic oil spill emergency organogram 176 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 8.5.8.1 Roles & responsibility of Vessel Owners/Masters for Prevention and Management of Emergency on Site Roles and responsibility of owners and masters of the vessels are as prescribed in IWAI Act, 1986 for management of emergencies and ensuring safety and prevention of accidents and are listed below; 1. The master of vessel shall be responsible for ensuring that the vessel is river worthy. He should follow the regulations relating to the safety measures for navigation in particular: take all precautions required to exercise vigilance and to avoid damage to the vessel, installations in the national waterway and avoid causing obstructions to shipping and navigation a. to avoid imminent danger, take all steps required by the situation (according to the general practice of seamanship) even if this entails departing from these regulations; b. be responsible for compliance with the rules or regulations applicable to his vessel and his crew and to the vessels in tow, while his vessel is engaged in towing of other vessels; c. ensure possession of a valid certificates of registration and survey of the vessel and valid certificate or licence by the crew, ships article or the crew list, ships log and engine log d. ensure that at no time the vessel is over loaded or carried more than the number of passengers it is certified to carry; e. ensure that dangerous goods or explosive materials are carried on board as authorized by Competent Authority and procedures and safety precautions as per the Explosives Rules, 1983 as amended are taken for carrying of such goods or material onboard; f. on sighting a vessel or raft which has suffered an accident endangering persons or the vessel or threatening to obstruct the channel, give immediate assistance to such vessels without endangering safety of his own vessel; g. in case of any marine casualty, give warning to the approaching vessels to enable them to take necessary action in good time and steer clear of the channel when in danger of sinking or goes out of control; h. ensure that lifesaving appliances as specified in Annexure-IV of IWAI Act, 1985 are carried onboard, in good condition and in a position available for immediate use; i. ensure that no time the vessel discharge in the waterway except at places designated by the Competent Officer, raw sewage, oily substances garbage etc. 2. The master of a passenger vessel shall display the disposition and use of life saving appliances carried onboard and demonstrate the use of life jackets before commencement of journey; 3. The master shall ensure that all the navigational aids, fire-fighting and flooding control appliances are on board in proper working condition and in a position available for immediate use and cause regular conduct of exercises to his crew for the efficient use of such appliances; 4. The master shall make immediate report to the nearest competent officer on a. sighting of any other vessel in distress; b. grounding or sinking of the vessel; c. outbreak of fire or flooding in his vessel; d. damage caused to any waterway installations or permanent structures; e. observing uncharted obstruction or failure of navigational aid is noticed; f. falling over board of any object which may become an obstruction or danger to navigation g. spillage of oil into National Waterway 177 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 h. piracy or theft onboard. 5. Master or persons in charge of a vessel shall give the competent officer or any person authorized by him all necessary facilities for verifying compliance with these regulations 6. Only qualified personnel with a valid certificate of competency certificate of service or licence are employed on board the vessel as master / serang, engineer or driver and the crew 7. ensure that the crew provided is sufficiently huge and skilled to ensure the safety on those onboard and safe navigation 8. provide insurance for his vessel against third party risks 8.5.8.2 Roles & responsibility of AIWTDS for Prevention and Management of Emergency Assistance to be provided by AIWTDS during emergencies include the following 1. Assistance during breakdown: On receiving information from vessel master, necessary assistance will be provided by AIWTDS to vessel for rescue by providing tug boats. Vessel master should coordinate with other agencies as well as required 2. Assistance during emergency as specified above in section Chief Incident Controller (CIC): The Chief Incident Controller (CIC) shall have overall responsibility to protect personnel, site facilities, and the public before, during, and after an emergency. The CIC shall be present at the main emergency control centre for counsel and overall guidance. Responsibilities of the Chief Incident Controller shall include the following: - a. Preparation, Review, and Update Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan b. Direct operational control over areas in the facility other than those affected c. Assess the situation and decide to evacuate from the assembly points to safe location d. Ensure that a log of the emergency is maintained in ECC e. Liaise with Police, Local Government, Pollution Board, and other agencies and appraise on possible affects to areas outside the facility premises f. Advise incident controller to close out the incident when the situation is under control g. Control rehabilitation of the affected persons after the emergency Site Incident Controller (SIC): The Site Incident Controller shall be identified by the Chief Incident Controller and will report directly to him. Responsibilities of the Chief Incident Controller shall include the following: a. Take charge of the incident site b. Assess the situation and alert panel / field operators c. Inform Chief Incident Controller (CIC) d. Assess the level of emergency and instruct to actuate emergency siren e. Evacuate personnel to the assembly point and then to safe location f. Initiate action for isolation of source g. Direct all operations within the affected areas h. Advice firefighting & rescue personnel 178 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 i. Preserve all evidences to facilitate any enquiry j. Assess damage & environmental / toxicity level before ALL CLEAR signal by CIC Administration and Communication Coordinator: Responsibilities of the administration and communication controller shall include the following: a. Liaise with the statutory authorities. b. Provide necessary support for the administration, welfare, transportation for control of emergency situation as requested by the CIC /SIC c. Mobilize all the available company vehicles along with the drivers for emergency use. d. Coordinate with neighbouring agencies for mutual aid support e. Arrange for transport of victims to hospitals/ dispensaries on advice of medical services coordinator Fire Safety Coordinator: Responsibilities of the Fire and Safety Coordinator shall include the following: a. Take charge of all fire fighting /Rescue operations b. Guide fire fighting crew and provide logistics support for effectively combating the fire c. Organize relieving groups for fire fighting d. Call mutual aid member/external help in fire fighting. e. Mobilize additional fire fighting equipment /Consumable/PPEs in consultation with coordinator- Commercial f. Assist in assuming the risk and upgrade / downgrade the level of emergency Medical Team Coordinator: a. In case external medical assistance required, inform the nearest hospital for alertness and further assistance if required b. Initiation of the medical response plan and its monitoring c. Arrange for examination of the victim and his further treatment d. Ensure the availability of ambulance all the time at the facility e. Ensuring availability of water ambulance at terminal facility Technical Services Coordinator: a. Provide all technical inputs to ECC b. Arrange for retrieval of necessary drawings and related documents if required. c. Coordinate with outside technical consultants and experts and seek help if required. d. Assist CIC with necessary information, support and resources. e. Communicate with pollution control authorities to provide / receive (if required) necessary information. Security Coordinator: a. Take charge of all security functions like mobilization of security personnel, traffic control/ barricading, evacuation of personnel, threat analysis etc. b. Assign evacuation coordinator & assembly point coordinator. 179 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 c. Mobilize additional / off duty security force for help, if necessary. d. Liaise with local authorities in consultation with CIC for external help (as necessary) for evacuation of the neighbouring areas. If necessary, arrange for announcement through the mobile PA system for alerting the population in the surrounding areas e. Depute security staff for managing gates and incident site. f. Arrange and carry out head controls at assembly point and report to CIC. Operation Team: a. The O & M (Operations and maintenance) personnel of the project facility being first line respondent at site shall attempt to control the emergency at the initial stage. b. Immediately inform about the emergency situation to the ECC c. Review all operations carefully to ensure that systems in jeopardy are shut down. d. Ensure critical operations are brought down to safer mode. It shall be done by the skilled and experience staff. e. Evacuation of all non-responding staff from the areas in distress in crosswind direction f. Personnel responsible for rescuing victims shall don full protective equipment Flow of Information: a. Control Centre shall receive the information from field either in person or from the various systems available at the facility. b. On receipt of information, the control room shift In-charge shall actuate the EMP and notify the emergency to site incident controller. c. Control Room shift in-charge will act as site incident controller till arrival of designated person. 8.5.9 Emergency Control Centre Emergency Control Centre shall be the focal point in case of an emergency from where the operations to handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. Project Proponent shall ensure that the centre is equipped with adequate resources to receive and transmit information and directions from the Chief Emergency Coordinator. It should be ensured that once the hazard is declared, communications systems immediately get activated. An emergency control centre should therefore contain a well-designed communication system and required information such as:  At least two external telephones (one incoming and the other one out going fitted with simultaneous/ selective broadcasting systems) with a PABX  Wireless / Radio equipment (VHF/ walkie talkie/ pager/mobile)  Inundation/vulnerability maps indicating risk zones, assembly points,  Alternate evacuation routes, safe areas, rehabilitation centres, etc.  Telephone directory of emergency response system  List of all emergency equipment and personnel for evacuation, personnel protection, medical aid, etc., under the plan as well as with Govt. agencies in the district  List of ambulances, base medical facilities, hospitals, rehabilitation centres, etc.  Plan of the facility showing- o Storage area of hazardous materials 180 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 o Storage of safety equipment o Fire fighting system o Facility Entrance, roadway and emergency exists o Assembly points o Truck parking area o Surrounding location  Reference Books/ Chemical Dossiers  Copies of Disaster Management Plan 8.5.10 Training and Awareness Project Proponent shall have a process in place for the training of employees, contractors & shareholders or any other affected individual or group in the subject area. This training should cover:  Types of emergencies that may occur  Potential threats, hazards, and protective actions  Components of emergency preparedness and response plan  Individual roles and responsibilities  Relevant standards and Codes  Notification, Warning, and Communications procedures  Evacuation, Shelter, and Head Count procedures  Location and use of common emergency equipment  Mock Drill procedure and accounting for personnel  Techniques of accident investigations 8.5.11 Other Reference Documents This Plan should be used in conjunction with the following documents;  Emergency Response Plan (ERP).  Regional Contingency Plan (Eastern coast guard).  National Oil Spill Disaster Contingency Plan (NOSDCP). 8.5.12 Reference Framework Some useful codes and standards that may assist in designing an Emergency Management Plan. Reference Brief Description International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), 1974 a. Chapter II-2 – Fire protection, fire detection and fire extinction SOLAS, 1974 b. Chapter III – Life-saving appliances and arrangements c. Chapter IV – Radio-communications d. Chapter VII – Carriage of dangerous goods International Finance Corporation a. Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines for Ports, Harbours, (IFC) and Terminals Applicable Legislation (Note* Certain requirements from a. Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rule‟s these legislations may be adapted as (MSIHC Rules, 1989) best practices while developing EMP http://envfor.nic.in of the Inland Water Ways Project) 181 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Chapter 9 : Environmental Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring Programme 9.1 Introduction The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required to ensure sustainable development of the proposed Inland Water Transport Improvement Project on river Brahmaputra both during the construction as well as operational phases. The EMP is site and time specific. In order to effectively implement EMP, an institutional framework has been developed and roles and responsibilities of various relevant agencies have been worked out. Capacity development program are also identified and part of the EMP. In general, Assam Inland Water Transport Development Society (AIWTDS), (with assistance from Contractor and Independent Engineer/Supervision Consultant) is the responsible entity for ensuring that the mitigation measures as suggested in the EMP are carried out. Mitigation measures for Environment and Social impacts are listed in Table 10-1. The list provides reference implementing organisation and responsible entity. 9.1.1 Specific activities by Assam Inland Water Transport Development Society(AIWTDS) The role of Assam Inland Water Transport Development Society (AIWTDS), Government of Assam, in the implementation of EMP involves ensuring the following activities:  EIA clearance from MOEF&CC, wherever required, and World Bank;  Disclosure of EIA document in public domain and also in the info shop of World Bank  Permission from line department for laying of drainage line, construction of Sulabh toilets and connection to city sewer line  Permission for tree felling (if any)  Monitoring and Reporting on implementation of EMP measures and corrective actions as agreed with relevant authorities 9.1.2 Specific activities by Contractor The activities to be performed by the contractor to implement the EMP shall comprise the following:  Obtain consent to establish from State Pollution Control Board, Assam under Air and Water Acts  Felling of trees (if at all required) with the prior permission of Forest Department;  Finalizing the selection of material sources (quarry and borrow material, etc.) and shall follow necessary guidelines as given in Annexure 9.1.  Selection, design and layout of construction areas, labour camps etc. (Refer Annexure 9.2)  Undertake project activities under the contract with AIWTDS in line with relevant portions of theEMP 9.2 Implementation of EMP The Environmental Officer of the contractor should be available for the entire duration of the project and shall be primarily responsible for compliance of EMP. The Environmental Specialist from the Independent Engineer/ Supervision Consultant shall monitor the compliance of the EMP and all the design drawings of various civil structures shall be implemented after his approval. The proposed organogram for the implementation and monitoring of EMP is presented in Figure 9-1. 182 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Figure 9-1: Organization Structure for Implementation of EMP Govt. of India PMU (AIWTDS) World Bank Ulubari, Guwahati Environment & Social Development Experts (PMU) General Consultant (GC) I. Execution of Civil Work II. Modernization of Vessels Technical Supervision Consultant (TSC) Use of eco-friendly devices in modernized vessels to reduce Env. Officer& Social Dev. Env. Officer& Social Dev. Env. Officer& Social Dev. emission, oil spillage OfficerSilchar Division, Officer Guwahati Division, Officer Dibrugarh Division, and noise vibration in Safeguard (PMU) (PMU) (PMU) water Monitoring Consultant (Third Party Env. & Safety Officer Env. & Safety Officer Env. & Safety Officer Non-Governmental Organization (NGO) Monitoring) (ESO) of Contractor, (ESO) of Contractor, (ESO) of Contractor, forRAP Implementation & Micro-Plan at Silchar (PMU) at Guwahati at Dibrugarh Preparation 183 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 9.3 Components of EMP The key components of the EMP are summarized below and explained in detail in the following subsections:  Mitigation Measures  Monitoring Measures  Institutional Arrangement  Reporting Requirements  EMP Budget The Environmental Management Plan for proposed Terminal Project for both constructionand operational phase is given inTable 9-1 and 9-2 respectively. 184 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Table 9-1: Environment Management Plan for proposed Terminal Project (Construction Phase) Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents 1. Site Preparation: Levelling of Terminal Site, Base cap, Construction Camp & Labour camp 1.1 C & G and  Loss of  Tree cutting, if any would Solid Waste Construction During Contractor TSC & PMU levelling of vegetation. be carried out only after Management site design and site  Loss of top soil. obtaining NOC from Forest Rules, 2016, Labour and Construction Loss of natural Department Hazardous & Stage construction resource (Earth/soil)  Top soil (15 cm) would be Other Waste Camp stripped and kept (Management Locations separately in stockpiles for and use in landscaping. Transboundary)  Excavated materials would Rules, 2016 be preferably used for site C & D waste filling/low lying area filling Rules, 2016. and the surplus material would be disposed as per The Water norms. (Prevention &  Green belt/landscaping Control of would be developed at the Pollution) Act, site and as per the Green 1974 and Belt management Plan. amendments  Survival rate of tree would thereof. be regularly monitored. It should be minimum of 70%.  Sedimentation tanks shall be provided for storm water drain to arrest the sediments and these sediments shall be removed and stored with remaining excavated soil.  Shore protection works like stone pitching along the 185 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents bank shall be undertaken. 1.2 Setting of Contamination of  Construction camp locationSolid Waste Labour and Construction Contractor TSC & PMU Labour & land and water would be as per proposed Management construction Stage Constructio resources from Construction & Labour Rules, 2016, Camp n Camps: waste generation. Camp Management Plan. Hazardous & Locations Other Waste  Labour camps would be (Management located close to the and construction sites to the Transboundary) extent possible. Rules, 2016  Top soil (15 cm) would be C & D waste stripped and kept Rules, 2016. separately in stockpiles for The Water use in landscaping. (Prevention & Control of  Excavated materials would Pollution) Act, be preferably used for site 1974 and filling/low lying area filling amendments and the surplus material thereof. would be disposed as per norms. 1.3 Sanitation, Unhygienic and  Hygiene in the camps Health & unsafe living and would be maintained by Safety: working condition. providing good sanitation and cleaning facilities.  Camp would be well ventilated with adequate provision for illumination, 186 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents kitchen and safe drinking water. Proper drainage to be maintained around the sites to avoid water logging.  Proper sanitation with toilet and bathing facilities would be provided at the sites and labour camps. Wastewater generated from these facilities would be disposed through septic tanks and soak pit  Preventive medical care to be provided to workers  Segregated solid waste would be disposed of at municipal solid waste disposal location. If municipal solid waste site not available then waste should be land fill following local regulations.  LPG will be used for cooking in construction camps  Provision would be made for day crèche for children  First aid facilities, with room, personnel and ambulance would be available at the site. Also, tie-up with local hospitals would be done to handle 187 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents emergency case, if any  Rest area would be provided at the site where workers can rest after lunch and should not lie on site anywhere  Working hours of labourers would not exceed than standard norms as per Factory Act  Wastewater from construction site would not be allowed to be accumulated as it may lead to breeding of mosquitoes. Septic tanks/soak pits would be provided for its disposal  Temporary storm water drainage system would also be provided at camp site so that no water logging takes place 1.4 Waste Generation of solid,  Arrangement should be Management liquid and hazardous made for segregation of waste waste into recyclable and non-recyclable waste  Non-recyclable waste generated should be disposed regularly through authorized agency. Recyclable waste should be sold to authorized vendors. 188 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents  Construction waste generated should be segregated at site into recyclable, reusable & rejected fraction. Recyclable should be sold to authorized vendor, reusable waste should be stored at site for usage and rejected fraction should be disposed at designated sites of the municipal authority  If no debris or waste disposal site exists in the area then a site would be identified with approval of AIWTDS and would be used & manage for the same as per the Debris Management Plan.  Any waste oil generated from construction machinery, should be stored on concrete platform and disposed off to authorized recyclers. 2. Climate 2.1 Climate Project is unlikely to  Daily monitoring of the Kyoto Protocol, Construction During Contractor TSC & PMU Change cause negative CWC Gauge data at Pandu Forest site Design and effect on climate. Ghat (for North Guwahati & Conservation construction However, project GGG Ghat) & Neamati Act & National stage. 189 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents can contribute Ghat (for Aphalamukh Forest Policy positively for climate Ghat)  Regular interaction mechanism with Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) for early forecasting to avoid casualties  Working jointly with State Disaster Management Authority, State Disaster Response Force (SDRF) & National Disaster Response Force (NDRF) during emergency situation  Awareness programme with staff, passengers and contractors on Climate Change.  Project would be designed in a way to minimize the tree cutting. As far as possible trees along the terminal boundary will be retained as part of greenbelt.  If any tree cutting will be required at any terminal it shall be carried out only after obtaining NOC from Forest Department.  Shifting to alternative energy options like solar energy  Adoption of best practices 190 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents to cut down resources and energy requirement 3. Air Quality 3.1 Air Pollution Dust Generation due  No crushers or Batching Environmental Construction During the Contractor TSC & PMU to construction plants will be located at the Protection Act, sites, Loading Construction activities and sites. Ready mix concrete 1986 and areas, storage phase material handling. will be used. These amendments areas, considerably reduce the thereof; Emission from emission. The Air machinery, DG and  Low sulphur diesel would (Prevention vehicular movement. be used for operating DG and Control of sets and construction Pollution) Act, equipment. 1981 and  Periodic monitoring of air amendments quality for PM10, PM2.5, thereof SOx, NOx, and CO shall be carried out quarterly at construction site  Regular water sprinkling/fogging to suppress the dust generatedat site, approach road & haulage roads.  Proper servicing and maintenance of earth moving vehicles and other machinery to minimize the emission generation  Vehicles transporting the loose and fine materials like sand and aggregates shall be covered.  Masks and other PPE shall be provided to workers in 191 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents high dust generation area  Loading and unloading of construction materials shall be made at designated locations with provisions of water sprinkling.  Construction vehicle, machinery & equipment shall be regularly serviced and maintained and would have valid PUC certificate  Monitoring of air quality shall be carried out on quarterly basis to check the level of pollutants and effectiveness of mitigative measures  4. Noise 4.1 Noise  Noise generation  Protection devices Noise Pollution Terminal site During the Contractor TSC & PMU Pollution from construction (earplugs or ear muffles) (Regulation and access Construction activity. shall be provided to the and Control) roads. stage  Noise generation workers operating near Rules, 2000 from operation of high noise generating and vehicle, machines. amendments equipment and  Barricading (Temporary thereof machinery. noise barrier) around the construction site to minimize the noise level  Restriction of high noise generating activity between 10:00 PM to 6 AM.  Restriction on Honking at the project site 192 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents  Job rotations systems for workers, working in high noise level areas  Periodic monitoring of noise levels to check the level of pollutants and effectiveness of proposed EMP 5. Water Quality 5.1 Water Surface water  Preference would be given Water Act, Terminal site During Contractor TSC & PMU pollution pollution and to use river water for 1974 Construction Depletion of construction with stage Groundwater due permission from concerned to abstraction for authorities construction  In case of use of ground water, permission will be purpose.Siltation obtained from due to CGWA/CGWB construction of  Water monitoring to be terminal and carried out as per contamination monitoring plan. due to disposal of  Natural Drainage pattern of domestic waste area shall be maintained by making a proper drainage network in project site.  Washing of vehicle and equipment shall not be carried out in river or nearby place. Washing area would be in a designated area with oil & grease trap.  Storage of debris and raw materials would be in 193 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents designated area clearly demarcated.  Site would be regularly cleaned  Septic tank/soak pit shall be provided for the toilets at both construction site as well as workers camp. Adequate toilets & bathrooms shall be provided to prevent open defecation. Use of mobile toilets with anaerobic digestion facility would be explored. No domestic wastewater shall be allowed to be discharged to river.  Wastewater, generated from the washing/cleaning area after passing through oil & grease trap shall be re-used for water sprinkling.  Fuel shall be stored in leak proof containers and containers shall be placed on paved surface under shed.  The piling work in river shall be undertaken during low flow period.  Turbidity traps/curtains/ Geo-Textile synthetic sheet 194 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents curtain would be placed around piling and construction area to prevent movement of sediments and construction waste.  Sedimentation tanks shall be provided for treating run-off from site before discharging into the river.  Proper collection, management and disposal of construction and municipal waste from site shall be made to prevent mixing of the waste in run- off and entering the water bodies  Monitoring of surface water quality shall be carried out on quarterly basis to check the level of pollutants and effectiveness of proposed EMP 6. Accident, Incident and Safety Risks 6.1 Health & Accident and  Local labour would BOCWA & Terminal Site During Contractor TSC & PMU Safety Incident risk from preferably be employed for BOCWR and the Construction construction construction. material source stage activities and safety  Site would be barricaded Central Motor areas and of workers and would have security Vehicle haulage roads Impact on Social life. guards. Act 1988 Construction  Resister would be sites maintained for entry to the EP Act 1986 construction sites. No 195 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents unauthorized person would Noise Rules be allowed to enter the site. 2002  A board in local language at entrance of site would display name of project, area and hazards associated for public awareness  Adequate illumination would be provided at site during evening and night time till the work is being carried out  Rest area for workers would be provided.  Personal protective equipment like helmet, gum boots, safety shoes, safety jackets, ear plugs, gloves etc to be provided to workers. Fines would be levied if they are found not using PPE  Noise level in the work zone would be maintained and followed as per OSHAS norms  Contractors would adopt and maintain safe working practices. SOPs would be prepared and followed for all activities under supervision of site engineer  Training would be given to 196 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents workers to handle the heavy equipment so as to prevent accidents  Complete medical check- up would be done for workers prior to joining and after six months of joining  Emergency telephone nos.of hospitals, ambulance and doctors would be displayed in first aid room.  Working hours of labour should not exceed norms as per state factory law  Speed limit of vehicles would be restricted at site to prevent any accidents and fines would be imposed for violation. All construction vehicles would follow the designated routes & timings.  Arrangement of fire-fighting would be made at site and workers would be trained on their use.  Maintenance and repair of any local village road used for the project activities should be carried out both before and end of construction by contractor. 7. Protection of Flora and Fauna 197 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents 7.1 Loss of  Loss of  Caution sign shall be Wild Life Terminal During Contractor TSC & PMU Biodiversity terrestrial flora & placed to prevent hunting (Protection) site/construction design and fauna. of animals Act, 1972, Bio- camps construction diversity Around stage  Loss of Aquatic  Construction activities Conservation Piling/dredging Fauna including shall be restricted to 6:00 Act, 2002 Area Dolphins and Am-10:00 Pm especially macrophytes noise generating activities.  No hazardous material or waste shall be disposed in the land or nearby area as it may harm the animals, if consumed accidently  Site should be barricaded to prevent entry of the animal in the site  Illumination at the night time should be reduced (if no activity is going on) as it may disturb the nocturnal animals  Workers should not use any timber or firewood as fuel for any purpose  The river area in which the piling is planned, advisable to carefully determine drop sites before anchor placement 198 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents to ensure that Dolphin and fish communities that could locally still be present in the area are not unnecessarily damaged.  Before starting piling allow some time to aquatic fauna to displace from the piling area.  Bubble curtains can be provided at the time of pilling to displace the aquatic fauna prior start of construction activities  The piling activities must be carried out in shortest possible timeframe.  All the debris should be disposed away from river course.  Noise reducing devices like mufflers, enclosures shall be fitted with the equipment as much as feasible.  Fish exclusion devices shall be installed in water column around the pile driving area to prevent 199 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents fish access  Geo Textile synthetic sheet curtain &turbidity traps shall be placed around piling and construction area to prevent movement of sediments and construction waste  Piling/dredging should be stopped for some time, if any dolphin/turtle/RET species is sighted in activity area  Aquatic ecology monitoring should be carried out prior to start of construction and after completion of construction to assess the impact of construction activities on aquatic life. Dredging Generation of To prepare Dredging Terminal During Contractor TSC & PMU suspended plan including site/construction design and sediments timeframe camps construction causing an Around stage To stop dredging increase in Piling/dredging during breeding & turbidity, Area spawning season destruction of (June to August) benthic environment and To use turtle & change in river Dolphin deflectors at 200 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents morphology & sensitive location spillage during  Contractors need to transportation submit SOPs and action time chart with risk management plan prior to any dredging work. Dredging sub- contractor should follow the defined safety procedures to avoid accidents and spills, and AIWTDS will ensure that other vessel users are provided with adequate information and instruction to avoid conflict with the dredgers. Cultural &  Temporary  Adequate diversion Near the During Contractor TSC & PMU Heritage diversion of signs shall be Heritage Site design and Resources access towards displayed in the construction cultural access route for the stage resources, devotees towards temples; these cultural heritage and temples.  Safety issues to devotees during  Warning signs shall be the construction given if there is any large stage various excavation work done or construction scaffoloing put thereof activities. etc.  Chances of 201 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents vibration impact to these cultural resources during the construction work; Labour Influx  Influence in the  Specifications on Construction During Contractor TSC & PMU demographic employment of local Area design and composition workforce including construction women should be stage  Increased reflected in the civil works demand and bidding documents and competition for subsequent contracts to local social and ensure that the health services contractors fulfil these  Social conflicts commitments. Locals between the including women may be local community screened further for skills, and the and adequate orientations construction can be provided to recruit migrant workers. for the work. AIWTDS can prepare a roster of  Increased rates interested workers and of illicit their skills behaviour and  The project contractor crime against needs to prepare a site- women, which is specific Labour Influx a real threat for Management Plan and/or Assam where a Workers‟ Camp gender-based Management Plan. violence is rampant  Security personnel will be  Increase deployed at the construction competition for sites, and emergency nos. 202 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents jobs and have an including contact details of impact on wage local law enforcement distribution officers, project‟s helpline no., existing state-run women helpline nos. will be prominently displayed at the site. The contractors will ensure that an Internal Complaints Committee (ICC) for each establishment is set-up to meet their corporate requirement and legal mandate under the Sexual Harassment at the Workplace Act, 2013.  Health problems of the workers should be taken care of by providing basic health-care' facilities through health centres temporarily set up for the construction camp. The health centre should have the requisite staff, free medicines and minimum medical facilities to tackle first-aid requirements or minor accidental cases, linkage with nearest higher order hospital to refer 203 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents patients of major illnesses and critical cases.  Awareness camps on HIV/AIDS for both, construction workers and neighbouring villages must be organised at regular intervals by NGOs empanelled with NACO.  It is expected that among the women workers there will be mothers with infants and small children. The provision of a day care crèche as per the Building and Other Construction Workers (regulation of employment and conditions of service) act, 1996 is the contractor‟s responsibility. The crèche should be provided with trained women to look after the children.  In case work schedule extents up till night, it should be ensured that women workers are exempted night shifts. 204 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents   Social  8. Repairing & Retrofitting of vessels of IWT: Repairing & The reparing and  Wastewater will be Hazardous & Pandu Design & Contractor TSC & PMU Retrofitting of retrofitting of passed through oil and Other Waste Construction vessels of IWT vessels involve grease trap and treated in (Management Phase replacement of old STP. and machineries with  The contaminated waste latest one. In the Transboundary) will be seggregated and process the waste kept in separate Rules, 2016 water is likely to be drums/bins under shed. The Water generated from the  The used oil will be (Prevention & washings and collected in leak proof contaminated with Control of drums and kept under oil and grease. The shed. Pollution) Act, waste generated  The waste will be 1974 and from repairing will categorised as amendments be asbestos, recycleable, incinerable thereof. ferrous and non and land disposable. ferrous scraps,  Used oil and mettalic plastics, packings, waste will be sold to oil contaminated authorised recyclers. cotton, paint waste  The incinerable waste etc. in addition to such as oil contminated this, used engine oil cottons, filters, waste oil and oily sludge are sludge, paint waste etc likely to be will be disposed of in generated. authorised common incinerator.  Land disposable waste such as wood, fibers etc 205 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measure Relevant laws Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and and Contract Location Frame Implementation Supervision potential impacts Documents will be disposed of in authorised common hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal facilities (TSDF). Table 9-2: Environment Management Plan for proposed Terminal Project (Operation Phase) Component Environmental Remedial Measures Relevant Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and potential laws/ Location Frame Implementat Supervision impacts Contracts ion 1.0 Climate Climate Project is unlikely to  Greenbelt shall be Kyoto Protocol, Terminal site Operation IWT IWT Change cause negative effect on developed all along the Forest and climate. However, terminal premises. Conservation maintena project can contribute  Energy efficient measures Rules & nce positively for climate in the terminal buildings will National Forest be implemented Policy  Solar power will be used in potential area 2.0 Air Quality Air Pollution Emission from  Only Passenger ferry will be Environment Terminals Operation IWT IWT machinery, ferry, DG handled in the terminal al Protection and and vehicular hence no dust pollution Act, 1986; maintena movement. anticipated. The Air nce  Green belt shall be (Prevention developed and maintained and Control as per lay out of Pollution)  Local Species selected for Act, 1981 development of green belt.  Water sprinkling would be provided in dust generating 206 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measures Relevant Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and potential laws/ Location Frame Implementat Supervision impacts Contracts ion areas  DG exhaust will be minimised by regular maintenance in AMC  Monitoring of air quality shall be carried out on quarterly basis to check the level of pollutants and effectiveness of EMP  Ferries, deployed, will have efficient fuel combustion system with minimum emission 3.0 Soil Erosion Soil Erosion  Soil erosion of  Periodic checking of the Project Along river Regular IWT IWT and embankment during slope stabilization requirement bank and surveillan manageme heavy rainfall. measures (stone pitching or Embankme ce during nt. otherwise) would be carried nt operation to assess the damage if any. Necessary measures for repair shall be followed wherever there are failures 4.0 Wastewater Management Water pollution  Surface water  STP (10KLD) would be Project Terminal Operatio IWT IWT pollution. provided to treat the requirement and vessels nal  Siltation and erosion sewage generated. Treated Phase and contamination water would be used for due to disposal of horticulture and plantation domestic waste purpose at the site  Storm water drainage system would be provided at the site.  Rain water harvesting 207 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measures Relevant Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and potential laws/ Location Frame Implementat Supervision impacts Contracts ion facility would be developed and maintained  Oil interceptors shall be provided with the storm water drains in the parking lots & loading &unloading areas  Fuel shall be stored in leak proof containers and containers shall be placed on paved surfaces so that no spill occurs  Fuelling of vessels will be leak proof system  Quarterly Monitoring of surface water quality shall be carried out to check the level of pollutants and effectiveness of EMP 5.0 Noise Control Noise Pollution  Noise generation from  Timely maintenance and Noise Access Road Operationa IWT IWT operation of vehicle, servicing of transportation Pollution & Terminal l phase equipment and vehicles and the (Regulation Site machinery. machinery/pumps/vessels and Control) to be used during operation Rules, 2000 phase to reduce the noise generation.  Honking shall be prohibited at the project site  Hearing test for the workers shall be undertaken before employing them and thereafter shall be done after every six months 208 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measures Relevant Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and potential laws/ Location Frame Implementat Supervision impacts Contracts ion  DG sets shall be provided with acoustic enclosure  Monitoring of Noise levels shall be carried out on quarterly basis to check the level of pollutants and effectiveness of proposed EMP 6.0 Accidental Risk Accident and Accident risks  Traffic control measures, Project Access Road Operationa IWT IWT Incident. associated with including speed limits requirement l phase traffic movement. should be enforced strictly. Accidents due to  Further encroachment Project Throughout Operationa IWT IWT Movement of Vessels of squatters within the requirement the Project l phase and other hazards ROW of approach road will route associated with site be prevented.  Monitor/ensure that all safety provisions included in design and construction phase are properly maintained  Adequate illumination should be provided at the site during evening 7.0 Vessel Repairing Water Generation of  Wastewater generated from HW Rules, Vessel Operationa IWT IWT pollution wastewater and washings is normally 2016. EP Act, Maintenance l phase and hazardous waste contaminated with oil. 1986 Unit waste Therefore, wastewater will managem be passed through oil water 209 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measures Relevant Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and potential laws/ Location Frame Implementat Supervision impacts Contracts ion ent separator and treated in STP.  Bilge and other water will be treated as above  Wastewater evacuation system would be leak proof and no untreated wastewater would be allowed to discharge to river  Treated wastewater will be used for plantation, lawn and garden to the maximum extent possible  Used and waste oil will be collected separately by adopting leak proof arrangements  Used oil will be stored under shed and will be auctioned to authorised recycler.  Hazardous waste will be stored separately under shed and disposed in Common TSDF  Non-hazardous scraps, plastics will be collected separately and sold as scrap  Domestic waste will be segregated and hand over to facility of local body 210 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measures Relevant Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and potential laws/ Location Frame Implementat Supervision impacts Contracts ion 8.0 Flora & Fauna Biodiversity Loss of Aquatic Fauna  Propeller shall have net Forest Project tree Operationa IWT IWT loss including Dolphins and system to avoid any Conservation plantation l phase other macrophytes accident with dolphins and Act 1980, Wild sites. other aquatic animals. Life Protection Terminal site  No wastewater or waste Act, 1972 and shall be disposed in river surrounding from terminal site or from area vessel into the water. Penalty shall be imposed on the vessels reported disposing waste/wastewater in the river  Run-off from stockpile area, storage yards, parking areas & roads shall not be disposed directly in to river.  Instruction should be given to all vessels and all employee and staff that no dolphin or any other endangered species shall be harmed due to any reason  Instruction shall be given to vessel operator that in case any accident with dolphin occurs that should be reported immediately to 211 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measures Relevant Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and potential laws/ Location Frame Implementat Supervision impacts Contracts ion terminal authority  Waiting time of vessels shall be reduced at the terminal/lock sites by providing the adequate loading and unloading equipment and vehicles.  Vessels shall be instructed for not using sharp lights and sounds all the time as they may disturb aquatic organisms. 9.0 Repairing & Retrofitting of vessels of IWT: Repairing & The reparing and  Wastewater will be passed Hazardous & Pandu Design & Contractor TSC & PMU Retrofitting of retrofitting of vessels through oil and grease trap Other Waste Repairing & Constructio vessels of involve replacement of and treated in STP. (Management Retrofitting of n Phase IWT old machineries with  The contaminated waste and vessels of IWT latest one. In the will be seggregated and Transboundary process the waste water kept in separate ) Rules, 2016 is likely to be generated drums/bins under shed. The Water from the washings and  The used oil will be (Prevention & contaminated with oil collected in leak proof Control of and grease. The waste drums and kept under Pollution) Act, generated from repairing shed. 1974 and will be asbestos, ferrous  The waste will be amendments and non ferrous scraps, categorised as recycleable, thereof. plastics, packings, oil incinerable and land contaminated cotton, disposable. paint waste etc. in  Used oil and mettalic waste 212 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Component Environmental Remedial Measures Relevant Approximate Time Institutional Responsibility Attribute and potential laws/ Location Frame Implementat Supervision impacts Contracts ion addition to this, used will be sold to authorised engine oil and oily recyclers. sludge are likely to be  The incinerable waste such generated. as oil contminated cottons, filters, waste oil sludge, paint waste etc will be disposed of in authorised common incinerator.  Land disposable waste such as wood, fibers etc will be disposed of in authorised common hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal facilities (TSDF). 213 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 9.4 EMP Monitoring Programme EMP Monitoring Programme is very importantand refers to systematic review of implementation of Environment Management Plan during Construction and Operation Phase of the project. One of the objectives is to evaluate environmental performance and ensure effectiveness of mitigation measures. Another important objective of EMP monitoring is to verify the impact of the project on the predicted environmental components. To ensure the effective implementation of EMP, it is proposed to undertake environmental monitoring both during construction and operation period. A three-tier monitoring program has been proposed. They are:  Compliance monitoring,  Effects monitoring, and  External monitoring. The main purpose of this monitoring program is to ensure that the various tasks detailed in the EMP are implemented in an effective manner, and also to evaluate program impacts on the key environment and social parameters. 9.4.1 Effects Monitoring Effects monitoring is a very important aspect of environmental management to safeguard the environment. The monitoring will comprise surveillance to check whether the contractor is meeting the provisions of the contract during construction (assuming 3 years) and operation of the project (assuming 3 years which will get repeated as per the SPCB consent) including the responsible agencies for implementation and supervision. This exercise will ensure that the receptor environment is not adversely affected. 9.4.2 Third Party Monitoring The AIWTDS will engage an independent consulting firm to conduct external and independent monitoring of the EMP implementation. The main purpose of the external monitoring will be toensure that all the key entities including E&SConstruction Supervisor, and contractors are effectively and adequately fulfilling their designated role for EMP implementation and that all the EMP requirements are being implemented in a timely and effective manner. This monitoring should be on-going throughout the project life-cycle and must be implemented to ensure that environmental impacts are within the predicted levels and that specified environmental performance targets are being achieved. The objective of appointing an independent consultant is to review and monitor the performance on the basis of detailed on-site review, examination of EIA document and interaction with the PIU, and other stakeholders. The scope of services of the Third party monitoring (TPM) is described below in Table 9-3.Review visits at a frequency higher than that mentioned below, shall only be undertaken at the express request from the PIU. 214 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Table 9-3: Nature, Method and Timing of Review Sl. Nature of review Timing Method of review No 1. Review of project • On completion of design • Design documents and design ofproject drawings document 2. Review of bid • Review of documentation • Proof of advertisement, documentation and bid • During bidding process letters, and process initiation correspondence Bid Documents, contract agreements 3. Review of site • Prior to start of • Inter departmental preparation and construction correspondences Official clearances records 4. Review of Project • After deployment of • As per official records Management Systems Project Observations Management Systems Discussions with PIU 5. Report on Physical • After handing over the • Reports and documents progress of EMP site tocontractor/ during submitted by PIU implementation Construction period • Review of milestones as per Contract agreement Discussions with PIU 6. Compliance to the • Pre-Construction, during • As per the MoEFCC statutory Construction and Post- guidelines requirements Construction • EMP document for the project. • Compliance with relevant legislation / rules 7. Safety and Health • Construction and Post- • As per relevant Construction stage standards/ good practices / contracts 8. Progress of • During Pre-Construction • As per R&R Action Plan Resettlement and and Construction stage if submitted along with Rehabilitation the Land acquisition PR/Land acquisition process is not proposal submitted, completed. Records of Competent Authority • No. of court cases against land acquisition for the project 9.5 Institutional setup for Effective EMP Implementation and its Monitoring The Project implementation will be led by the Project Implementation Unit (PIU) that will be established within AIWTDS. The PIU will be responsible for procurement of consultants for carrying out the various studies related to EMP. The PIU will be headed by the Project Director (PD). The PIU consists of an Environment and Social (E&S) Cell with environmental & social expert. This E&S Cell will assist the PMU on issues related to environmental and social management and oversee the Construction Supervision Consultant (CSC) and contractors and will compile quarterly monitoring reports on EMP compliance, to be sent to the Project Director and also shared with the World Bank, throughout the construction period. The E&S Cell will also provide trainings to the AIWTDS field personnel, responsible for monitoring of environmental compliance during both construction and O&M phases of the project. 215 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 The overall responsibility of environmental performance including EMP implementation of the Project will rest with the PIU. Aside from their in-house environmental and social specialists, the PIU will engage construction supervision consultants (CSC) to supervise the contractors including on their execution of construction-related environmental and social management requirements and measures. The CSC will ensure adherence to the design parameters including quality requirements, as well as all EMP measures. The CSC will supervise and monitor the contractors for effective EMP implementation. The contractors in turn will also have HSE supervisors who will ensure EMP implementation during construction activities and will be tasked to develop necessary detailed plans as per this EMP, and oversee their implementation. 9.6 Environmental Codes of Practices The environmental codes of practice (ECoPs) are generic, non-site-specific guidelines. The ECoPs consist of environmental management guidelines and practices to be followed by the contractors for management of all environmental issues. The contractor will be required to follow them by preparing site-specific management plans. The ECoPs are listed below and attached in Annexure 7-1.  ECoP 1: Waste Management  ECoP 2: Fuels and Hazardous Substances Management  ECoP 3: Water Resources Management  ECoP 4: Drainage Management  ECoP 5: Soil Quality Management  ECoP 6: Erosion and Sediment Control  ECoP 7: Top Soil Management  ECoP 8: Topography and Landscaping  ECoP 9: Borrow Areas Management  ECoP 10: Air Quality Management  ECoP 11: Noise and Vibration Management  ECoP 12: Protection of Flora  ECoP 13: Protection of Fauna  ECoP 14: Protection of Fisheries  ECoP 15: Road Transport and Road Traffic Management  ECoP 16: River Transport management  ECoP 17: Construction Camp Management  ECoP 18: Cultural and Religious Issues  ECoP 19: Workers Health and Safety  EcoP 20: Dredging Management 9.7 Performance Indicators for EMP Implementation and Monitoring For evaluating the performance of the environmental management and monitoring plan, performance indicators are identified to evaluate the efficiency. The indicators are defined both for construction and operation phase. Construction Supervisor will be responsible for compiling the information on these indicators and report to AIWTDS. To measure the overall environmental performance of the project, a list of performance indicators is given below. Number of inspections carried out by Construction Supervisor per month • Number of non-compliances observed by Construction Supervisor • Availability of environmental specialists • Availability of environmental specialists. 216 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 • Availability of environmental specialists with contractors. • Timely reporting of documents (as defined in EMP and monitoring plan) • Number of trainings imparted to stakeholders/other capacity building initiatives • Number of grievances received. • Number of grievances resolved. • Number of construction related accidents • Air and water quality data. 9.8 Implementation Schedule EMP Implementation Schedule (Monthly Track Chart for Monitoring of Contractor's Activities) is presented in Annexure 9-3. TPM report will be released on the basis of monthly contractors monitoring report. The format is provided in Annexure 9-4. 9.8.1 Implementation Environmental Management Plan during Construction Phase EMP implementation by contractor can be achieved by following ways:  Incorporation of contractor‟s EMP in bid document and should have full-fledged environment health and safety management cell (E&S Cell) to ensure the implementation of the EMP and the SHE policy  The contractor E&S cell should have necessary experience in the field of Environment Health and Safety.  Contractor should stipulate to the ECoPs designed for the project  The contractor E&S cell should function in close coordination with PMU of AIWTDS and PMC to the project.  The contractor E&S cell should submit the EMP compliance and applicable regulatory and AIWTDS E&S systems compliance on monthly basis.  Mandatory Deputation of environmental and social expert (by contractor) at site Linking payments of the contractor to environmental performance Assigning penalties in case the environmental safeguard measures are not taken up adequately  Appointing CSC to monitor the performance of contractor and compliance of the EMP by contractor. CSC is responsible to communicate the status of compliance/non- compliance to project proponent and suggest the measures to be taken to contractor to meet the gaps/non-compliances.  CSC can be appointed by AIWTDS through tendering process again and the company‟s having experience of managing similar kind of projects should only be appointed for the work. Table 9-4: Responsibility separation between TSC, SMC and AIWTDS Organizations Responsibilities PIU  Ensure that all project activities are well-managed and coordinated.  Recruitment of consultants for EIA and engineering designs;  Procurement of works and goods.  Payment of compensation to the project affected  Recruitment and supervision of external monitor and independent 217 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Organizations Responsibilities Panel of Experts Environmental  Responsible for screening and determining scope of EA work Expert & required for Component B activities and studies, assisting PD with Social developing TORs and hiring of consultants to carry out any required Development environmental assessment work for Components B, reviewing Expert within consultant deliverables related to environmental assessment, PIU reviewing bid documents for inclusion of EMP measures, supervising construction activities, producing periodic monitoring reports,  Ensuring inclusion of EMP in bidding documents  Closely coordinate with other concerned agencies, local governments and communities to support implementation of EMP  Preparation of progress reports on implementation of EMP.  Ensure effective implementation of EMP components not directly tasked to the contractor including components dealing with indirect, induced and cumulative effects, as well as operations and maintenance stage plans and measures.  Commissioning and oversight/review of consultant reports for EIAs/EMPs to be developed for the subcomponents of the Project EIA  Carrying out EIA studies in compliance with the MoEF&CC and Consultants World Bank guidelines following the EMF  Preparing EMP for inclusion in the bid documents Design  Prepare Detailed Project Report (DPR), Front End Engineering Consultant Design (FEED) and tender document  (as per World Bank guidelines) for development works amounting to approx. US $100 million, selected basedon assessment of output provided by ISDP Consultant.   Task 1- Detailed Design, Engineering & Preparation of DPR   Task 2- Preparation of Bid Document   Task 3- Draft TOR for Supervision of Works  Modularization of design elements for passenger (and cargo) ferry terminals & development of customizable design models for future interventions  For the sake of clarity, the above scope will involve carrying out the following basic tasks / activities:  a) Collect the relevant data, review and assess the earlier reports provided by the ISDP Consultant in detail for the declared feasible sites/banks, proposed terminal size and associated costs.  b) Based on the finalized sites as per ISDP Consultant / Client, carry out site surveys and investigations to  assess the underlying soil conditions, river bed levels and topographic levels for the adjacent land.  c) Planning and Design of fixed / floating infrastructure for terminal development to cater primarily for passengers (including those with cargo facilities).  d) Carry out Front End Engineering and Design for the terminal works (water and landside) along with cost estimate and construction schedule of the works.  e) Preparation of Detailed Project Report based on activities listed from (a) to (d) above along with FIRR and EIRR.  f) Preparation of Tender Documents for each of the sites.  1.4 Project Organization and Deployment Details  The services required for the project will be performed by an integrated and multi-disciplinary team of key experts and support team mentioned in the section below. 218 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Organizations Responsibilities TSC  Supervise and monitor Environmental and Social safeguard components as per the management Frameworks, during implementation phase  Supervising contractors for EMP implementation  Prepare monthly reports and submit to PMU  GC will have dedicated environmental and social staff  Supervise civil works, ensuring compliance with all design parameters including quality requirements  Supervising contractors for EMP implementation  Prepare monthly reports and submit to PIU Contractor  Responsible for implementation of mitigation and monitoring measures proposed in the EMP  Each contractor will recruit an Environmental, Health, and Safety Manager, who will be responsible for implementing the contractors‟ environmental, health and safety responsibilities, and liaising with government agencies. S/he will have adequate number of staff to support him/her for these tasks. Safeguard  Independent monitoring of implementation of EMP Monitoring  External Monitoring and evaluation Consultant(3rd party) Table 9-5: Proposed Roles & Responsibility on Environmental Management of Key Expert as per Organogram SL.No Expert Position Roles & Responsibilities 1 Environmental  Environmental Specialist will be overall responsible to Specialist provides direction, instructions and guidance to other experts under the E&S Cell working on this project  Responsibility to execute & implement EMF, EIA &EMP through design DPR Consultant, contractors etc.  Assist the Environmental Specialist of the Design Consultants and Contractor in preparation of the training materials and in conducting training;  To obtain mandatory statutory clearances. related to project  Consult with and advise individuals such as administrators, social workers, and legislators regarding social issues and policies, as well as the implications of research findings  Carry out site inspections, check and undertake periodic environmental monitoring and initiate necessary follow-up actions;  Document the good practices in the project on incorporation and integration of environmental issues into engineering design;  Facilitate and coordinate with the Safeguard monitoring consultant (3rd Party).  Assist in the preparation of periodic reports for dissemination to the PIU, and World Bank.  Any other tasks specified by the SPD 2 River Specialist/  Carry out site inspections, check and undertake periodic Hydrologist environmental monitoring and initiate necessary follow-up actions  Measure the properties of bodies of water, such as volume and stream flow at regular interval  Collect water and soil samples to test for certain properties, 219 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 such as the pH or pollution levels, sediment load etc.  Analyse data on the environmental impacts of pollution, erosion, drought, and other problems  Research ways to minimize the negative impacts of erosion, sedimentation, or pollution on the environment  Looking after the hydrology properties in the project at different stages and report the findings and recommendation to Environmental Specialist.  Review, evaluate, and analyse work environments and design programs and procedures to control erosion  Any other tasks specified by the SPD and Senior Environmental Specialist 3 Marine  Responsible for all Marine Design related works. Expert/IWT  Responsiblefor policy / guidelines of Central / State Govt. Specialist: Related toIWT matter.  Responsible for supervising /marine works related to IWT Projects.  Technical and contractual aspects of the projects.  Supervise project clearances for the project. 9.8.2 Integrated Grievance Redress Mechanism AIWTDS has established a Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) which will be implemented by Project Implementation Unit (PIU) under leadership of Advisor (Administration) as GRM Officer. A formal grievance redress process will be outlined in the project‟s operational manual and a protocol will be set up.The griviencesubmission mechanism should be online or though toll-free communication system. It is envisaged that the PIU will have a dedicated person who can oversee the grievances and appropriately redress it. This GRM shall serve as part of AIWTDS Environmental and Social Management system. The GRM is based on four guiding principles of the company which include:  Transparency  Fairness  Respect  Accountability 9.8.3 Capacity Building / Training and environmental awareness Capacity building for effective implementation EMP is highly essential. Capacity building on environmental and social safeguard is required for all levels stakeholders, including AIWTDS, E&S Cell of AIWTDS, supervisor, and contractors. The PMU is staffed with senior experts in technical and engineering fields, procurement, environmental and social development, business development strategy, legal, communications, and finance. PIU i.e. AIWTDS under state IWT will be project development team having Transport Specialist, Advisor, Financial Specialist, Assistant Procurement Engineer, Environmental Specialist and Social Specialist. Four project preparation consultants have been appointed to help the PIU i.e. Design Consultants (ISDP), an ESIA Consultant, ISBP Consultants i.e. business development studies and Design DPR Consultants. At the construction site, supervisor will take the lead in capacity building plan.The contractors will also be responsible to conduct trainings for their own staff and workers. Table 9-6 provides a summary of various aspects of the environmental and social trainings to be conducted at the construction site. During the O&M phase of the project, these 220 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 trainings will continue to be conducted by AIWTDS staff for all relevant O&M personnel and community. It is vital that all personnel are adequately trained to efficiently perform their designated tasks. In addition to training, general environmental awareness must be fostered among the project‟s workforce and general public to encourage the environmentally sound practices. The onus is on the different parties involved in the various stages of the life-cycle of the project to be environmentally conscious. Environmental awareness could be fostered in the following manner:  Induction course for all workers on site, before commencing work on site.  Refresher courses as and when required.  Daily toolbox talks at the start of each day with all workers, where they might be alerted to environmental concerns associated with their tasks for that day or the area/habitat in which they are working. Table 9-6: Environmental and Social Trainings Contents Participants Responsibility Schedule General environmental awareness; Selected staff of Supervisor Prior to the start of Environmental and social sensitivity AIWTDS, the project of the project influence area; supervisor, and activities. Key findings of the EIA; contractors/ (To be repeated as Mitigation measures; stakeholders needed.) EMP; Social and cultural values of the area. General environmental and PIU; Supervisor Prior to the start of awareness; supervisor; thefield activities. Environmental and social sensitivity of selected (To be repeated as the project influence area; contractors‟ needed.) Mitigation measures; crew/General Community issues; public Awareness of transmissible diseases; Social and cultural values. EMP; Construction crew Contractors Prior to the start of Waste disposal; theconstruction activities. (To be repeated as needed.) Road/waterway safety; Drivers; Contractors Before and during Defensive driving/sailing; boat/launch crew thefield operations. Waste disposal; (To be repeated as Cultural values and social sensitivity. needed.) Camp operation; Camp staff Contractors Before and during Waste disposal; thefield operations. Natural resource conservation; (To be repeated as Housekeeping. needed.) Restoration requirements; Restoration teams Contractors Before the start of Waste disposal. the restoration activities. Conservation of important flora / fauna PIU; Contractors, Before the start of Dolphin; supervisor; Supervisor and the restoration Cultural resources; selected E&S cell activities. contractors‟ crew 9.8.4 Documentation and Record Keeping A document handling system must be established to ensure updating of EMP documents, and availability of documents for the effective functioning of the EMP. Responsibilities must 221 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 be assigned to relevant personnel for ensuring that the EMP documentation system is maintained and produced as when required. Environmental Monitoring Reports: The environmental monitoring reports will include environmental mitigation measures undertaken and periodical environmental. The environmental monitoring reports will be submitted quarterly during the construction period and annually for three years after completion of construction. Project Completion Environmental Monitoring Report: One year after completion of construction, the E&S Cell will submit a Project Completion Environmental Monitoring Report which will summarize the overall environmental impacts from the project. AIWTDS will engage External Monitors during construction period to measure the effectiveness and outcome/impact of EMP, as stated earlier. The External monitors will submit quarterly reports on impact evaluation. The report shouldinclude description of :  Implementation activity specifications (including Method Statements and ECoPs modified to reflect actual site conditions);  Site instructions;  Emergency preparedness and response procedures;  Incident reports;  Training records;  Site inspection reports;  Monitoring reports;  Auditing reports; and  Complaints received. 9.8.5 Reporting Procedures Reporting procedures for conveying information from the monitoring activities must be developed. reporting procedures as below:  .Inspections;  Accidents and emergencies;  Measuring performance indicators and interpreting and acting on the indicators;  Records of monitoring activities to test the effectiveness of mitigation measures and impact controls, as well as for compliance auditing purposes; and  Training programmes and evidence of appropriate levels/amount of skills/capacities created. Reporting Requirement during Pre-Construction & Construction Phase Report submissions by contractor to PMU are given below:  Monthly Environment Report- Detail compliance status of EMP and EMoP along with the status of regulatory/applicable permits & NoCs.  Monthly Accidental Reporting and Investigation Report Reporting Requirement during Operation Phase 222 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 AIWTDS should maintain the following records/reports  Six monthly compliance report of EMP  Audit Report for compensatory plantation, where undertaken  Energy audit reports of the terminal buildings  Accident and Investigation Report  Report containing details of dredging and LAD maintained in different stretches 9.8.6 Stakeholder Engagement It is expected that the stakeholders would have had opportunity to comment on the content of the EIA report. 9.9 Environment Monitoring Programme EnvironmentalMonitoringProgramme is to ensure that the intended environmental protection goals are achieved and result in desired benefits of the project. The same will be included in tender / bid document. The broad objectives of the environment monitoring program are:  To monitor impacts on the surrounding environment and the effectiveness of mitigation measures during the construction and operation phase.  To ensure that the environmental control systems, installed are effective.  Comply to the provisions of relevant environmental regulations.  Air quality monitoring with respect to PM10, PM2.5, NOx, SO2 and CO at selected locations to asses the impact.  Water quality with reference to DO, BOD, COD, suspended solids, turbidity, alkalinity, oil and grease at selected water bodies to ensure maintenance of BDU criteria.  Noise level at Ghat/commercial zone, Sensitive zones, Approaching roads  Survival rates of trees plantation. The environmental monitoring plan alongwith frequency is summarised in Table 9-7. Table 9-7: Environmental Monitoring Plan for single terminal during Construction & Operation Phase Environme Parameters to Location Frequency Responsible Agency ntal be monitored Implemented Supervise component by d by Construction Stage Ambient Air PM10, PM2.5, Terminal 1 sample/ location/ Contractor Constructio Quality SOx, NOx, CO Site Quarter n (i.e.,4 supervisor Samples/Year) Along the 1 sample/ location/ Stretch Quarter (i.e.,4 Samples/Year) Noise Leq dB (A) (Day Terminal 2 Samples/ Contractor Constructio and Night) sites location/season n Average (I.e., 6 supervisor and Peak values Samples/Year) Under water 3 Samples/ noise Location/Quarter 223 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Environme Parameters to Location Frequency Responsible Agency ntal be monitored Implemented Supervise component by d by monitoring (i.e.,12 Samples/Year) Water pH, Labour 3 sample/location/ Contractor Constructio Quality temperature, camp / Base quarterly trough a n (Drinking DO, BOD, COD, camp nationally supervisor water) Oil & Grease, recognized External Total laboratory Monitor Suspended Contractor Constructio Solid, turbidity, trough a n Total Hardness, nationally supervisor Chlorine, Iron, recognized As, Total laboratory Coliform Water pH, At terminal 3 Samples/ AIWTDS AIWTDS Quality temperature, site Location/Year (i.e., through a (Surface DO, BOD, COD, Sample to be NABL Water) Oil & Grease, collected for three Accredited Total seasons (Pre- laboratory Suspended monsoon, monsoon Solid, turbidity, & post monsoon or Total Hardness, winter) at each Chlorine, Iron, location). Water As, Total At terminal 3 Samples/ Quality Coliform site Location/Year (i.e., (Ground Sample to be Water) collected for three seasons (Pre- monsoon, monsoon & post monsoon or winter) at each location). Soil Quality Pb, Cd, Cr, Cu, At terminal 3 Samples/ Contractor Constructio Zn, Mn, As, Se, site Location/Year (i.e., n Hg, PCBs, Sample to be supervisor POPs, and collected for three hydrocarbons seasons (Pre- monsoon, monsoon & post monsoon or winter) at each location). Ecology & The practices At terminal Once in Six months. Construction AIWTDS Biodiversity mentioned in site supervisor ecology management plan are to be followed. River Bed PCBs, POPs, At terminal 4 Samples/ Contractor AIWTDS Sediments Hydrocarbons, site Location/Year (i.e., Heavy Metals Sample to be collected (Lead Arsenic, for three seasons Cadmium (Pre-monsoon, Mercury) monsoon & post monsoon or winter) at each location). Dredged At terminal Daily Contractor AIWTDS Material Site Management Waste At all locations Daily Contractor AIWTDS Mangement Grievances Maintaing At all locations Daily AIWTDS Registrar 224 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Environment Parameters to Location Frequency Responsible Agency al component be monitored Operation Stage Ambient Air PM10, PM2.5, SOx, Terminal Site 1 AIWTDS Quality NOx, CO sample/location/Quarter (i.e.,4 Samples/Year) Along Stretch 1sample/location/Quarte r (i.e.,4 Samples/Year) Noise Leq dB (A) (Day At monitoring 2 AIWTDS and Night) locations Samples/location/season Average (I.e., 6 Samples/Year) and Peak values Underwater 3 noise Samples/Location/Quart monitoring er (i.e.,12 Samples/Year) Water Quality pH, temperature, At terminal 3 AIWTDS (Surface DO, BOD, COD, site Samples/Location/Year Water) Oil & Grease, (i.e., Sample to be Total Suspended collected for three Solid, turbidity, seasons (Pre-monsoon, Total Hardness, monsoon & post Chlorine, Iron, As, monsoon or winter) at Total each location). Water Quality Coliform At terminal 3 (Ground site Samples/Location/Year Water) (i.e., Sample to be collected for three seasons (Pre-monsoon, monsoon & post monsoon or winter) at each location). Soil Quality Pb, Cd, Cr, Cu, At terminal 4 AIWTDS Zn, Mn, As, Se, and landing Samples/Location/Year Hg, PCBs, POPs, site (i.e., Sample to be and hydrocarbons collected for three seasons (Pre-monsoon, monsoon & post monsoon or winter) at each location). Ecology & The practices At terminal Once in six months. AIWTDS Biodiversity mentioned in site ecology management plan are to be followed. River Bed PCBs, POPs, At terminal 4 AIWTDS Sediments Hydrocarbons, site Samples/Location/Year Heavy Metals (i.e., Sample to be (Lead Arsenic, collected for three Cadmium seasons (Pre-monsoon, Mercury) monsoon & post monsoon or winter) at each location). Dredged At terminal Daily AIWTDS Material Site Management Waste At all locations Daily AIWTDS Mangement Grievances Maintaing At all locations Daily AIWTDS Registrar Note: All the Samples to be collected as per standard norms. Parameters and components may varies as per requirement. 9.10 Environment Monitoring Plan EMP Budget 225 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Tentative Environment budget has been prepared for design, construction and operation phase of the project. The Environmental budget includes the cost of environmental structures like septic tank &soak pit, Air Pollution Control System at terminals, monitoring, enhancement measures, training and awareness and technical support for establishment, enhancement measures and environmental guidelines. As per the intial assessment and site visit data and consultation during site it was found that there is no permanent habitat of Dolphin is reported near the proposed terminal ghat, hence budegtery allocation for dolphin conservation not considered. Environmental budget is estimated as ₹92.6 lacs for all the three ghats.The summary of environmental budget is given below. The detailed break-up of costs is given at Table 9-8. 226 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Table 9-8: EMP Cost Estimates North Guwahati Terminal Amount (in COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE INR) CONSTRUCTION STAGE Technical Support Technical support for 1 Lump sum 65000 65000 preparation of guidelines, conservation action plan for turtle and dolphin areas and performance indicators Drainage Provision of adequate To be covered in project design and engineering cost congestion & surveillance disposal of accumulated water Covered in project Embankment and River Bank To be covered in project design and engineering cost design and Protection Measures engineering cost Measures to Bandalling, Catchment To be covered in project design and engineering cost reduce dredging treatment requirement Land Compensation against land As required for specific site and is included separately under SIA/RAP reports. Soil Soil contamination To be covered in project design and engineering cost protection(Septic tanks, grease traps etc.) and rehabilitation of borrow areas/debris disposal site/plant site & labour camps Noise Canopy for DG sets PPEs like To be covered in project design and engineering cost ear plug Timely maintenance of the machinery, equipment and vehicles Barricading the site 227 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Amount (in COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE INR) Water Provision of storm water and To be covered in project design and engineering cost wastewater management system Construction of soak pits at To be covered in project design and engineering cost construction sites & labour camps Provision of clean drinking & To be covered in project design and engineering cost domestic water facility at labour camps and construction site STP construction, Zero Including in project design and engineering costs Discharge management (collection of storm water and its distillation and use, and rain water harvesting Air Quality – Dust Water Sprayer / Watering for To be covered in project design and engineering cost Management Dust suppression during Green belt development, dust To be covered in project design and engineering cost construction control system, mechanized material handling systems for material loading and unloading at terminal and vessel. Safety Appointment of Safety To be covered in project design and engineering cost Officers Safety signage, fire-fighting To be covered in project design and engineering cost measures& water ambulance etc. Provision of trainings and To be covered in the responsibility of the Contractor PPE to workers Health Health check-up camps for To be covered in the responsibility of the Contractor construction workers 228 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Amount (in COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE INR) Reparing and Improvement of old vessels of To be covered in project design and engineering cost Retrofitting of IWT with modern gadgets vessels of IWT, Assam Enhancement Institutional Support for No Lump sum 25000 Measures ecology awareness through reputed institutions Bath shelter for women along No the stretch for maintaining privacy from vessel movement Support for cleanliness at To be covered in the responsibility of the Lump sum 0 Ghats and improvement of Contractor Ghats Environmental Terrestrial and Aquatic Fauna 50,000 per season. Once in six month for 3 300000 Monitoring in the (Including Dolphin years construction Conservation Management phase Plan) Ambient Air Quality Monitoring at Total sample per location for 15,000/ sample 180000 along the 3years is 12, Considering stretch 15,000/sample, cost for12 samples will be 12X15000 Monitoring at Total sample per location for 15,000/ sample 180000 construction 3years is 12, Considering sites 15,000/sample, cost for12 samples will be 12X15000 Surface Water Quality Surface water As per the standard norms, 12,000/ sample 108000 resources sample may be collected for three season (Pre-monsoon, monsoon & post monsoon or winter) at each location for three years. Hence, 3samples each location in one year & 9 samples each 229 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Amount (in COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE INR) location for 3years. Then costing @12000/sample will be 12000*9 i.e 108000 Environmental Surface Water Quality Ground water As per the standard norms, 12,000/ sample 108000 Monitoring in the bodies sample may be collected for construction three season (Pre-monsoon, phase monsoon & post monsoon or winter) at each location for three years. Hence, 9 samples each location for 3years. Then costing @12000/samples will be 12000*9 i.e 108000 Drinking Water Quality There will be strict instruction to all the contractors to supply 0 filtered driking water to the labours. Hence, it is not required to anyalysis drinking water quality since the project activities have no direct impact on drinking water in the nearby area. Noise & Vibration At monitoring 24 hourly/season for pre and 4,000/ sample 72000 locations post monsoon at 3 locations identified in per site for 3 years for 1 the ghat. Number of sample per Environmental year per location is 2. Total management number of samples is 18 plan 1 site for 3 years Underwater Per month for 3years i.e. 36 4,000/ sample 144000 noise samples during construction Monitoring stage Soil Quality, Erosion & At terminal As per the standard norms, 8,000/ sample 72000 Siltation and River Bed and landing sample to be collected for construction three season (Pre-monsoon, site for 3 monsoon & post monsoon or years winter) at each location for three years. Hence 9 230 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Amount (in COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE INR) samples each location for 3years. Then, 9X8000will be total cost per terminal. River Bed Sediment At dredging 2 times per year for three 8,000/ sample 48000 sites years SUB TOTAL (CONSTRUCTION STAGE) 1302000 OPERATION STAGE Erosion Control and Visual Check To be part of Regular maintenance and landscaping operation costs Water Waste Water Management STP To be part of Regular maintenance and 0 (compact STP cost in NBC) Operation, operation cost based on number of rainwater people/hour harvesting management and maintenance Storm Water Management Maintenance To be part of Regular maintenance and costs System of Storm water drains Provision of drinking water There will be strict instruction to all the contractors to supply 0 facilities filtered drinking water to the labours. Hence, it is not required to analysis drinking water quality since the project activities have no direct impact on drinking water in the nearby area. Waste Management System Collection, To be part of Regular maintenance and segregation operation cost and disposal of municipal waste, hazardous waste (used oil) and dredged soil 231 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Amount (in COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE INR) Environmental Monitoring Terrestrial and During operation stage, surveillance audit of 300000 in the operation phase Aquatic Fauna Aquatic ecology to be conducted on quarterly including basis for 3years @ Rs. 25000/- surveillance audit & Dolphiin Conservation Management Plan Ambient Air 4 samples/location/year 15,000/ sample 180000 Quality @15000/samples for 1 location will be 4X1X15000 i.e. 60000 For 3years it will be 180000 Surface Water 3 samples per location for 12,000/ sample 324000 Quality one year (at pre-monsoon, monsoon & post-monsoon) @12000/- will be 3X1X3X12000 i.e. 1,08,000/- . For three years, it will be 3,24,000/- Environmental Ground water 3 samples per location for 12,000/ sample 108000 Monitoring during one year (at pre-monsoon, Operation Stage monsoon & post-monsoon) at 1 location @12,000/sample will be Rs36000 . For three years it will be 108000 Noise & 24 hourly/season for3 4,000/ sample 1,08,000 Vibration season per year at 3 locations per site for 1 year for 1 ghat i.e. 3X3X3X4000 Soil Quality, 4 samples/location/year 8,000/ sample 96000 River Bed @8000/samples for 1 232 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Amount (in COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE INR) Sediments, location will be 4X1X8000 Soil Erosion & i.e. 32000. For 3years it will Siltation, be 96000 Integrity of embankments Electricity Solar Panels Cost of solar Provision of installing solar panels to be 0 panels for covered in design & engineering cost priority ghats SUB TOTAL (OPERATION PHASE) 1116000 ESTABLISHMENT, TRAINING & MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Training General environmental Selected staff of AIWTDS, Training for Lump sum 15000 awareness; environmental supervisor, and contractors Selected staff of and social sensitivity of the AIWTDS, project influence area; Key supervisor, and findings of the EIA; Mitigation contractors, measures; EMP; Social and Vessel cultural values of the area. Operators Training for Ghat Ghat officers, Ghat Maintenance workers Lump sum 50000 management via traing for Ghat/section officers/ vessel operators/masters/ khalasi etc. General environmental and PIU; supervisor; selected contractors‟ crew Lump sum 5000 awareness;Environmental and social sensitivity of the project influence area;Mitigation measures;Community issues;Awareness of transmissible diseases;Social and cultural values. EMP;Waste disposal, Cultural Construction crew Contractors 10000 values and social sensitivity. Road/waterway Drivers;boat/launch crew, Contractors 10000 safety;Defensive 233 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Amount (in COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE INR) driving/sailing;Waste disposal; Camp operation; Waste Camp staff Contractors 10000 disposal;Natural resource conservation;Housekeeping. Restoration requirements; Restoration teams Contractors 10000 Waste disposal. Construction Implementation PIU;supervisor; selected Contractors, 10000 requirements;handling contractors‟ crew Supervisor and situations for important flora / E&S cell fauna especially Dolphin;Physical Cultural resources; Management Systems Health and safety 1 Lump sum 25000 equipment on board and in terminals Management Information 1 Lump sum 350000 and tracking system SUBTOTAL (ESTABLISHMENT & TRAINING and MANAGEMENT SYSTEM) 495000 SUB TOTAL (Construction, and Operation and mobilization) 2913000 CONTINGENCIES @ 5 % on total Environmental Costs 145650 GRAND TOTAL for one ghat (in Rs) 3058650 234 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Table 9-9: EMP Cost Estimate for Gateway Guwahati Ghat COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE Amount (in INR) CONSTRUCTION STAGE Technical Support Technical support for preparation of Lump sum North Guwahati 65000 65000 guidelines, conservation action plan for turtle and dolphin areas and performance indicators Drainage Provision of adequate surveillance To be covered in project design and engineering cost congestion & disposal of accumulated water Covered in project Embankment and River Bank Protection To be covered in project design and engineering cost design and Measures engineering cost Measures to reduce Bandalling, Catchment treatment To be covered in project design and engineering cost dredging requirement Land Compensation against land As required for specific site and is included separately under SIA/RAP reports. Soil Soil contamination protection(Septic tanks, To be covered in project design and engineering cost grease traps etc.) and rehabilitation of borrow areas/debris disposal site/plant site & labour camps Noise Canopy for DG sets PPEs like ear plug To be covered in project design and engineering cost Timely maintenance of the machinery, equipment and vehicles Barricading the site Water Provision of storm water and wastewater To be covered in project design and engineering cost management system Construction of soak pits at construction To be covered in project design and engineering cost sites & labour camps Provision of clean drinking & domestic water To be covered in project design and engineering cost facility at labour camps and construction site 235 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE Amount (in INR) STP construction, Zero Discharge Including in project design and engineering costs management (collection of storm water and its distillation and use, and rain water harvesting Air Quality – Dust Water Sprayer / Watering for Dust To be covered in project design and engineering cost Management during suppression construction Green belt development, dust control To be covered in project design and engineering cost system, mechanized material handling systems for material loading and unloading at terminal and vessel. Safety Appointment of Safety Officers To be covered in project design and engineering cost Safety signage, fire-fighting measures& To be covered in project design and engineering cost water ambulance etc. Provision of trainings and PPE to workers To be covered in the responsibility of the Contractor Health Health check-up camps for construction To be covered in the responsibility of the Contractor workers Enhancement Institutional Support for ecology awareness No Lump sum 25000 Measures through reputed institutions Bath shelter for women along the stretch for No maintaining privacy from vessel movement Support for cleanliness at Ghats and To be covered in the responsibility of the Lump sum 0 improvement of Ghats Contractor Environmental Terrestrial and Aquatic Fauna including 50,000 per season. Once in six month for 3 300000 Monitoring in the Dolphin Conservation Management Plan years construction phase Ambient Air Quality Monitoring at along Total sample per 15,000/ sample 180000 the stretch location for 3years is 12, Considering 15,000/sample, cost for12 samples will be 12X15000 236 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE Amount (in INR) Monitoring at Total sample per 15,000/ sample 180000 construction sites location for 3years is 12, Considering 15,000/sample, cost for12 samples will be 12X15000 Surface Water Quality Surface water As per the standard 12,000/ sample 108000 resources norms, sample may be collected for three season (Pre- monsoon, monsoon & post monsoon or winter) at each location for three years. Hence, 3samples each location in one year & 9 samples each location for 3years. Then costing @12000/sample will be 12000*9 i.e 108000 Environmental Surface Water Quality Ground water As per the standard 12,000/ sample 108000 Monitoring in the bodies norms, sample may construction phase be collected for three season (Pre- monsoon, monsoon & post monsoon or winter) at each location for three years. Hence, 9 samples each 237 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE Amount (in INR) location for 3years. Then costing @12000/samples will be 12000*9 i.e 108000 Drinking Water Quality There will be strict instruction to all the contractors to supply 0 filtered driking water to the labours. Hence, it is not required to anyalysis drinking water quality since the project activities have no direct impact on drinking water in the nearby area. Noise & Vibration At monitoring 24 hourly/season for 4,000/ sample 72000 locations identified pre and post in the monsoon at 3 Environmental locations per site for management plan 3 years for 1 ghat. 1 site for 3 years Number of sample per year per location is 2. Total number of samples is 18 Underwater noise Per month for 3years 4,000/ sample 144000 Monitoring i.e. 36 samples during construction stage Soil Quality, Erosion & Siltation and River At terminal and As per the standard 8,000/ sample 72000 Bed landing norms, sample to be construction site collected for three for 3 years season (Pre- monsoon, monsoon & post monsoon or winter) at each location for three years. Hence 9 samples each location for 3years. 238 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE Amount (in INR) Then, 9X8000will be total cost per terminal. River Bed Sediment At dredging sites 2 times per year for 8,000/ sample 48000 three years SUB TOTAL (CONSTRUCTION STAGE) 1302000 OPERATION STAGE Erosion Control and landscaping Visual Check To be part of Regular maintenance and operation costs Water Waste Water Management (compact STP STP Operation, To be part of Regular maintenance and 0 cost in NBC) based on number of rainwater operation cost people/hour harvesting management and maintenance Storm Water Management System Maintenance of To be part of Regular maintenance and Storm water drains costs Provision of drinking water facilities There will be strict instruction to all the contractors to supply 0 filtered drinking water to the labours. Hence, it is not required to analysis drinking water quality since the project activities have no direct impact on drinking water in the nearby area. Waste Management System Collection, To be part of Regular maintenance and segregation and operation cost disposal of municipal waste, hazardous waste (used oil) and dredged soil 239 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE Amount (in INR) Environmental Monitoring in the Terrestrial and During operation stage, surveillance audit 300000 operation phase Aquatic Fauna of Aquatic ecology to be conducted on including quarterly basis for 3years @ Rs. 25000/- surveillance audit and Dolphin Consevation Management Plan Ambient Air Quality 4 15,000/ sample 180000 samples/location/year @15000/samples for 1 location will be 4X1X15000 i.e. 60000 For 3years it will be 180000 Surface Water 3 samples per 12,000/ sample 324000 Quality location for one year (at pre-monsoon, monsoon & post- monsoon) @12000/- will be 3X1X3X12000 i.e. 1,08,000/-. For three years, it will be 3,24,000/- Environmental Ground water 3 samples per 12,000/ sample 108000 Monitoring during location for one year Operation Stage (at pre-monsoon, monsoon & post- monsoon) at 1 location @12,000/sample will be Rs36000 . For three years it will be 108000 240 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE Amount (in INR) Noise & Vibration 24 hourly/season for3 4,000/ sample 1,08,000 season per year at 3 locations per site for 1 year for 1 ghat i.e. 3X3X3X4000 Soil Quality, River 4 8,000/ sample 96000 Bed Sediments, samples/location/year Soil Erosion & @8000/samples for 1 Siltation, Integrity location will be of embankments 4X1X8000 i.e. 32000. For 3years it will be 96000 Electricity Solar Panels Cost of solar Provision of installing solar panels to be 0 panels for priority covered in design & engineering cost ghats SUB TOTAL (OPERATION PHASE) 1116000 ESTABLISHMENT, TRAINING & MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Training General environmental awareness; Selected staff of Training for Selected Lump sum 15000 environmental and social sensitivity of the AIWTDS, staff of AIWTDS, project influence area; Key findings of the supervisor, and supervisor, and EIA; Mitigation measures; EMP; Social and contractors contractors, Vessel cultural values of the area. Operators Training for Ghat management via traing for Ghat officers, Ghat Maintenance workers Lump sum 50000 Ghat/section officers/ vessel operators/masters/ khalasi etc. General environmental and awareness; PIU; supervisor; selected contractors‟ crew Lump sum 5000 Environmental and social sensitivity of the project influence area; Mitigation measures;Community issues;Awareness of transmissible diseases;Social and cultural values. EMP;Waste disposal, Cultural values and Construction crew Contractors 10000 241 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE Amount (in INR) social sensitivity. Road/waterway safety;Defensive Drivers;boat/launc Contractors 10000 driving/sailing;Waste disposal; h crew, Camp operation; Waste disposal;Natural Camp staff Contractors 10000 resource conservation;Housekeeping. Restoration requirements; Waste disposal. Restoration teams Contractors 10000 Construction Implementation PIU;supervisor; Contractors, 10000 requirements;handling situations for selected Supervisor and E&S important flora / fauna especially contractors‟ crew cell Dolphin;Physical Cultural resources; Management Systems Health and safety 1 Lump sum 25000 equipment on board and in terminals Management 1 Lump sum 350000 Information and tracking system SUBTOTAL (ESTABLISHMENT & TRAINING and MANAGEMENT SYSTEM) 495000 SUB TOTAL (Construction, and Operation and mobilization) 2913000 CONTINGENCIES @ 5 % on total Environmental Costs 1456000 GRAND TOTAL for one ghat (in Rs) 3058650 242 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Table 9-10: EMP Cost Estimate for Aphalamukh Ghat COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE Amount (in INR) CONSTRUCTION STAGE Technical Support Technical support for Lump sum North Guwahati 65000 65000 preparation of guidelines, conservation action plan for turtle and dolphin areas and performance indicators Greenbelt Plantation along the access No. of trees 50trees 50000 per terminal 50000 development road to the terminal provisional Monitoring and No. of trees 50trees 10000 (once in a 30000 aftercare year for 1 terminal for 3yrs i.e., 10000x3) Drainage congestion & Provision of adequate To be covered in project design and engineering cost disposal of surveillance accumulated water Covered in project Embankment and River To be covered in project design and engineering cost design and Bank Protection Measures engineering cost Measures to reduce Bandalling, Catchment To be covered in project design and engineering cost dredging requirement treatment Land Compensation against land As required for specific site and is included separately under SIA/RAP reports. Soil Soil contamination To be covered in project design and engineering cost protection(Septic tanks, grease traps etc.) and rehabilitation of borrow areas/debris disposal site/plant site & labour camps Noise Canopy for DG sets PPEs To be covered in project design and engineering cost like ear plug 243 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE Amount (in INR) Timely maintenance of the machinery, equipment and vehicles Barricading the site Water Provision of storm water and To be covered in project design and engineering cost wastewater management system Construction of soak pits at To be covered in project design and engineering cost construction sites & labour camps Provision of clean drinking & To be covered in project design and engineering cost domestic water facility at labour camps and construction site STP construction, Zero Including in project design and engineering costs Discharge management (collection of storm water and its distillation and use, and rain water harvesting Air Quality – Dust Water Sprayer / Watering for To be covered in project design and engineering cost Management during Dust suppression construction Green belt development, To be covered in project design and engineering cost dust control system, mechanized material handling systems for material loading and unloading at terminal and vessel. Safety Appointment of Safety To be covered in project design and engineering cost Officers Safety signage, fire-fighting To be covered in project design and engineering cost measures& water ambulance etc. 244 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE Amount (in INR) Provision of trainings and To be covered in the responsibility of the Contractor PPE to workers Health Health check-up camps for To be covered in the responsibility of the Contractor construction workers Enhancement Institutional Support for No Lump sum 25000 Measures ecology awareness through reputed institutions Bath shelter for women No along the stretch for maintaining privacy from vessel movement Support for cleanliness at To be covered in the responsibility of the Contractor Lump sum 0 Ghats and improvement of Ghats Environmental Terrestrial and Aquatic 50,000 per season. Once in six month for 3 years 300000 Monitoring in the Fauna including Dolphin construction phase Consevation Management Plan Ambient Air Quality Monitoring at along the Total sample per location 15,000/ sample 180000 stretch for 3years is 12, Considering 15,000/sample, cost for12 samples will be 12X15000 Monitoring at construction Total sample per location 15,000/ sample 180000 sites for 3years is 12, Considering 15,000/sample, cost for12 samples will be 12X15000 245 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE Amount (in INR) Surface Water Quality Surface water resources As per the standard 12,000/ sample 108000 norms, sample may be collected for three season (Pre-monsoon, monsoon & post monsoon or winter) at each location for three years. Hence, 3samples each location in one year & 9 samples each location for 3years. Then costing @12000/sample will be 12000*9 i.e 108000 Environmental Surface Water Quality Ground water bodies As per the standard 12,000/ sample 108000 Monitoring in the norms, sample may be construction phase collected for three season (Pre-monsoon, monsoon & post monsoon or winter) at each location for three years. Hence, 9 samples each location for 3years. Then costing @12000/samples will be 12000*9 i.e 108000 Drinking Water Quality There will be strict instruction to all the contractors to supply filtered driking 0 water to the labours. Hence, it is not required to anyalysis drinking water quality since the project activities have no direct impact on drinking water in the nearby area. Noise & Vibration At monitoring locations 24 hourly/season for pre 4,000/ sample 72000 identified in the and post monsoon at 3 Environmental locations per site for 3 management plan 1 site years for 1 ghat. Number for 3 years of sample per year per location is 2. Total 246 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE Amount (in INR) number of samples is 18 Underwater noise Per month for 3years i.e. 4,000/ sample 144000 Monitoring 36 samples during construction stage Soil Quality, Erosion & At terminal and landing As per the standard 8,000/ sample 72000 Siltation and River Bed construction site for 3 norms, sample to be years collected for three season (Pre-monsoon, monsoon & post monsoon or winter) at each location for three years. Hence 9 samples each location for 3years. Then, 9X8000will be total cost per terminal. River Bed Sediment At dredging sites 2 times per year for three 8,000/ sample 48000 years SUB TOTAL (CONSTRUCTION STAGE) 1382000 OPERATION STAGE Erosion Control and Visual Check To be part of Regular maintenance and landscaping operation costs Water Waste Water Management STP Operation, rainwater To be part of Regular maintenance and 0 (compact STP cost in NBC) harvesting management operation cost based on number of and maintenance people/hour Storm Water Management Maintenance of Storm To be part of Regular maintenance and costs System water drains Provision of drinking water There will be strict instruction to all the contractors to supply filtered drinking 0 facilities water to the labours. Hence, it is not required to analysis drinking water quality since the project activities have no direct impact on drinking water in the nearby area. 247 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE Amount (in INR) Waste Management System Collection, segregation To be part of Regular maintenance and and disposal of municipal operation cost waste, hazardous waste (used oil) and dredged soil Environmental Monitoring Terrestrial and Aquatic During operation stage, surveillance audit of 300000 in the operation phase Fauna including Aquatic ecology to be conducted on quarterly surveillance audit & basis for 3years @ Rs. 25000/- Dolphin Conservation Management Plan Ambient Air Quality 4 samples/location/year 15,000/ sample 180000 @15000/samples for 1 location will be 4X1X15000 i.e. 60000 For 3years it will be 180000 Surface Water Quality 3 samples per location for 12,000/ sample 324000 one year (at pre- monsoon, monsoon & post-monsoon) @12000/- will be 3X1X3X12000 i.e. 1,08,000/-. For three years, it will be 3,24,000/- Environmental Ground water 3 samples per location for 12,000/ sample 108000 Monitoring during one year (at pre- Operation Stage monsoon, monsoon & post-monsoon) at 1 location @12,000/sample will be Rs36000 . For three years it will be 108000 Noise & Vibration 24 hourly/season for3 4,000/ sample 1,08,000 season per year at 3 locations per site for 1 year for 1 ghat i.e. 248 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE Amount (in INR) 3X3X3X4000 Soil Quality, River Bed 4 samples/location/year 8,000/ sample 96000 Sediments, Soil Erosion & @8000/samples for 1 Siltation, Integrity of location will be 4X1X8000 embankments i.e. 32000. For 3years it will be 96000 Electricity Solar Panels Cost of solar panels for Provision of installing solar panels to be covered 0 priority ghats in design & engineering cost SUB TOTAL (OPERATION PHASE) 1116000 ESTABLISHMENT, TRAINING & MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Training General environmental Selected staff of AIWTDS, Training for Selected Lump sum 15000 awareness; environmental supervisor, and staff of AIWTDS, and social sensitivity of the contractors supervisor, and project influence area; Key contractors, Vessel findings of the EIA; Operators Mitigation measures; EMP; Social and cultural values of the area. Training for Ghat Ghat officers, Ghat Maintenance workers Lump sum 50000 management via traing for Ghat/section officers/ vessel operators/masters/ khalasi etc. 249 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE Amount (in INR) General environmental and PIU; supervisor; selected contractors‟ crew Lump sum 10000 awareness; Environmental and social sensitivity of the project influence area; Mitigation measures; Community issues; Awareness of transmissible diseases; Social and cultural values. EMP; Waste disposal, Construction crew Contractors 10000 Cultural values and social sensitivity. Road/waterway safety; Drivers;boat/launch crew, Contractors 10000 Defensive driving/sailing; Waste disposal; Camp operation; Waste Camp staff Contractors 10000 disposal; Natural resource conservation; Housekeeping. Restoration requirements; Restoration teams Contractors 10000 Waste disposal. Construction Implementation PIU;supervisor; selected Contractors, Supervisor 10000 requirements; handling contractors‟ crew and E&S cell situations for important flora / fauna especially Dolphin; Physical Cultural resources; Management Systems Health and safety 1 Lump sum 25000 equipment on board and in terminals Management Information 1 Lump sum 350000 and tracking system SUBTOTAL (ESTABLISHMENT & TRAINING and MANAGEMENT SYSTEM) 495000 250 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 COMPONENT ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE Amount (in INR) SUB TOTAL (Construction, and Operation and mobilization) 2993000 CONTINGENCIES @ 5 % on total Environmental Costs 149650 GRAND TOTAL for one ghat (in Rs) 3142650 251 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Chapter 10 : Summary and Conclusion 10.1 Summary &Conclusions Environmental impact assessment is carried out pertaining to the up-gradation proposals of Ghats and ferry services. In first phase three ghats (Gateway Guwahati Ghat, North Guawahati Ghat and Aphalamukh Ghat). In addition 19 nos. of vessels of IWT, Assam will be repaired and retrofitted. The investigation programme is taken into account both national and international legal requirements (as per WB) and applicable practice of River Jetty projects. It is also based on the preliminary investigations and on the responses from the stakeholders. Baseline environmental status including ecology have been carried out. Various environmental components relating to the project site and activities have been identified and their probable environmental consequences have been considered. Various metigative measures for minimising the environmental impact have been worked out. The results of the environmental investigation are presented in the EIA report. Public consultation will be carried out at district level. The final EIA report incorporating the Public consultation out comings will then be submitted for the approval from AIWTDS and WB. The EIA report is prepared to assess the optimised alternatives for strategic planning, design along with report on best practices and environmental codes of practices. The positive environmental impacts of the Project are development of all weather navigation routes for transportation of passengers and generation of employment opportunities during construction, operation and maintenance stages. The project will induce economic growth in the region. The negative environmental impacts are not significant. However, the positive impact of the project will improve the sanitary condition, proper waste management and over all asthetics of the area. EMP has been formulated to mitigate the negative impacts during various phases (pre-dredging/construction, during dredging/ construction and Post dredging/O&M).The main monitoring parameters include monitoring of dredging and dredge material disposal, biological monitoring and enhancement, environmental quality monitoring (air, noise, surface water, river bed sediment), health and safety, etc. Most of the potential impacts are short- term that can be addressed by adopting mitigation measures and relevant ECoPs. To keep the project influence area environmentally friendly, AIWTDS should ensure that the Contractor prepare site specific EMPs including Emergency response plan, Oil Spill Contingency Plan and Workers Health and Safety plan and Environmental Pollution Abatement and Mitigation Measures Plan. Regular and effective monitoring of environmental quality parameters as indicated in this EIA report. AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Chapter 11 : References Type of Data Report/source Name Source Air Quality  https://pcbassam.org/aaq1.php; The International Baseline  http://www.pcbassam.org/publications/State% Convention for the Secondary data: 20of%20Env%20of%20Assam.pdf; Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973 as  AQI Bulletin (Manual Stations) –July 2018- modified by the CPCB; Protocol of 1978-  Air Emissions from Marine Vessels by Maine MARPOL-73 / 78. Department of Environmental Protection Bureau of Air Quality January 15, 2005;  Ambient Air Quality Data for The Year 2017 (Under National Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Programme); Noise Quality  https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/aac0/ae6a81b MoEFCC / CPCB baseline a003f9750ff7a407c5064288e0bce.pdf; secondary data:  http://ocr.org/ocr/pdfs/policy/2014_Shipping_ Noise_Guidelines_IMO.pdf;  High frequency components of ship noise in shallow water with a discussion of implications for harbour porpoises (Phocoenaphocoena) by Line Hermannsen and Kristian Beedholm, Jakob Tougaard and Peter T. Madsen;  http://ocr.org/ocr/pdfs/marine_protection/Ros s_Prediction_Mech_of_Underwater_Noise_Exc erpt.pdf. Carbon Footprint  http://greencleanguide.com/how-to-calculate- http://greencleanguide identification ghg-emission-for-electricity-consumption-from- the-grid/ Rare/Endangered/T  Envis centre: Assam Envis hreatened  Assam Biodiversity Portal (RET)Plants Trees on the Ghats  Tree species diversity in tropical forests of Barak (Tropical Plant valley in Assam, India by Nepolion Borah1, Research) Debajit Rabha and Florida Devi Athokpam (Tropical Plant Research) Rare/Endangered/T  Freshwater Fish Diversity of the Ganges- Department of Life hreatened brahmaputrameghna River Basin by W. Sciences, Manipur (RET)Fauna Vishwanath Department of Life Sciences, University, Canchipur Manipur University, Canchipur – 795003 – 795003  Endangered Animals of Assam by Prasanta Kumar SaikiaGauhati University Aquatic Flora  Present status of aquatic macrophytes of the Pelagia Research wetlands of Nalbari district of Assam, India by Library Asian Journal Upen Deka and Sarada Kanta, Sarma of Plant Science and Research, 2014, 4(3):67-75 Aquatic Fauna  Urban biodiversity: an insight into the terrestrial Journal of Threatened vertebrate diversity of Guwahati, India by Taxa JayadityaPurkayastha |www.threatenedtaxa.o rg | 26 September 2018 | 10(10): 12299– 12316 Avifauna  Bird Diversity in and around Dargakona, Cachar, Journal of Assam Assam University by Bivash Dev, P.C. Bhattacharya and 253 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Type of Data Report/source Name Source Abhik GuptaVol.3(I)pp 158-169 (1998) Zooplankton  India: Assam Integrated Flood and Riverbank Northeast India by BK Benthos Erosion Risk Management Investment Program Sharma Volume 6 Project 2 (Project Number: 38412-033 May Issue 1 – 2017 2018)  Diversity and abundance of zooplankton in a temple pond, Barak valley, Assam Papia Das, DevashishKar  Zooplankton Diversity of Three Floodplain Lakes (Beels) of the Majuli River Island, Brahmaputra River Basin of Assam, Details of Fisheries  Fish fauna of the Brahmaputra River,  The Journal of Bangladesh: richness, threats and conservation Biodiversity. Photon needs by Shams Muhammad Galib 115 (2015) 419-422  Preliminary study of fish fauna found in Review. ISJN: Brahmaputra river and its tributaries in Assam 8359-6193) byMrinmoy Das  Nachiket Kelkar A  Loss of Fish Diversity of Assam (India): A Threat Primer(Vol 13 | to Ichthyo fauna by Haren Ram Chiary, Neetu Issue 3-5 | April- Singh, HridayaShanker Singh June 2014)  River Fisheries of the Gangetic Basin,India  (Lake 2010: Wetlands, Biodiversity and Climate Change) Journal of Fisheries Volume 3 Issue 3 Pages: 285-292 December 2015) Dolphin citing  Conservation of Gangetic Dolphin in Dr. Abdul Wakid, locations Brahmaputra River System, India A. Wakid; 2009.  Report on the initiatives to involve the major stakeholders of Assam in the conservation of Gangetic dolphin, Dr. Abdul Wakid, 2009;  Protection of endangered Ganges river dolphin in Brahmaputra River, Assam, India Final technical report to Sir Peter Scott Fund, IUCN Turtles citing Tortoises and Turtles of Northeast India, Saving locations them from Extinction by M Firoz Ahmed and Abhijit Das AAQ Standards CPCB Gazette notification dated 18.11.2009 on CPCB &MOEF&CC BDU Criteria AAQ, Noise Notification, and BDU criteria Standards Noise Standards Water Quality Water Quality Assessment River Brahmaputra CPCB and APCB 2013 Endangered Endangered Species MOEF & CC Brochure, Species 2009 Met Data Climatological Normal 1961-1990 - Indian Meteorological department Seismic data Seismicity and seismic map and Cyclone Hazard First order seismic Prone Map micro zonation IMD Wetland information Jharkhand Wetland Atlas, Prepared by Space MOEF & CC Applications Centre (ISRO), Ahmadabad and Institute of Environmental Studies & Wetland Management (IESWM), Kolkata) Wetland information Information on Wetlands MOEF & CC Geology, Ground Ground Water Boucher of Project Districts Central CGWB water related Ground Water Board information 254 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Type of Data Report/source Name Source RET species Red Data Book of Indian Plants Botanical Survey BSI, ZSI, MoEFCC of India Red data book on Indian Animal Zoological Survey of India RET species Gland, Switzerland: International Union for IUCN (International Conservation of Nature. IUCN (International Union Union for Conservation for Conservation of Nature) 1980. World of Nature) Conservation Strategy: Regional strategies for 1980 international river basins and seas. Cetacean fauna Report of the standing sub-committee on small IWC (International cetaceans. Journal of Cetacean Research and Whaling Management 1 (Supplement), Commission) 2000 Oil impact on Fish oil as alternative to river dolphin, Platanista Journal of the Bombay Aquatic Gangetica (Lebeck) oil for fishing catfish Natural History Society fauna Clupisomagaruain the 93, 86- 88. River Gangetic, India Mohan, R. S. L. and Kunhi, K. V. M. 1996. Aquatic fauna Selected examples of small cetaceans at risk. Pp. Smithsonian Institution 296-310 in: Conservation and Management of Press, Washington, Marine Mammals DC. Gland, (eds. J.R. Twiss, Jr. and R.R. Reeves) Switzerland: IUCN. Perrin, W.F. 1999. Flora & Fauna GRB EMP: Brahmaputra River Basin Environment NGBRA (Indian Management Plan Institutes of Technology) Higher aquatic Status of Higher aquatic vertebrates in NGBRA (Indian vertebrates Brahmaputra River (Brahmaputra River Basin Institutes of Management Plan) By Consortium of Technology) India‟s IIT Institutes Turtle Management Plan of Kashi turtle sanctuary MoEFCC Kashi Turtle Sanctuary Sensitive India‟s Notified Ecologically Sensitive Areas Kalpavirksha ecosystem (ESAs) Dolphin Conservation and Biomonitoring in the Vikramshila Chaudhary, S. K., Gangetic Dolphin Sanctuary, Bihar, India. Smith, B.D., Dye, S., Dye, S. And Prakash, S. 2006. Oryx, 40 (2), 189-197 Dolphin Entrapment of Indus dolphins (Platanista minor) in International Whaling irrigation canals: incidence, implications and Commission, Scientific solutions. Committee Document SC/52/SM9, Cambridge, UK. Quaritich. Braulik, G. 2000. Conservation Biology and conservation of the river dolphins Species Survival Dolphin Occasional Paper of the IUCN Commission (No.3., pp. 92-98). Hua, Y., Zhao, Q., & Zhang G. 1989.The habitat and behaviour of Lipotesvexillifer. In W. F. Perrin, R. L. Jr. Brownell, K. Zhou & J. Liu (Eds.) Heavy metal impact Heavy metals and organ chlorine residues in Marine Pollution on Dolphin Gangetic Dolphin from India. Bulletin Vol. 26 No. 3 pp 159-162 pergamon press U.K. 255 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Type of Data Report/source Name Source Kannan, K. Sinha, R.K., Tanabe, S., Ichihashi, H. and Tatsukawa, R. 1993 Dolphin toxicology Biodegradation capacity and residue pattern of Toxicological and organochlorines in Gangetic Dolphins from India. Environmental Chemistry. Kannan, K., Tanabe, S., and Tatsukawa, R. And Sinha, R.K. 1994. Morphology of Some information on the growth of the Gangetic The Scientific dolphin Dolphin with a comment on the Indus dolphin. Reports of the Whales Research Institute Kasuya, T. 1972. Oil impact on Fish oil as alternative to river dolphin, Platanista Journal of the Bombay Aquatic Gangetica (Lebeck) oil for fishing catfish Natural History Society fauna Clupisomagaruain the River Gangetic, India. 93, 86- 88. Mohan, R. S. L. and Kunhi K. V. M. 1996. Fish The Environment and Fishery status of KK Vass, S K Mandal, River Ganges S Samanta, V R Suresh and P K Katiha, CIFRI Flora Phenology and Biodiversity of Riparian Indian J.Sci. Res. 4(1) Plant Species of Brahmaputra River Bank at Srivastava, P. And Bharwari (Kaushambi), U.P., India. M.P. Singh, M.P. (2013) Flora and Fauna Guwahati, Dibrugarh and Silchar Working Plan of Forest Division Forest Division Sensitive India‟s Notified Ecologically Sensitive Areas Kalpavirksha ecosystem (ESAs) Ecology & Turtles The Diversity, Ecology and Conservation R.J. Rao, Management of Freshwater turtles in Ganges River Conservation Biology System Lab School of Studies in Zoology, Jiwaji University, Gwalior Census data Census of India 2011 Census of India, Govt. Of India Dolphin Coexistence of fisheries with River Dolphin Conservation Biology, conservation Conservation. Vol. 24 (4): 1130-1140. Kelkar, N., Krishnamurthy J., Choudhary, S., and Sutaria, D. 2010. Dolphin Conservation and Management of river dolphins in Proceedings of the Asia. regional meeting on conservation and management of river dolphins. 26-27 May, Kathmandu, Nepal. WWF-Nepal. 2006 Guideline, Standard Initial Assessment of Environmental Effect of Navigation and Infrastructure and Project (WG 143-2014) recommendations Sustainable waterway within the context of Navigation and Flood as published by Management (WG 107-2009) Environmental Climate Change and Navigation (TG3-2008) Committee of International Labour Organization (ILO) Code of Practice for Safety and 256 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Type of Data Report/source Name Source PIANC Health in Ports (2005); General Conference of the International ILO Convention concerning Occupational Safety and Health in Dock Work, C-152, (1979) General Conference of the ILO Recommendation concerning Occupational Safety and Health in Dock Work, R-160 IMO Code of Practice for Solid Bulk Cargo (BC Code) International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk (IBC Code) International Code for the Safe Carriage of Grain in Bulk (International Grain Code) Code of Practice for the Safe Loading and Unloading of Bulk Carriers (BLU Code) International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code) Dredging Management Practices for the Environment (WG 100-2009) Dredging Material as a Resources (WG 104-2009) Environmental Impact Assessments of Dredging and Disposal Operation (WG 10-2006) Biological Assessment Guidance for Dredged Material (WG 8-2006) Ecological and Engineering Guidelines for Wetland Restoration in relation to the Development, Operation and Maintenance of Navigational Infrastructure (WG 7-2003) Management of Aquatic Disposal of dredged material (WG 1-1998) Dredged Material Management Guide 1997. Guidelines for sustainable Inland Waterways and Navigation WG 6-2003 Environmental guidelines for aquatic, near shore and upland confined disposal facilities for contaminated dredged material WG 5-2002 Dredging the environmental facts-where to find what you need to know? PIANC-IADC-WODA brochure-2001 Environmental management framework for ports and related industries WG 4-1999 Dredging: the fact WODA brochure-PIANC-IADC-CEDA IAPH1999 IFC, World Bank General Environment Health & Safety Guidelines Environment Health and Group Safety Guidelines for Ports, Harbours and terminals NMCG & WWF Recommendations of the Workshop on Operationalization of Dolphin Action Plan 2010 – 2020 IFC & EBRD Workers‟ accommodation: processes and standards A guidance note by IFC and the EBRD MARPOL The International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships Convention (MARPOL) is the main international convention covering prevention of pollution of the marine environment by ships from operational or accidental causes. The MARPOL Convention was adopted on 2 November 1973 at IMO. The Protocol of 1978 was adopted in response to a spate of tanker accidents in 1976-1977. As the 1973 MARPOL Convention had not yet entered into force, the 1978 MARPOL Protocol absorbed the parent Convention. The combined instrument entered into force on 2 October 1983. In 1997, a Protocol was adopted to amend the Convention and a new Annex VI was added which entered into force on 19 May 2005. MARPOL has been updated by amendments through the years. The Convention includes regulations aimed at preventing and minimizing pollution from ships - both accidental pollution and that from routine operations - and currently includes six technical Annexes. Special Areas with strict controls on operational discharges are included in most Annexes. Annex I:Regulations for the Prevention of Pollution by Oil (entered into force 2 October 1983) Covers prevention of pollution by oil from operational measures as well as from accidental discharges; the 1992 amendments to Annex I made it mandatory for new oiltankers to have double hulls and brought in a phase-in schedule for existing tankers to fit double hulls, which was subsequently revised in 2001 and 2003. 257 AIWTP – Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report 2019 Type of Data Report/source Name Source Annex II: Regulations for the Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances in Bulk (entered into force 2 October 1983) Annex III: Prevention of Pollution by Harmful Substances Carried by Sea in Packaged Form (entered into force 1 July 1992). Annex IV: Prevention of Pollution by Sewage from Ships (entered into force 27 September 2003) Contains requirements to control pollution of the sea by sewage; the discharge of sewage into the sea is prohibited, except when the ship has in operation an approved sewagetreatment plant or when the ship is discharging comminuted and disinfected sewage using an approved system at a distance of more than three nautical miles from the nearest land; sewage which is not comminuted or disinfected has to be discharged at a distance of more than 12 nautical miles from the nearest land. Annex V: Prevention of Pollution by Garbage from Ships (entered into force 31 December 1988) Deals with different types of garbage and specifies the distances from land and the manner in which they may be disposed of; the most important feature of the Annex is the complete ban imposed on the disposal into the sea of all forms of plastics. Annex VI: Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships (entered into force 19 May 2005) Sets limits on sulphur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from ship exhausts and prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances; designated emission control areas set more stringent standards for SOx, NOx and particulate matter. A chapter adopted in 2011 covers mandatory technical and operational energy efficiency measures aimed at reducing greenhouse gas emissions from ships. References from Clarke, D., Miller-Way, T. (1992). “An environmental assessment of the Research Papers effects of open-water disposal of maintenance dredged material on benthic resources in Mobile Bay, Alabama.” U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station Environmental Laboratory. Miscellaneous Paper D-92-1,NTIS No.AD-A254 534, San Francisco. of MarineScience34:170-174. Ray, G.L. and Clarke, D.G. (1999). “Environmental assessment of open - water placement of maintenance dredged material in Corpus Christi Bay, Texas.” Final report. Waterways Experim ent Station, Vicksburg, Mississippi, pp. 1-203. Bolam, S. G. and Rees, H.L. (2003). “Minimizing impacts of maintenance dredged material disposal in the coastal environment: A habitat approach.” Environmental Management 32, 171-188. Van Dolah, R.F., Calder, D.R. and Knott D. (1984).“Effects of dredging and open-water disposal on benthic macro invertebrates in a South Carolina estuary.”Estuaries 7, 28-37. Zajac, R.N., Whitlatch, R.B., and Thrush, S.F. (1998) “Recolonization and succession in soft-sediment infaunal communities: the spatial scale of controlling factors.” Hydrobiologia, 375/376, 227–240. Guerra-Garcia, J.M., Corzo, J., and Garcia-Gomez, J.C. (2003).“Short-term benthic recolonization after dredging in the harbour of Ceuta, North Africa.”Marine Ecology 24, 217-229. Schratzberger, M., Rees, H.L. and Boyd, S.E. (2000) “Effects of simulated deposition of dredged material on structure of nematode assemblages – the role of burial.”Marine Biology 136, 519-530 258